ID|TYPE|DESIGNATIO|APPROVAL|YEAR|CLASSIFICA|TITLE|PAGES|LIST_PRICE|MEMBER_PRI|MEMBER_RED|MEMBER_HST|SCOPE|SUBJECT_IN|CONTROL_NU|IMAGE_PATH|REFERENCED|REPLACED_B|DATE_REPLA|DATE_WITHD|COLLECTION|FILE_SIZE|CD_LOC|EXPIRATION|LAST_MODIF|SPONSORING|HOMEBOOK|ALERT|MESSAGE|MKT_CODE|DESIGNATIOYEAR|PDFYEAR|NO_PDF|ACTIVE|DESIGNATIO_NOPUNC|TITLE_NOPUNC|FULL_IMAGE_PATH|SignificanceAndUse|Abstract|SHORT_DESIGNATIO|SHORT_TITLE|DOI 25258|Active|ANS/ISO4135|2003-04-03|01|ISO|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment— Vocabulary Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|78|134.00|134.00||||ICS Number Code 01.040.11 (Health care technology (Vocabularies)); 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO4135|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|I|||||F29.16||||HC3|||||ANSISO4135|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment— Vocabulary Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO4135|||ANSISO4135|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment— Vocabulary Approved as an...| 25259|Active|ANS/ISO10079.1|2003-04-03|99|ISO|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 1: Electrically Powered Suction Equipment—Safety Requirements Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|40|93.00|93.00||||||TRUE/ISO10079.1|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.17||||HC3|||||ANSISO100791|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 1: Electrically Powered Suction Equipment—Safety Requirements Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO10079.1|||ANSISO100791|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 1: Electrically Powered Suction...| 25266|Active|ANS/ISO10079.2|2003-04-03|99|ISO|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 2: Manually Powered Suction Equipment Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|23|64.00|64.00||||||TRUE/ISO10079.2|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.17||||HC3|||||ANSISO100792|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 2: Manually Powered Suction Equipment Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO10079.2|||ANSISO100792|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 2: Manually Powered Suction Equipment...| 25267|Active|ANS/ISO10079.3|2003-04-03|99|ISO|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 3: Suction Equipment Powered from a Vacuum or Pressure Source Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|31|78.00|78.00||||||TRUE/ISO10079.3|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.17||||HC3|||||ANSISO100793|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 3: Suction Equipment Powered from a Vacuum or Pressure Source Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO10079.3|||ANSISO100793|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 3: Suction Equipment Powered from a...| 26692|Active|ANS/ISO5359|2003-05-27|00E|ISO|Low-Pressure Hose Assemblies for Use with Medical Gases Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|42|88.00|88.00|||

1.1 This International Standard specifies requirements for low-pressure hose assemblies intended for use with the following medical gases;
—oxygen;
—Nitrous oxide;
—air for breathing;
—helium;
—xenon
—specified mixtures of the gases listed above;
—air for driving surgical tools;
—nitrogen for driving surgical tools;
—nitric oxide/nitrogen mixtures;
—vacuum.

It is intended in particular to ensure gas-specificity and to prevent cross-connection between systems conveying different gases.

These hose assemblies are intended to be used at pressure less than 1 400 kPa.

1.2 This International Standard specifies the allocation of non-interchangeable screw-threaded (NIST) connectors and diameter-index safety system (DISS) connectors to medical gases and specifies the dimentionsof non-interchangeable screw-threaded (NIST) connectors.

1.3 This International Standard does not specify:
—requirements for coaxial hoses used for the supply and disposal of air for driving surgical tools;
—requirements for electrical conductivity.

1.4 This International Standard does not specify the intended uses of hose assemblies.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment); 23.040.70 (Hoses and hose assemblies)||TRUE/ISO5359|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.10||||HC3|||||ANSISO5359|Low-Pressure Hose Assemblies for Use with Medical Gases Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO5359|||ANSISO5359|Low-Pressure Hose Assemblies for Use with Medical Gases Approved as an...| 31147|Active|ANS/ISO5361|2003-12-02|99|ISO|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—Tracheal Tubes and Connectors Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|33|83.00|83.00|||

This International Standard specified requirements for the dimensions, basic properties and method of size designation of the most commonly used types of or-tracheal and naso-tracheal tube made of plastics materials and/or rubber (plain and cuffed), and requirements for tracheal tube connectors.

Specialized tubes are excluded from the scope of this International Standard.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO5361|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO5361|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—Tracheal Tubes and Connectors Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|ISO5361|||ANSISO5361|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—Tracheal Tubes and Connectors...| 31148|Active|ANS/ISO5366.1|2003-12-02|00E|ISO|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—TracheostomyTubes—Part 1: Tubes and Connectors for Use in Adults Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|23|49.00|49.00|||

This part of ISO 5366 specifies requirements for tracheostomy tubes made of plastics materials and/or rubber having inside diameters of 6.5 mm or greater. Such tubes are primarily designed for patients who require anaesthesia, artificial ventilation or other respiratory support, but need not be restricted to these uses.

This part of ISO 5366 is not applicable to specialized tubes, and does not address flammability of tracheostomy tubes.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO5366.1|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO53661|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—TracheostomyTubes—Part 1: Tubes and Connectors for Use in Adults Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|ISO5366.1|||ANSISO53661|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—TracheostomyTubes—Part...| 31150|Active|ANS/ISO5362|2003-12-02|00|ISO|Anaesthetic Reservoir Bags Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|23|51.00|51.00|||

This International Standard specifies requirements for antistatic and non-antistatic reservoir bags for use with anaesthetic apparatus or lung-ventilator breathing systems. It includes requirements for the design of the neck, size designation, distension and, where relevant, for electrical resistance.

This International Standard is not applicable to special-purpose bags, for example bellows and self-expanding bags. Bags for use with anaesthetic gas scavenging systems are not considered to be anaesthetic reservoir bags and are thus outside the scope of this International Standard.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO5362.1|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO5362|Anaesthetic Reservoir Bags Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|ISO5362.1|||ANSISO5362|Anaesthetic Reservoir Bags Approved as an American National Standard by...| 31369|Active|ANS/IEC60601.2.12|2002-07-10|01|ISO|Medical Electrical Equipment—Part 2-12; Particular Requirements for the Safety of Lung Ventilators—Critical Care Ventilators Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|47|133.00|133.00|||

This clause of the General Standard applies, except as follows:

This Particular Standard specifies the safety requirements for VENTILATORS, as defined in 2.1.125, intended for use in critical care settings.

Continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) devices, sleep apnea therapy devices, support-care VENTILATORS, emergency and transport VENTILATORS, jet and high frequency VENTILATORS and oscillators are outside the scope of this Particular Standard, nor are devices that may be used within hospitals, intended solely to augment the ventilation of spontaneously breathing PATIENTS. Standards for other types of VENTILATORS, e.g. high frequency jet and oscillation ventilators, are under consideration.

Requirements for VENTILATORS intended for anaesthetic applications are given in IEC 60601-2-13.

|||TRUE/IEC60601.2.12|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.14||||HC3|||||ANSIEC60601212|Medical Electrical Equipment—Part 2-12; Particular Requirements for the Safety of Lung Ventilators—Critical Care Ventilators Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|IEC60601.2.12|||ANSIEC60601212|Medical Electrical Equipment—Part 2-12; Particular Requirements for...| 33246|Active|ANS/ISO11195|2003-12-01|95|ISO|Gas Mixers for Medical Use—Stand-alone Gas Mixers Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM international|23|46.00|46.00|||

This International Standard gives requirements for the performance and safety of stand-alone gas mixers intended for medical use and intended for connection to a medical gas supply system. Rationales for some of the requirements are given in anne B.

This International Standard does not apply to
a) blocks of flowmeters with separate controls for the flow of each gas;
b) gas mixers which mix oxygen with ambient air;
c) gas mixers which depend on other medical devices for functions required by this standard.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO11195|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO11195|Gas Mixers for Medical Use—Stand-alone Gas Mixers Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM international|ISO11195|||ANSISO11195|Gas Mixers for Medical Use—Stand-alone Gas Mixers Approved as an...| 33247|Active|ANS/ISO5360|2003-12-01|93|ISO|Anesthetic Vaporizes—Agent-Specific Filling Systems Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|28|83.00|83.00|||

This International Standard gives the dimensions of agent-specific filling systems for agent-specific anaesthetic vaporizers.

This International Standard does not specify construction materials. Materials used for the parts of filling systems which come into contact with liquid anaesthetic agent should be selected with regard to:

a) toxicity;
b) compatibility with anaesthetic agents; and
c) minimization of health risks due ot substances leached from the materials.

Because of the unique properties of desflurance, dimensions for this agent have not been specified in this Internatinsl Standard. Specifications for filling systems fo rthis agent will be included in this Standard in due course.

Designs of connection systems are encouraged which only permite engagement of the agent-specific bottle adaptor to the bottle when the bottle collar is in place.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO5360|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO5360|Anesthetic Vaporizes—Agent-Specific Filling Systems Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO5360|||ANSISO5360|Anesthetic Vaporizes—Agent-Specific Filling Systems Approved as an...| 39276|Active|ANS/ISO15002|2004-11-01|00|ISO|Flow-metering devices for connection to terminal units of medical gas pipeline systems|30|69.00|69.00|||

1.1 This International Standard is applicable to:
flow-metering devices which are connected, either directly or by means of flexible connecting asemblies, and disconnected by the operator at terminal units of a medical gas pipeline system for measurement and delivery of medical gases.
flow-metering devices which are connected and disconnected by the operator at gas-specific connection points of devices such as pressure regulators.

1.2 It applies only to flow-metering devices for the following medical gases:
oxygen,
nitrous oxide,
air for breathing,
carbon dioxide,
helium,
xenon,
specified mixtures of the gases listed above,
oxygen/nitrous oxide mixture 50/50 (% volume fraction).

1.3 This International Standard is not applicable to electrical or electronic flow-metering devices.

|||TRUE/ISO15002|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO15002|Flow-metering devices for connection to terminal units of medical gas pipeline systems|ISO15002|||ANSISO15002|Flow-metering devices for connection to terminal units of medical gas...| 41997|Active|ANS/ISO17025|2005-05-15|05|ISO|General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories|35|86.00|86.00|||

1.1 This International Standard specifies the general requirements for the competence to carry out tests and/or calibrations, including sampling. It covers testing and calibration performed using standard methods, non-standard methods, and laboratory-developed methods.

1.2 This International Standard is applicable to all organizations performing tests and/or calibrations. These include, for example, first-, second- and third-party laboratories, and laboratories where testing and/or calibration forms part of inspection and product certification.

This International Standard is applicable to all laboratories regardless of the number of personnel or the extent of the scope of testing and/or calibration activities. When a laboratory does not undertake one or more of the activities covered by this International Standard, such as sampling and the design/development of new methods, the requirements of those clauses do not apply.

1.3 The notes given provide clarification of the text, examples and guidance. They do not contain requirements and do not form an integral part of this International Standard.

1.4 This International Standard is for use by laboratories in developing their management system for quality, administrative and technical operations. Laboratory customers, regulatory authorities and accreditation bodies may also use it in confirming or recognizing the competence of laboratories. This International Standard is not intended to be used as the basis for certification of laboratories.

NOTE 1 The term 'management system' in this International Standard means the quality, administrative and technical systems that govern the operations of a laboratory.

NOTE 2 Certification of a management system is sometimes also called registration.

1.5 Compliance with regulatory and safety requirements on the operation of laboratories is not covered by this International Standard.

1.6 If testing and calibration laboratories comply with the requirements of this International Standard, they will operate a quality management system for their testing and calibration activities that also meets the principles of ISO 9001. Annex A provides nominal cross-references between this International Standard and ISO 9001. This International Standard covers technical competence requirements that are not covered by ISO 9001.

NOTE 1 It might be necessary to explain or interpret certain requirements in this International Standard to ensure that the requirements are applied in a consistent manner. Guidance for establishing applications for specific fields, especially for accreditation bodies (see ISO/IEC 17011) is given in Annex B.

NOTE 2 If a laboratory wishes accreditation for part or all of its testing and calibration activities, it should select an accreditation body that operates in accordance with ISO/IEC 17011.

|||TRUE/ISO17025|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|CT|||||E36.||||GM3|||||ANSISO17025|General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories|ISO17025|||ANSISO17025|General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration...| 44802|Active|ANSI/ISO/IEC17024|2005-12-01|03|ANSI|Conformity assessment—General requirements for bodies operating certification of persons|16|39.00|39.00|||

1.1 This International Standard specified requirements for a body certifying persons against specific requirements, including the development and maintenance of a certification scheme for persons.

Note In some countries, bodies which verify the conformity of the competence of persons against specified requirements are called "certification bodies", in other countries "registration bodies" in others "assessment and registration bodies" or "certification/registration/licensure bodies" and in others still "registrars". This International Standard uses the term "certification body". However, this use is not limiting.

|||TRUE/ISOANSIIEC17024|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|CT|||||E36.||||GM3|||||ANSIISOIEC17024|Conformity assessment—General requirements for bodies operating certification of persons|ISOANSIIEC17024|||ANSIISOIEC17024|Conformity assessment—General requirements for bodies operating...| 46747|Active|ANSI/ISO21647|2006-03-21|04|ISO|Medical Electrical Equipment—Particular Requirements for the Basic Safety and Essential Performance of Respiratory Gas Monitors|54|108.00|108.00|||

IEC 60601-1:1998, Clause 1, applies, except as follows.
Amendment (ass at the end of 1.1):
This International Standard specified particular requirements for the basic safety and essential performance of respiratory gas monitors (RGM) (as defined in 3.15) intended for continuous operation for use with humans.
This International Standard specifies requirements for
aa) anaesthetic gas monitoring,
bb) carbon dioxide monitoring,
cc) oxygen monitoring,
This International Standard is not applicable to monitors intended for use with flammable anesthetic agents.
The requirements of this International Standard which replace or modify the requirements of IEC 60601-1:1998 and its Amendments 1 (1991) and 2 (1995) are intended to take precedence over the corresponding general requirements.
Environmental aspects are addressed in Annex CC.
NOTE Additional aspects of environmental impact are addressed in ISO 14971.

|||TRUE/ANSIISO21647|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||||||||ANSIISO21647|Medical Electrical Equipment—Particular Requirements for the Basic Safety and Essential Performance of Respiratory Gas Monitors|ANSIISO21647|||ANSIISO21647|Medical Electrical Equipment—Particular Requirements for the Basic...| 52545|Active|ANSI/ISO10651.4|2006-12-12|02|ISO|Lung Ventilators|30|83.00|83.00|||

This European Standard specifies requirements for operator-powered resuscitators intended for use with all age groups and which are portable and intended to provide lung ventilation to individuals whose breathing is inadequate. Operator-powered resuscitators for infants and children are designated according to body mass range and approximate age equivalent.

Electrically-and gas-powered resuscitators are not covered by this European Standard.

NOTE Annex X contains rationale statements for this Part of this European Standard. The clauses and sub clauses which have corresponding rationale statements are marked with R) after their number.

|||TRUE/ISO10651.4|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||||||||ANSIISO106514|Lung Ventilators|ISO10651.4|||ANSIISO106514|Lung Ventilators| 52546|Active|ANSI/ISO10651.5|2006-12-12|06|ISO|Lung Ventilators for Medical Use - Particular Requirements for Basic Safety - and Essential Performance|53|113.00|113.00|||

This part of ISO 10651 specifies the basic safety and essential performance requirements for gas-powered emergency resuscitators (3.10) intended for use with humans by first responders. This equipment is intended for emergency field use and is intended to be continuously operator attended in normal use.

<>This part of ISO 10651 also specifies the requirements for resuscitator sets (3.22).

This part of ISO 10651 is not applicable to electrically-powered resuscitators.

NOTE ISO 10651-3 covers emergency and transport ventilators.

|||TRUE/ISO10651.5|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||||||||ANSIISO106515|Lung Ventilators for Medical Use - Particular Requirements for Basic Safety - and Essential Performance|ISO10651.5|||ANSIISO106515|Lung Ventilators for Medical Use - Particular Requirements for Basic...| 53661|Active|ANSI/ISO/IEC17011|2006-12-12|05|ANSI|Conformity assessmen—General requirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity assessment bodies|32|78.00|78.00|||

1.1 This International Standard specifies general requirements for accreditation bodies assessing and accrediting conformity assessment bodies (CABs). It is also appropriate as a requirements document for the peer evaluation process for mutual recognition arrangements between accreditation bodies.

Accreditation bodies operating in accordance with this International Standard do not have to offer accreditation to all types of CABs.

For the purposes of this International Standard, CABs are organizations providing the following conformity assessment services: testing, inspection, management system certification, personnel certification, product certification and, in the context of this International Standard, calibration.

Note General requirements for these bodies have been established, for example in International Standards and Guides (examples of which are given in the Bibliography).

|||TRUE/ISOANSIIEC17011|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|CT|||||E36.||||GM3|||||ANSIISOIEC17011|Conformity assessmen—General requirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity assessment bodies|ISOANSIIEC17011|||ANSIISOIEC17011|Conformity assessmen—General requirements for accreditation bodies...| 53663|Active|ANSI/ISO/IEC17020|2006-12-12|98|ANSI|General criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing inspection|18|54.00|54.00|||

1.1 This European standard specifies general criteria for the competence of impartial bodies performing inspection irrespective of the sector involved. It also specifies independence criteria.

1.2 This standard in intended for the use of inspection bodies and their accreditation bodies as well as other bodies concerned with recognizing the competence of inspection bodies.

1.3 This set of criteria may have to be interpreted when applied to particular sectors, or to in-service inspection.

1.4 This standard does not cover testing laboratories, certification bodies or the suppliers' declaration of conformity, the criteria for which are contained in other European Standards of the EN 45000 series.

|||TRUE/ISOANSIIEC17020|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||||||||ANSIISOIEC17020|General criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing inspection|ISOANSIIEC17020|||ANSIISOIEC17020|General criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing...| 59371|Active|AIIMASTM|2008-02-11|BP-01-08||Portable Document Format-Healthcare (PDF) A Best Practices Guide|35|51.00|51.00|||

The PDF Healthcare Best Practices Guide describes PDF features useful in healthcare and documents points to consider for these features. As such, users of this document can decide what features are important to them under their specific circumstances. The PDF Healthcare Best Practices Guide does not describe normative requirements, nor is it a language specification. For detailed language issues, it references the PDF and XFA Specifications. (See the Terminology and Reference Documents sections for more information on these specifications). For implementation specific guidance, it references an accompanying Implementation Guide.

|||TRUE/BP.01|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||E31.25|14.01|||HC1|||||AIIMASTM|Portable Document Format-Healthcare (PDF) A Best Practices Guide|BP.01|||AIIMASTM|Portable Document Format-Healthcare (PDF) A Best Practices Guide| 68563|Active|ANSI/ISO5364|2008-07-15|08|ISO|Anaesthetic and respiratory equipment - Oropharyngeal airways|24|66.00|66.00|||

This International Standard specifies requirements for oropharyngeal airways of plastics materials and/or rubber, including those with a reinforcement insert made of plastics materials and/or metal

This International Standard is not applicable to metal oropharyngeal airways, nor to requirements concerning flammability of oropharyngeal airways.

Flammability of oropharyngeal airways, for example if flammable anaesthetics, electrosurgical units or lasers are used, is a well-recognized hazard. It is addressed by apprpriate clinical management, which is outside the scope of this International Standard.

This International Standard is not applicable to supralaryngeal airways without an internal, integral sealing mechanism.

|||TRUE/ISO5364|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||ANSI/ISO5364-08||||||ANSIISO5364|Anaesthetic and respiratory equipment - Oropharyngeal airways|ISO5364|||ANSIISO5364|Anaesthetic and respiratory equipment - Oropharyngeal airways| 68564|Active|ANSI/ISO14408|2005-06-01|05|ISO|Tracheal tubes designed for laser surgery - Requirements for marking and accompanying information|12|44.00|44.00|||

This international Standard specifies marking, labelling and information to be supplied by the manufacturer for cuffed and uncuffed tracheal tubes and related materials designed to resist ignition by a laser

|||TRUE/ISO14408|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||ANSI/ISO14408-05||||||ANSIISO14408|Tracheal tubes designed for laser surgery - Requirements for marking and accompanying information|ISO14408|||ANSIISO14408|Tracheal tubes designed for laser surgery - Requirements for marking and...| 39397|Active|A1|2005-03-01|00(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tee Rails|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||

1.1 This specification covers carbon steel tee rails of nominal weights of 60 lb/yd (29.8 kg/m) and over for use in railway track, including export and industrial applications.

1.2 Supplementary requirementsS1and S2 shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the order.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

|rails; railway applications; steel rails; ICS Number Code 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A1|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A1|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tee Rails|A1||

This specification deals with carbon steel tee rails for use in railway track, including export and industrial applications. Rails shall be furnished by as-rolling, head hardening, or fully heat treatment processes. Hydrogen content shall be measured either during the continuous casting process or during ingot teeming. The rails shall conform to the chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. Rail soundness shall be evaluated by macroetch testing for both ingot and continuously cast steel. The rails shall conform to the Brinell hardness test requirements for standard carbon rails and high-strength rails.

|A1|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tee Rails|10.1520/A0001-00R05 60148|Active|A2|2008-03-01|02(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Girder Rails of Plain, Grooved, and Guard Types|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||

1.1 This specification covers carbon steel girder rails of three classes based on type or type and weight, and chemistry defined as follows and in Table 1.

1.1.1 Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, girder-guard rails shall be Class A.

1.1.2 Plain and grooved-girder rails under 135 lb/yd (67.1 kg/m) in weight shall be specified by the purchaser as either Class A or Class B.

1.1.3 Plain and grooved-girder rails of 135 lb/yd in weight and heavier shall be Class C, unless otherwise specified.

1.2 The values states in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

<|girder rails; rails; railway applications; steel rails; Carbon steel railroad materials--specifications; Girder rails; Railroad steel materials ; ICS Number Code 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A2|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A2|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Girder Rails of Plain, Grooved, and Guard Types|A2||

This specification deals with carbon steel girder rails of plain, grooved, and guard types. Materials considered in this specification are grouped into three classes (Class A, B, and C) based on type, weight, and chemistry (carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and silicon compositions). Steel samples shall be melt processed by either open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric furnace, and may be cast by a continuous process or in ingots. Material specimens shall undergo product analysis and tests, and shall conform to required chemical and physical attributes such as chemical composition, Brinell hardness, weight, length, sectioning, end finishing, drilling and punching specifications. Rails shall be finished by cold straightening in a press or roller machine to remove twists, waves and kinks. Final products shall be marked either by brand and stamp, paint, or bar code.

|A2|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Girder Rails of Plain, Grooved,...|10.1520/A0002-02R08 46039|Active|A3|2006-03-01|01(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Joint Bars, Low, Medium, and High Carbon (Non-Heat-Treated)|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||

1.1 This specification covers steel joint bars for connecting steel rails in mine, industrial, and standard railroad track.

1.2 Three grades of joint bars are defined for applications where non-heat treated bars are suitable:

1.2.1 Grade 1, low-carbon, primarily for industrial and mine use.

1.2.2 Grade 2, medium-carbon, primarily for industrial and mine use.

1.2.3 Grade 3, high-carbon, for general use in standard railroad track. They may be used in the production of insulated track joints.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

|rail; railway applications; steel joint bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A3|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A3|Standard Specification for Steel Joint Bars, Low, Medium, and High Carbon (Non-Heat-Treated)|A3||

This specification covers steel joint bars of low-carbon, medium-carbon, and high-carbon grades (Grades 1, 2, and 3) for railway applications. Steel shall be made through basic-oxygen or electric-furnace processes and cast through continuous process or in ingots. An analysis of each heat or cast shall be made to determine the percentage compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. Tension test shall also be made to conform to specified tensile strength and elongation values. Guidelines on the dimensions and physical variations of joint bars are given. Inspection, rejection, rehearing, certification, and product marking procedures are cited.

|A3|Standard Specification for Steel Joint Bars, Low, Medium, and High Carbon...|10.1520/A0003-01R06 68031|Active|A6/A6M|2009-04-01|09|Specification| Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling|62|63.00|63.00|75.60||

1.1 This general requirements specification covers a group of common requirements that, unless otherwise specified in the applicable product specification, apply to rolled structural steel bars, plates, shapes, and sheet piling covered by each of the following product specifications issued by ASTM:

ASTM
Designation³ Title of Specification

A 36/A 36M Carbon Structural Steel

A 131/A 131M Structural Steel for Ships

A 242/A 242M High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel

A 283/A 283M Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates

A 328/A 328M Steel Sheet Piling

A 514/A 514M High-Yield Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate Suitable for Welding

A 529/A 529M High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of Structural Quality

A 572/A 572M High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steel

A 573/A 573M Structural Carbon Steel Plates of Improved Toughness

A 588/A 588M High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel with 50 ksi (345 MPa) Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. [100 mm] Thick

A 633/A 633M Normalized High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plates

A 656/A 656M Hot-Rolled Structural Steel, High-Strength Low-Alloy Plate with Improved Formability

A 678/A 678M Quenched-and-Tempered Carbon and High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plates

A 690/A 690M High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling for Use in Marine Environments

A 709/A 709M Carbon and High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars and Quenched-and-Tempered Alloy Structural Steel Plates for Bridges

A 710/A 710M Age-Hardening Low-Carbon Nickel-Copper-Chromium-Mo-
lybdenum-Columbium Alloy Structural Steel Plates

A 769/A 769M Carbon and High-Strength Electric Resistance Welded Steel Structural Shapes

A 786/A 786M Rolled Steel Floor Plates

A 808/A 808M High-Strength Low-Alloy Carbon, Manganese, Columbium, Vanadium Steel of Structural Quality with Improved Notch Toughness

A 827/A 827M Plates, Carbon Steel, for Forging and Similar Applications

A 829/A 829M Plates, Alloy Steel, Structural Quality

A 830/A 830M Plates, Carbon Steel, Structural Quality, Furnished to Chemical Composition Requirements

A 852/A 852M Quenched and Tempered Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plate with 70 ksi [485 Mpa] Minimum Yield Strength to 4 in. [100 mm] Thick

A 857/A 857M Steel Sheet Piling, Cold Formed, Light Gage

A 871/A 871M High-Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel Plate with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance

A 913/A 913M Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Shapes of Structural Quality, Produced by Quenching and Self-Tempering Process (QST)

A 945/A 945M Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plate with Low Carbon and Restricted Sulfur for Improved Weldability, Formability, and Toughness

A 950/A 950M Specification for Fusion Bonded Epoxy-Coated Structural Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling

A 992/A 992M Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing

A 1026 Specification for Alloy Steel Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing

A 1043/A 1043M Specification for Structural Steel with Low Yield to Tensile Ratio for Use in Buildings

1.2 Annex A1 lists permitted variations in dimensions and mass (Note 1) in SI units. The values listed are not exact conversions of the values in Tables 1 to 31 inclusive but are, instead, rounded or rationalized values. Conformance to Annex A1 is mandatory when the “M” specification designation is used.

Note 1—The term “weight” is used when inch-pound units are the standard; however, under SI, the preferred term is “mass.”

1.3 Annex A2 lists the dimensions of some shape profiles.

1.4 Appendix X1 provides information on coil as a source of structural products.

1.5 Appendix X2 provides information on the variability of tensile properties in plates and structural shapes.

1.6 Appendix X3 provides information on weldability.

1.7 Appendix X4 provides information on cold bending of plates, including suggested minimum inside radii for cold bending.

1.8 This general requirements specification also covers a group of supplementary requirements that are applicable to several of the above product specifications as indicated therein. Such requirements are provided for use where additional testing or additional restrictions are required by the purchaser, and apply only where specified individually in the purchase order.

1.9 In case of any conflict in requirements, the requirements of the applicable product specification prevail over those of this general requirements specification.

1.10 Additional requirements that are specified in the purchase order and accepted by the supplier are permitted, provided that such requirements do not negate any of the requirements of this general requirements specification or the applicable product specification.

1.11 For purposes of determining conformance with this general requirements specification and the applicable product specification, values are to be rounded to the nearest unit in the right-hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting values in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.

1.12 The text of this general requirements specification contains notes or footnotes, or both, that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.

1.13 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.

1.14 This general requirements specification and the applicable product specification are expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units; however, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the structural product is furnished to inch-pound units.

1.15 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|bars; general requirements; plates; rolled; shapes; sheet piling; structural steel; Steel bars and shapes--specifications; Steel plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bars--specifications; Steel plates/shapes/bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) piles--specifications; Structural steel (SS) plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) shapes--specifications; Structural steel (SS) sheet/strip--specifications; Tensile properties/testing--metallic materials; Tensile property classification; Universal mill edge; Groupings; Killed steel; Marine systems/subsystems/equipment (steel)--specifications; Metallurgical structure; Mill edge; Piles; Product analysis specifications/tolerances; Rimmed structural steel bars; Rolled steel--specifications; Semi-killed steel; Sheared edge; Shipbuilding steel materials--specifications; Bridge/structural materials--specifications; Capped steel; General delivery requirements--steel ; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A6|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A6A6M| Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling|A6||

This specification deals with the general requirements that apply to rolled structural steel bars, plates, shapes, and sheet piling. The steel shall be made in an open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-arc furnace followed by additional refining in a ladle metallurgy furnace, or secondary melting by vacuum-arc remelting or electrostag remelting. The steel products shall undergo heat treatment, structural conditioning, and strand casting in stationary molds. Tension testing and chemical analysis shall be performed wherein the specimens shall conform to the required mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength and elongation, and the required metallurgical structure and composition specifications of the products. Final products shall be legibly marked, bundled, and tagged with the applicable designation, grade, heat number, size and thickness, and name, brand, or trademark of the manufacturer for identification and shipment.

|A6| Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural...|10.1520/A0006_A0006M-09 57880|Active|A20/A20M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels|33|51.00|51.00|61.20||

1.1 This general requirements specification covers a group of common requirements that, unless otherwise specified in the applicable product specification, apply to rolled steel plates for pressure vessels covered by each of the following product specifications issued by ASTM:

1.1.1 This general requirements specification also covers a group of supplementary requirements that are applicable to several of the above product specifications as indicated therein. Such requirements are provided for use if additional testing or additional restrictions are required by the purchaser, and apply only if specified individually in the purchase order.

1.2 Appendix X1 provides information on coil as a source of plates for pressure vessels.

1.3 Appendix X2 provides information on the variability of tensile properties in plates for pressure vessels.

1.4 Appendix X3 provides information on the variability of Charpy-V-Notch impact test properties in plates for pressure vessels.

1.5 Appendix X4 provides information on cold bending of plates, including suggested minimum inside radii for cold bending.

1.6 These materials are intended to be suitable for fusion welding. When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized.

1.7 In case of any conflict in requirements, the requirements of the applicable product specification prevail over those of this general requirements specification.

1.8 Additional requirements that are specified in the purchase order and accepted by the supplier are permitted, provided that such requirements do not negate any of the requirements of this general requirements specification or the applicable product specification.

1.9 For purposes of determining conformance with this general requirements specification and the applicable product specification, values are to be rounded to the nearest unit in the right-hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting values in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.

1.10 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.11 This general requirements specification and the applicable product specification are expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units; unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the plates are to be furnished to inch-pound units.

|general delivery requirement; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessel applications; ICS Number Code 23.020.30 (Pressure vessels, gas cylinders); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A20|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A20A20M|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels|A20||

This specification covers a group of common requirements that apply to rolled steel plates for pressure vessels. The steel shall be made in an open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-arc furnace process. Sampling and methods for chemical analysis are discussed. Yield strength tests, tension tests, and notch-toughness tests shall be made in accordance to the product specification to conform to the specified requirements.

|A20|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for...|10.1520/A0020_A0020M-07 64790|Active|A27/A27M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||

1.1 This specification covers carbon steel castings for general applications that require up to 70 ksi (485 MPa) minimum tensile strength.

Note 1—The grades covered by this specification represent materials that are suitable for assembly with other steel castings or wrought steel parts by fusion welding. It is not intended to imply that all these grades possess the same degree of weldability or that the same welding techniques can be used on all castings. It is the responsibility of the purchaser to establish for himself a suitable welding technique.

1.2 Several grades and two classes of steel castings are covered, as indicated below. The grade and class desired shall be specified by the purchaser.

1.2.1 Grade N-1—Chemical analysis only.

1.2.2 Grade N-2—Heat-treated but not mechanically tested.

1.2.3 Grade U-60-30 [415-205]—Mechanically tested but not heat-treated.

1.2.4 Grades 60-30 [415-205], 65-35 [450-240], 70-36 [485-250], and 70-40 [485-275]—Heat-treated and mechanically tested.

1.2.5 Class 1 and Class 2 steel castings shall be specified in accordance with 9.2.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

|castings; general application; steel; Carbon steel castings--specifications; Steel castings--specifications; Tensile strength requirements; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A27|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A27A27M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application|A27||

This specification covers carbon steel castings for general applications. The grades of steels covered here are: Grade N-1, Grade N-2, Grade U-60-30 [415-205], Grade 60-30 [415-205], Grade 65-35 [450-240], Grade 70-36 [485-250] and Grade 70-40 [485-275]. Except for Grades N-1 and U-60-30, all steel castings shall be heat-treated by full annealing, normalizing, normalizing and tempering, or quenching and tempering. Heat treatments shall be performed after castings have been allowed to cool. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, manganese, silicon, sulfur and phosphorus. Except for Grades N-1 and N-2, all steels shall undergo tension test, and shall conform to the following mechanical requirements: tensile strength, yield point, elongation, and reduction of area.

|A27|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application|10.1520/A0027_A0027M-08 40449|Active|A29/A29M|2005-05-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, Hot-Wrought, General Requirements for|16|43.00|43.00|51.60||

1.1 This specification covers a group of common requirements which, unless otherwise specified in the purchase order or in an individual specification, shall apply to carbon and alloy steel bars under each of the following ASTM specifications (or under any other ASTM specification which invokes this specification or portions thereof):

1.2 In case of any conflict in requirements, the requirements of the purchase order, the individual material specification, and this general specification shall prevail in the sequence named.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.

1.4 For purposes of determining conformance to this specification and the various material specifications referenced in , dimensional values shall be rounded to the nearest unit in the right-hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting values in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.

Note 1

Specification A 29 previously listed dimensional tolerances for cold-finished bars; these are now found in Specification A 108.

|alloy steel bars; carbon steel bars; cold finished steel bars; general delivery requirements; hot wrought steel bars; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A29|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,B,Z,CH|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A29A29M|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, Hot-Wrought, General Requirements for|A29||

This guide covers a group of requirements for carbon and alloy steel bars under each of the following specifications: hot-rolled carbon steel bars, cold-finished carbon steel bars, hot-rolled alloy steel bars, and cold-finished alloy steel bars. Heat and product analysis shall be performed on several grades of carbon steel bars, wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. Several grades of alloy steel bars shall also undergo heat and product analysis and shall meet the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, and molybdenum. When compositions other than those indicated in the specified chemical components are required, the composition limits shall be prepared using the specified ranges and limits for carbon steel and alloy steel. The material shall undergo grain size test and shall conform to the specified grain size requirement. Mechanical tests shall also be performed on the steel test specimens.

|A29|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, Hot-Wrought,...|10.1520/A0029_A0029M-05 50031|Active|A31|2004-08-01|04e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Rivets and Bars for Rivets, Pressure Vessels|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||

1.1 This specification covers steel rivets for use in boilers and pressure vessels and steel bars for use in the manufacture of rivets.

1.2 Two grades are covered:

1.2.1 Grade A—Bars having a yield point of 23000 psi (160 MPa) minimum with no controls on carbon content.

1.2.2 Grade B—Bars having a yield point of 29000 psi (200 MPa) minimum with carbon 0.28 % maximum.

1.2.3 Rivets are manufactured from the applicable bar grade.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

|bars; carbon steel; pressure vessel rivets; rivets; steel; ICS Number Code 21.060.40 (Rivets)||TRUE/A31|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A31|Standard Specification for Steel Rivets and Bars for Rivets, Pressure Vessels|A31||
This specification covers the chemical, mechanical, and dimensional requirements, and associated test methods for steel rivets for use in boilers and pressure vessels, and steel bars for use in the manufacture of such rivets. Two grades of steel are covered here, as follows: Grade A and Grade B. The steel used to make the rivets shall be manufactured by open-hearth, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen process, and the corresponding rivets shall be manufactured from steel bars conforming to the applicable bar grade ordered. The steel shall undergo heat and product analysis for measurements of chemical contents for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. Finished bars and rivets shall go through rivet bend, rivet flattening, bar tensile, and bar bend tests for measurements of mechanical properties such as ratio of bend diameter to diameter of the shank for rivets, and tensile strength, yield point, elongation, and ratio of bend diameter to diameter of specimen for bars.
|A31|Standard Specification for Steel Rivets and Bars for Rivets, Pressure...|10.1520/A0031-04E01 50488|Active|A34/A34M|2006-11-01|06|Practice|Standard Practice for Sampling and Procurement Testing of Magnetic Materials|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This practice covers sampling procedures and test practices for determination of various magnetic properties of both soft and hard magnetic materials.
1.2 This practice may be used either in conjunction with, or independent of, the standard test methods and materials specifications under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee A06. In the former situation, the sampling and testing procedures listed herein shall not supersede those found in the individual test methods and materials specifications. In the latter situation, the sampling and testing procedures listed herein shall strictly apply.
1.3 The values and equations stated in customary (cgs-emu and inch-pound) or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within this standard, SI units are shown in brackets except for the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this standard.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|density; electrical steel; magnetic material; magnetic test; ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials)||TRUE/A34|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,N|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A34A34M|Standard Practice for Sampling and Procurement Testing of Magnetic Materials|A34|
This practice defines test lots and describes the selection and preparation of test specimens used in the determination of magnetic properties of various materials.

A method of calculating the density of iron-base electrical steels is given and a table of assumed densities for magnetic testing of commercial soft magnetic alloys is provided.
||A34|Standard Practice for Sampling and Procurement Testing of Magnetic...|10.1520/A0034_A0034M-06 61757|Active|A36/A36M|2008-05-15|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel shapes, plates, and bars of structural quality for use in riveted, bolted, or welded construction of bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes.

1.2 Supplementary requirements are provided for use where additional testing or additional restrictions are required by the purchaser. Such requirements apply only when specified in the purchase order.

1.3 When the steel is to be welded, a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service is to be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.

1.5 The text of this specification contains notes or footnotes, or both, that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.

1.6 For structural products produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of A 6/A 6M apply.
|bars; bolted construction; bridges; buildings; carbon; plates; riveted construction; shapes; steel; structural steel; welded construction; Bolted construction materials/applications--specifications; Bridge/structural materials--specifications; Building materials/applications--specifications; Carbon steel bars/shapes--specifications; Carbon steel plate--specifications; Riveted construction--specifications; Structural steel (SS) plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) shapes--specifications; Welded steel bars/shapes--specifications; Welded steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; Railroad steel materials; Steel bars/shapes/wires||TRUE/A36|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A36A36M|Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel|A36||
This specification covers carbon structural steel shapes, plates, and bars of structural quality for use in riveted, bolted, or welded construction of bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes. Heat analysis shall be used to determine the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and copper. Tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation shall be evaluated using tension test and must conform to the required tensile properties.
|A36|Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel|10.1520/A0036_A0036M-08 70856|Active|A47/A47M|2009-05-01|99(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers ferritic malleable castings for general engineering usage at temperatures from normal ambient to approximately 400°C (750°F).

1.2 No precise quantitative relationship can be stated between the properties of the iron in various locations of the same casting and those of a test specimen cast from the same iron (see Appendix X1).

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|Engineering applications--specifications; Ferritic iron castings; Ferritic steel castings--specifications; Malleable iron castings--specifications; Pressure vessel iron; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A47|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,B,CH|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A47A47M|Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings|A47||
This specification covers ferritic malleable castings for general engineering usage. The castings are classified as Grade 32510. The chemical composition of the iron shall be such as to produce the structural and mechanical properties required by this specification. Tension test may be machined from the standard cast bar to the required dimensions. The microstructure of the malleable iron shall consist of temper carbon nodules distributed through ferritic matrix and shall be free of excessive pearlite, massive carbides, and primary graphite. All castings, on visual examination, shall be sound and free of obvious shrinkage and porosity. The castings shall conform to the dimensions given by this specification.
|A47|Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings|10.1520/A0047_A0047M-99R09 64919|Active|A48/A48M|2008-10-01|03(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers gray iron castings intended for general engineering use where tensile strength is a major consideration. Castings are classified on the basis of the tensile strength of the iron in separately cast test bars.

1.1.1 This specification subordinates chemical composition to tensile strength.

1.2 Castings produced to this specification are graded on the basis of minimum tensile strength obtained in special test coupons designed to standardize cooling rate. The tensile strength developed in certain casting sections may vary from test coupon values (see X1.2).

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|gray iron castings; Gray iron castings--specifications ; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A48|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,B,CH|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A48A48M|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings|A48||
This specification covers gray iron castings intended for general engineering use where tensile strength is a major consideration. Castings are classified on the basis of the tensile strength of the iron in separately cast test bars. The surface of the casting shall be free of adhering sand, scale, cracks, and hot tears, as determined by visual examination. The test bars are designated into S, A, B, and C categories, according to the thickness of its controlling wall section. The casting shall be subjected to a tension test to determine its tensile strength.
|A48|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings|10.1520/A0048_A0048M-03R08 46160|Active|A49|2006-03-01|01(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Joint Bars, Microalloyed Joint Bars, and Forged Carbon Steel Compromise Joint Bars|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers heat-treated carbon steel joint bars, microalloyed joint bars, and forged compromise joint bars for general use in standard railroad track.

1.2 The joint bars may be used for the production of insulated joints.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|joint bars; rails; railway applications; steel rails; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A49|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A49|Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Joint Bars, Microalloyed Joint Bars, and Forged Carbon Steel Compromise Joint Bars|A49||
This specification covers heat-treated carbon steel joint bars, microalloyed joint bars, and forged compromise joint bars to be used in standard railroad track and production of insulated joints. Manufacturing of the steel shall be done either by basic-oxygen process, electric-furnace process, or both. The chemical composition of the steel joint bars shall be within the limits specified for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. Requirements for heat or cast analysis, product analysis, and tensile testing are detailed. Specifications for the material tensile properties such as tensile strength, yield point, yield strength, and elongation are given.
|A49|Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Joint Bars,...|10.1520/A0049-01R06 56410|Active|A53/A53M|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless|22|51.00|51.00|61.20||
1.1 This specification covers seamless and welded black and hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe in NPS 1/8 to NPS 26 [DN 6 to DN 650] (Note 1), inclusive, with nominal wall thickness (Note 2) as given in Table X2.2 and X2.3. It shall be permissible to furnish pipe having other dimensions provided that such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification. Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided and shall apply only when specified by the purchaser.
Note 1 - The dimensionless designators NPS (nominal pipe size) [DN (diameter nominal)] have been substituted in this specification for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
Note 2 - The term nominal wall thickness has been assigned for the purpose of convenient designation, existing in name only, and is used to distinguish it from the actual wall thickness, which may vary over or under the nominal wall thickness.
1.2 This specification covers the following types and grades:
1.2.1 Type F - Furnace-butt-welded, continuous welded Grade A,
1.2.2 Type E - Electric-resistance-welded, Grades A and B, and
1.2.3 Type S - Seamless, Grades A and B.
Note 3 - See Appendix X1 for definitions of types of pipe.
1.3 Pipe ordered under this specification is intended for mechanical and pressure applications and is also acceptable for ordinary uses in steam, water, gas, and air lines. It is suitable for welding, and suitable for forming operations involving coiling, bending, and flanging, subject to the following qualifications:
1.3.1 Type F is not intended for flanging.
1.3.2 If Type S or Type E is required for close coiling or cold bending, Grade A is the preferred grade; however, this is not intended to prohibit the cold bending of Grade B pipe.
1.3.3 Type E is furnished either nonexpanded or cold expanded at the option of the manufacturer.
1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other.
The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test method portion, Sections 7, 8, 9, 13, 14, and 15 of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory requirements prior to use.
1.5 The text of this specification contains notes or footnotes, or both, that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.
|black steel pipe; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe; welded steel pipe; zinc coated steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A53|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A53A53M|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless|A53||
This specification covers seamless and welded black and hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe in NPS 1/8 to NPS 26. The steel categorized in this standard must be open-hearth, basic-oxygen or electric-furnace processed and must have the following chemical requirements: carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, copper, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, and vanadium. The tubing shall undergo a seamless or welding process. Tension, bend, and flattening tests shall be performed to make sure that it must adhere to the mechanical properties of the standard. The hydrostatic test shall be applied, without leakage through the weld seam or the pipe body. Nondestructive electric test shall be made to make sure that the full volume of the pipe must be in accordance with the standard. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of the inspections and tests set forth in this specification where deemed necessary to ensure that the pipe conforms to the specified requirements.
|A53|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,...|10.1520/A0053_A0053M-07 53643|Active|A65|2007-05-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Track Spikes|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers steel track spikes used as fastenings between railroad rails, tie plates, and ties.
1.2 Three grades of spikes are described, Grades 1, a lower carbon steel; Grade 2, a higher carbon steel; and Grade 3, a carbon structural steel, conforming to Specification A 36
1.3 Supplementary Requirement (S1) are provided for use and shall only apply when specified in the purchase order.
1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|rails; railway applications; steel track spikes; track spikes; ICS Number Code 21.060.50||TRUE/A65|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A65|Standard Specification for Steel Track Spikes|A65||
This specification covers steel track spike to be used as fastenings between railroad rails, tie plates, and ties. Several tests shall be conducted, namely: heat or cast analysis; alternative analysis; alternative tension test; product analysis; body bend test; and head bend test. Heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorous, sulfur, silicon, and copper. Steel specimens shall also undergo tensile tests and conform to required values of yield point, tensile strength, and elongation.
|A65|Standard Specification for Steel Track Spikes|10.1520/A0065-07 53644|Active|A66|2007-05-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Screw Spikes|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers steel screw spikes used as fastenings between railroad rails, tie plates, and ties.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
1.3 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|rails; railway applications; steel screw spikes; track spikes; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A66|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A66|Standard Specification for Steel Screw Spikes|A66||
This specification deals with steel screw spikes used as fastenings between railroad rails, tie plates, and ties. The steel shall be made by electric-furnace or basic-oxygen, may be cast by continuous process or in ingots, and the heads and threads of the spikes may be formed by hot- or cold-forming methods. Tension and bend tests of the material shall be made. Inspection, certification, and product marking are also covered.
|A66|Standard Specification for Steel Screw Spikes|10.1520/A0066-07 39525|Active|A67|2005-03-01|00(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Tie Plates, Low-Carbon and High-Carbon Hot-Worked|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers steel tie plates for use in railroad track.

1.2 Two grades of tie plates are described: Grade 1, low carbon, and Grade 2, high-carbon-hot-worked.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values in parentheses are for information only.
|rails; railway applications; steel rails; steel tie plates; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A67|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A67|Standard Specification for Steel Tie Plates, Low-Carbon and High-Carbon Hot-Worked|A67||
This specification deals with steel tie plates, low-carbon and high-carbon-hot-worked that are used in railroad tracks. The steel shall be manufactured by either basic-oxygen or electric-furnace processes and may be cast by a continuous process or in ingots. Both Grade 1 and Grade 2 tie plates may be sheared, punched, or slotted either hot or cold but only the latter may be placed into an enclosure to assure proper cooling. One bend test shall be made from each identified heat. The specimens for testing shall be taken from finished tie plates, longitudinally with the direction of rolling. They shall be rectangular in section and shall have two faces as rolled. If high carbon tie plates represented by bend tests fail to meet the requirements specified, they may be annealed not more than twice and be resubmitted for testing.
|A67|Standard Specification for Steel Tie Plates, Low-Carbon and High-Carbon...|10.1520/A0067-00R05 66546|Active|A74|2009-01-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings|44|58.00|58.00|69.60||
1.1 This specification covers cast iron soil pipe and fittings for use in gravity flow plumbing, drain, waste and vent sanitary, and storm water applications. It establishes standards covering material, manufacture, mechanical and chemical properties, coating, test methods, inspection, certification, product markings, dimensions, and dimensional tolerances for extra heavy and service cast iron soil pipe and fittings. These pipe and fittings are not intended for pressure applications as the selection of the proper size for sanitary drain, waste, vent, and storm drain systems allows free air space for gravity drainage.

1.2 This specification covers pipe and fittings of the following patterns and, when so designated, shall apply to any other patterns that conform with the applicable requirements given in this specification.

1.2.1 Pipe:

Tables

Extra heavy, 2½ ft (0.75 m), 3½ft (1.0 m), 5 ft (1.5 m), 10 ft (3.0 m) lengths
1, 2

Service, 2½ ft (0.75 m), 3½ft (1.0 m), 5 ft (1.5 m), 10 ft (3.0 m)
1, 2

Outside dimensions (for detailing)
X1.1

1.2.2 Fittings:

Tables

¼ bends; long ¼ bends
3, 4

¼ bends, long low-hub
5

¼ bends, low heel; high heel
6, 7

¼ bends, short sweep; long sweep
8

¼ bends, reducing long sweep
9

¹/₅ bends
10

¹/₆ bends
10

¹/₈ bends; long ¹/₈ bends
11

¹/₁₆ bends
11

Y branches
12, 13

Y branches, combination ¹/₈ bends, single
14

Y branches, combination ¹/₈ bends, double
14

Sanitary T branches, single
15

Sanitary T branches, double
15

Sanitary T branches, cleanout
16

Tapped sanitary T branches, single
17

Tapped sanitary T branches, double
17

T branches, single and double
18

Tapped T branches, single
19

Tapped T branches, double
19

T branches, cleanout
20

-45° offset fitting
21

Double hubs
22

Long double hubs
22

Reducers
23

Increasers
24, 25

P traps
26, 27

Deep seal P traps
28

Running traps
29

Screw plugs (brass)
30

Blind plugs
31

Iron-body ferrules
32

Side inlets
Fig. 3

Closet bends
33

Tapping bosses
34

Reducing ¼ bend SV
35

Combination Y and ¹/₈ bend
36

‘H’ branch fitting
37

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|cast iron; fitting; hub and spigot pipe; pipe; soil pipe; Cast iron soil pipe/fittings--specifications; Fittings; Iron pipe/fittings--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A74|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A04.12|01.02|||MP4|||||A74|Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings|A74||
This specification covers cast gray iron soil pipe and fittings for use in gravity flow plumbing, drain, waste and vent sanitary, and storm water applications. These pipe and fittings are not intended for pressure applications. The cast iron shall be produced by an established commercial method that provides control over chemical and physical properties. Castings shall be sound, true to pattern, and of compact close grain that permits drilling and cutting by ordinary methods and its interior surface shall be reasonably smooth and free from defects. Ferrous scrap, pig iron, and any recycled ferrous material to be used in the melting operation shall be screened for radioactivity. Tension test shall include breaking load, machined diameter, and tensile strength. Chemical test shall conform to the chemical composition requirements prescribed for phosphorous, sulfur, chromium, titanium, aluminum, lead, and carbon equivalent. Dimension requirements for hub, spigot, barrel, grooves, water seal and trap, and threads of the pipe and fittings are detailed. The pipe and fittings shall be uniformly coated with a material suitable for the purpose.
|A74|Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings|10.1520/A0074-09 56429|Active|A82/A82M|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers cold-drawn steel wire, as-drawn or galvanized, to be used as such, or in fabricated form, for the reinforcement of concrete, in sizes not less than 2.03 mm [0.080 in.] nominal diameter.
1.2 Supplement S1 describes high-strength wire, which shall be furnished when specifically ordered. It shall be permissible to furnish high-strength wire in place of regular wire if mutually agreed to by the purchaser and the manufacturer.
1.3 The values stated in SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard (The inch-pound units are shown in brackets except in Table 6.)
|concrete reinforcement; reinforced concrete; reinforcing steels; steel wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete)||TRUE/A82|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A82A82M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement|A82||
This specification covers as cold-drawn or galvanized steel wires to be used as such, or in fabricated form, for the reinforcement of concrete. The steel shall be made by one of the following processes: open-hearth, electric furnace, or basic-oxygen. The wires shall be cold drawn from rods that have been hot rolled from billets. The tests described include tension, bending, and reduction of area tests. After undergoing tension test, the tensile and yield strength properties of the test specimen shall conform to the requirements of a reference material based on nominal area of the wire. The specimen for bend test shall withstand being bent at room temperature without cracking on the outside of the bent portion. The reduction of area shall be determined as described in a reference document.
|A82|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement|10.1520/A0082_A0082M-07 69275|Active|A90/A90M|2009-05-01|09|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This test method covers procedures for determining the weight [mass] of coating on iron or steel sheet, wire, and other articles in which the coating is zinc or a zinc alloy, such as zinc-5 % aluminum (including zinc-5 % aluminum-mischmetal and zinc-5 % aluminum-0.1 % magnesium) or 55 % aluminum-zinc. In the body of this test method, reference to zinc coating shall be interpreted to also include zinc alloy coating except where specifically stated otherwise.

1.2 The final results determined by this test method shall be expressed in inch-pound units or SI units, depending on the units used in the material specification to which the results are to be compared. Certain portions of the procedure involving determination of specimen weight [mass] have traditionally been performed in SI units, and corresponding inch-pound units are not included.

1.3 For sheet products, the final results are expressed as either coating weight [mass] total both sides, or coating weight [mass] separately on each side, depending on the specified requirements.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For specific hazards statements see 5.1. |55 % aluminum-zinc alloy coating; coating weight [mass]; steel sheet; steel wire; zinc alloy coatings; zinc coating; zinc-5 % aluminum alloy coating; zinc-5 % aluminum-0.1 % magnesium alloy coating; zinc-5 % aluminum-mischmetal alloy coating; Coating weight; Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings; Iron sheets--zinc-coated (galvanized); Zinc-coated steel sheet; Zinc coatings; ICS Number Code 25.220.40 (Metallic coatings)||TRUE/A90|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A05.07|01.06|||MP7|||||A90A90M|Standard Test Method for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings|A90|
This test method provides a standard method for determining the weight [mass] of coating for comparison with specification requirements. A coating of zinc on iron or steel articles provides protection against corrosion. As the protection is provided by sacrificial loss of zinc, the degree of protection is proportional to the weight [mass] of zinc coating. Specifications for zinc-coated articles frequently provide for different classes of coating so that the purchaser can select the coating weight [mass] most suitable to his needs.
||A90|Standard Test Method for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Iron and Steel...|10.1520/A0090_A0090M-09 70009|Active|A99|2009-04-01|03(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferromanganese|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers ten grades of ferromanganese, designated as follows:

Standard ferromanganese Grade A

Grade B

Grade C

Medium-carbon ferromanganese Grades A,B,C, and D

Nitrided

Low-carbon ferromanganese Grade A

Grade B

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|ferroalloy; ferromanganese; Ferromanganese--specifications; Ferrous metals/alloys--specifications; Manganese alloying additives--specifications; Stainless steel alloying additives (manganese) ; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A99|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A99|Standard Specification for Ferromanganese|A99||
This specification covers standards for ferromanganese (Grades A, B, and C), medium-carbon ferromanganese (Grades A, B, C, D, and nitrided) and low-carbon ferromanganese (Grades A and B). The ferroalloys shall conform to manganese, carbon, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, and nitrogen contents specific to different material grades. Materials shall also adhere to content limits of arsenic, tin, lead and chromium. The material shall be available in standard sizes, tolerances, and friability ratings.
|A99|Standard Specification for Ferromanganese|10.1520/A0099-03R09 52503|Active|A100|2007-03-01|07|Specification| Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers grades of ferrosilicon for steelmaking and foundry uses.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The metric equivalents of inch-pound units (SI units) given in parentheses may be approximate.
|ferroalloy; ferrosilicon; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A100|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A100| Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon|A100||
This specification covers grades of ferrosilicon used for steel-making and foundry. The grades shall conform to the required chemical composition for silicon, carbon, sulfur, phosphorous, aluminum, manganese, calcium, and boron. Sizes available of ferrosilicon for various grades are specified. Ferroalloys exhibit varying degrees of friability; therefore, some attrition may be expected in transit, storage, and handling. Chemical analysis of the material shall be made.
|A100| Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon|10.1520/A0100-07 34338|Active|A101|2004-05-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferrochromium|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers two types of ferrochromium designated as high carbon and low carbon, the latter including nitrogen-bearing and vacuum grades.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The SI units given in parentheses are for information only.
|ferroalloys; ferrochromium; high carbon; low carbon; nitrogen-bearing; vacuum low carbon||TRUE/A101|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A101|Standard Specification for Ferrochromium|A101||
This specification covers two types of ferrochromium designated as high carbon and low carbon, the latter including nitrogen-bearing and vacuum grades. The grades which are available in different sizes shall conform to the required chemical composition for chromium, carbon, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus, and nitrogen.
|A101|Standard Specification for Ferrochromium|10.1520/A0101-04 34323|Active|A102|2004-05-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferrovanadium|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers one grade of ferrovanadium.
1.2 The values given in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|ferrovanadium||TRUE/A102|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A102|Standard Specification for Ferrovanadium|A102||
This specification covers different sizes of one grade of ferrovanadium. The material shall undergo chemical analysis and shall conform to the requirements as to composition of the following chemical elements: vanadium, carbon, silicon, aluminum, sulfur, and phosphorus.
|A102|Standard Specification for Ferrovanadium|10.1520/A0102-04 70690|Active|A105/A105M|2009-07-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers forged carbon steel piping components for ambient- and higher-temperature service in pressure systems. Included are flanges, fittings, valves, and similar parts ordered either to dimensions specified by the purchaser or to dimensional standards such as the MSS, ASME, and API specifications referenced in Section 2. Forgings made to this specification are limited to a maximum weight of 10 000 lb [4540 kg]. Larger forgings may be ordered to Specification A 266/A 266M. Tubesheets and hollow cylindrical forgings for pressure vessel shells are not included within the scope of this specification. Although this specification covers some piping components machined from rolled bar and seamless tubular products (see 4.2), it does not cover raw material produced in these product forms.

1.2 Supplementary requirements are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the order.

1.3 Specification A 266/A 266M covers other steel forgings and Specifications A 675/A 675M and A 696 cover other steel bars.

1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.5 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as “nominal diameter,” “size,” and “nominal size.”

|pipe fittings, steel; piping applications; pressure containing parts; steel flanges; steel forgings, carbon; steel valves; temperature service applications, elevated; temperature service applications, high; Carbon steel flanges/fittings/valves/parts--specifications; Carbon steel forgings--specifications; Carbon steel pipe--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel forgings; Pressure vessel steel forgings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A105|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|B,D,M,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A105A105M|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications|A105||
This specification covers standards for forged carbon steel piping components, that is, flanges, fittings, valves, and similar parts, for use in pressure systems at ambient and higher-temperature service conditions. Materials shall be subjected to heat treatment (annealing, normalizing, tempering, or quenching). Material shall conform to carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, copper, nickel, chromium, molybdenum and vanadium contents. The forgings shall be subjected to tension, hardness and hydrostatic tests, with the latter applicable when required. Material shall adhere to tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, and hardness requirements. Guidelines for retreatment, repair by welding, and product marking are given.
|A105|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications|10.1520/A0105_A0105M-09 63035|Active|A106/A106M|2008-07-15|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers seamless carbon steel pipe for high-temperature service (Note 1) in NPS ¹/₈ to NPS 48 [DN 6 to DN 1200] (Note 2) inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thickness as given in ASME B 36.10M. It shall be permissible to furnish pipe having other dimensions provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification. Pipe ordered under this specification shall be suitable for bending, flanging, and similar forming operations, and for welding. When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable to the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized.
Note 1—It is suggested, consideration be given to possible graphitization.

Note 2—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) [DN (diameter nominal)] has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as “nominal diameter,” “size,” and “nominal size.”

1.2 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided for seamless pipe intended for use in applications where a superior grade of pipe is required. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made and when desired shall be so stated in the order.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.4 The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test method portion, Sections 11, 12, and 13 of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. |carbon steel pipe; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe; Carbon steel pipe--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A106|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A106A106M|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|A106||
This specification covers carbon steel pipe for high-temperature service. These pipes are suitable for welding, bending, flanging, and similar forming operations. Mechanical testing of the specimens shall include tensile, bending, flattening, hydrostatic and nondestructive electric tests. Specimens undergoing bending tests shall consist of sections cut from a pipe. For flattening tests, the specimens shall be smooth on the ends and burr-free, except when made on crop ends. All tests shall be performed in room temperature. If any test specimen shows flaws it can be discarded and substituted for another test specimen. Before testing, if a specimen has scribe scratches, a retest shall be allowed. A retest shall also be allowed if a specimen breaks in an inside or outside surface flaw.
|A106|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for...|10.1520/A0106_A0106M-08 56154|Active|A108|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers cold-finished carbon and alloy steel bars produced in straight length and coil to chemical compositions. Cold-finished bars are suitable for heat treatment, for machining into components, or for use in the as-finished condition as shafting, or in constructional applications, or for other similar purposes (Note 1). Grades of steel are identified by grade numbers or by chemical composition.
Note 1
A guide for the selection of steel bars is contained in Practice A 400.
1.2 Some end uses may require one or more of the available designations shown under Supplementary Requirements. Supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|alloy steel; carbon steel; cold-finished; steel bar; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A108|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.15|01.05||A108-07|MP7|||||A108|Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished|A108||
This specification covers cold-finished carbon and alloy steel bars for heat treatment, machining into components, or for as-finished condition as shafting or in constructional applications. The steel materials shall be cold drawn, turned, ground, polished, hot wrought, cold rolled, and heat treated. The steel specimens shall undergo chemical analysis.
|A108|Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished|10.1520/A0108-07 63964|Active|A109/A109M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel, Strip, Carbon (0.25 Maximum Percent), Cold-Rolled|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers cold-rolled carbon steel strip in cut lengths or coils, furnished to closer tolerances than cold-rolled carbon steel sheet, with specific temper, with specific edge or specific finish, and in sizes as follows:

Width, in. Thickness, in.

Over ½ to 23¹⁵/₁₆ 0.300 and under

Over 12.5 to 600 mm 7.6 mm and under

1.2 Cold-rolled strip is produced with a maximum specified carbon not exceeding 0.25 percent.

1.3 Strip tolerance products may be available in widths wider than 23¹⁵/₁₆ in. [600 mm] by agreement between purchaser and supplier. However, such products are technically classified as cold rolled sheet. The tolerances, finishes, tempers, edges, and available widths and thicknesses differentiate cold rolled strip from the product known as cold rolled sheet which is defined by Specification A 568/A 568M and from cold rolled high carbon strip which is defined by Specification A 682/A 682M.

1.4 For the purpose of determining conformance with this specification, values shall be rounded to the nearest unit in the right hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting values in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.

1.5 The SI portions of the tables contained herein list permissible variations in dimensions and mass (see Note 1) in SI (metric) units. The values listed are not exact conversions of the values listed in the inch-pound tables, but instead are rounded or rationalized values. Conformance to SI tolerances is mandatory when the “M” specification is used.

Note 1—The term weight is used when inch-pound units are the standard. However, under SI the preferred term is mass.

1.6 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.7 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
|carbon steel, strip; cold rolled steel strip; steel strip; Carbon steel sheet/strip--specifications; Cold-rolled steel sheet/strip--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A109|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.19|01.03|||MP7|||||A109A109M|Standard Specification for Steel, Strip, Carbon (0.25 Maximum Percent), Cold-Rolled|A109||
This specification covers cold-rolled carbon steel strip in cut lengths or coils, furnished to closer tolerances than cold-rolled carbon steel sheet. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace process. Cold-rolled carbon strip specified to temper numbers shall conform to the Rockwell hardness requirements. Bend tests shall be conducted in accordance with requirements specified.
|A109|Standard Specification for Steel, Strip, Carbon (0.25 Maximum Percent),...|10.1520/A0109_A0109M-03 35104|Active|A111|2004-05-01|99a(2004)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron Telephone and Telegraph Line Wire|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers two grades of "iron" wire with Class A, Class B, and Class C zinc coatings, suitable for use in telephone, telegraph, and signal transmission. The two grades covered are designated Grade EBB (extra best best) and Grade BB (best best).

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|iron products-zinc coated; steel wire-zinc coated; telephone/telegraph wire; ICS Number Code 33.120.20 (Wires and symetrical cables)||TRUE/A111|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A111|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron Telephone and Telegraph Line Wire|A111||
This specification covers the standard requirements for iron wire with Class A, Class B, and Class C zinc coatings suitable for use in telephone, telegraph, and signal transmission lines. The zinc used for the coatings shall be of any grade while the base metal shall be made by any commercially-accepted steel-making process. The wire shall be furnished in coils of one continuous length and the welds made prior to the final drawing shall be permitted. Stripping, mechanical, and electrical tests shall be performed, wherein the specimens shall conform to the following required physical, mechanical, and electrical properties: weight and adherence of the coating; breaking strength, elongation, and ductility of the galvanized wire; and weight resistivity of the wire. Finished products shall be furnished in compact coils reasonably symmetrical in shape and marked showing the size, grade, class of coating, ASTM designation, and the name or mark of the manufacturer.
|A111|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) "Iron" Telephone and...|10.1520/A0111-99AR04E01 43371|Active|A116|2005-10-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel Woven Wire Fence Fabric|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers metallic-coated steel fence fabric having a series of horizontal (line) wires, with vertical (stay) wires woven or wrapped around the line wires, forming rectangular openings. The fence fabric is suitable for use in fences for farm field enclosure (to keep domestic animals in or out), for highway or railroad right-of-way fencing (to control access), and other similar uses.
1.2 This specification covers fence fabric in various designs, tensile strength grades, and metallic coating types and grades.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
1.4 The text of this specification references notes and footnotes which provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes (excluding those in tables and figures) shall not be considered as requirements of the specification.
|fence fabric; fencing material; metallic coated steel wire; steel wire; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A116|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A116|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel Woven Wire Fence Fabric|A116||
This specification covers metallic-coated steel-woven wire fence fabric having a series of horizontal (line) wires, with vertical (stay) wires either wrapped around the line wire (hinge joint) or fixed with another separate wire to the line wire (continuous stay fixed knot joint), forming rectangular openings. The fence fabric is suitable for use in fences for farm field enclosure (to keep domestic animals in or out), for wildlife and exotic animal control, for highway or railroad right-of-way fencing (to control access), and other similar uses. This specification covers fence fabric in various designs of tensile strength grades, namely: Grade 60, Grade 125, and Grade 175, metallic coating types, namely: Type A, Type Z, and Type ZA, and metallic coating classes, namely: Class 1, Class 3, Class 20, Class 40, and Class 80. The steel wire shall be coated prior to fabrication and the coating weight [mass] shall conform to the specified breaking strength and tensile strength. Requirements for construction including splicing and fence fabric length are detailed. Typical fence fabric dimensions for design numbers are illustrated. Tests for coating weight and breaking strength shall be performed.
|A116|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel Woven Wire Fence Fabric|10.1520/A0116-05 55985|Active|A121|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers metallic-coated steel barbed wire, consisting of a strand of two wires.
1.2 The barbed wire is available with aluminum, zinc, and zinc-5 % aluminum-mischmetal alloy coatings, with a number of coating weights, in a number of different constructions (designs), and in two grades. Not all designs are available in all coating types.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in brackets are for information only.
1.4 The text of this specification references notes and footnotes that provide explanatory information. These notes and footnotes (excluding those in tables) shall not be considered as requirements of the specification.
|barbed wire; carbon steel wire; metallic coated steel wire; steel barbed wire; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A121|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A121|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire|A121||
This specification covers metallic-coated carbon steel barbed wire, consisting of a strand of two wires. The barbed wire is available with aluminum, zinc, and zinc-aluminum-mismatched alloy coatings with a number of coating weights. The barbed wire is classified as coating Type A, Type Z, and Type ZA. The sizes and constructions for barbed wire furnished under this specification shall conform the requirements. Sampling, testing and inspection of the material shall be performed in accordance with this specification.
|A121|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire|10.1520/A0121-07 69016|Active|A123/A123M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers the requirements for zinc coating (galvanizing) by the hot-dip process on iron and steel products made from rolled pressed and forged shapes, castings, plates, bars, and strips.

1.2 This specification covers both unfabricated products and fabricated products, for example, assembled steel products, structural steel fabrications, large tubes already bent or welded before galvanizing, and wire work fabricated from uncoated steel wire. This specification also covers steel forgings and iron castings incorporated into pieces fabricated before galvanizing or which are too large to be centrifuged (or otherwise handled to remove excess galvanizing bath metal).
Note 1—This specification covers those products previously addressed in Specifications A 123-78 and A 386-78.

1.3 This specification does not apply to wire, pipe, tube, or steel sheet which is galvanized on specialized or continuous lines, or to steel less than 22 gage (0.0299 in.) [0.76 mm] thick.

1.4 The galvanizing of hardware items that are to be centrifuged or otherwise handled to remove excess zinc (such as bolts and similar threaded fasteners, castings and rolled, pressed and forged items) shall be in accordance with Specification A 153/A 153M.

1.5 Fabricated reinforcing steel bar assemblies are covered by the present specification. The galvanizing of separate reinforcing steel bars shall be in accordance with Specification A 767/A 767M.

1.6 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 123) or SI units (as A 123M). Inch-pound units and SI units are not necessarily exact equivalents. Within the text of this specification and where appropriate, SI units are shown in parentheses. Each system shall be used independently of the other without combining values in any way. In the case of orders in SI units, all testing and inspection shall be done using the metric equivalent of the test or inspection method as appropriate. In the case of orders in SI units, such shall be stated to the galvanizer when the order is placed.
|coatings—zinc; galvanized coatings; steel products—metallic coated; zinc coatings—steel products, Galvanized materials/structures/surfaces--specifications; Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings--specifications; Steel forgings--specifications; Steel hardware--zinc coatings; Steel plate (zinc-coated (galvanized)); Steel strip--zinc coatings; Wax coatings--specifications; Zinc-coated steel plate--specifications; Zinc coatings--specifications; ICS Number Code 25.220.40 (Metallic coatings)||TRUE/A123|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A05.13|01.06|||MP7|||||A123A123M|Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products|A123||
This specification covers the standard requirements for hot-dip galvanized zinc coatings on iron and steel products made from rolled pressed and forged shapes, castings, plates, bars, and strips. This specification deals with both unfabricated products and fabricated products, for example, assembled steel products, structural steel fabrications, large tubes already bent or welded before galvanizing, and wire work fabricated from uncoated steel wire. Also covered here are steel forgings and iron castings incorporated into pieces fabricated before galvanizing or those too large to be centrifuged (or otherwise handled to remove excess galvanizing bath metal).
|A123|Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and...|10.1520/A0123_A0123M-09 54796|Active|A125|2007-03-01|96(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Springs, Helical, Heat-Treated|6|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers hot-coiled, heat-treated helical compression springs with tapered, closed, squared and ground ends made of hot-wrought round steel bars 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) and larger in diameter.
1.2 This specification also serves to inform the user of practical manufacturing limits, mechanical tests, and inspection requirements applicable to the type of spring described in 1.1.
1.3 Supplementary Requirements S1 to S8 inclusive of an optional nature are provided. They shall apply only when specified by the purchaser. Details of these supplementary requirements shall be agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser.
1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only).
|steel springs; ICS Number Code 21.160 (Springs)||TRUE/A125|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A125|Standard Specification for Steel Springs, Helical, Heat-Treated|A125||
This specification covers the standard for hot-coiled, heat-treated helical compression springs with tapered, closed, squared and ground ends made of hot-wrought round steel bars. Cross sections for hot-wrought round, square, and round-cornered square bars of steel of the bar diameter shall be taken into consideration when designing and calculating the solid height, spring rate, solid stress, and solid capacity. The spring shall undergo quenching and tempering to have sufficiently high hardness and withstand the stresses developed in testing. Springs with specific indentation diameter shall not exceed the specified Brinell hardness numbers. The spring shall meet the metallurgical requirement, end construction, physical requirements such as measurements, solid height, free height, loaded height, permanent set, uniformity of pitch, outside diameter and calculations of solid capacity and uncorrected solid stress.
|A125|Standard Specification for Steel Springs, Helical, Heat-Treated|10.1520/A0125-96R07 34060|Active|A126|2004-05-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers three classes of gray iron for castings intended for use as valve pressure retaining parts, pipe fittings, and flanges.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
Note 1
The text of this standard references notes and footnotes which provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes (excluding those in tables and figures) shall not be considered as requirements of the standard.
|gray iron castings; pressure retaining parts; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings); 23.040.60 (Flanges, couplings and joints)||TRUE/A126|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I,CH|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A126|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings|A126||
This guide covers standard specification for three classes of gray iron for castings intended for use as valve pressure retaining parts, pipe fittings, and flanges. Chemical analysis shall be performed in each lot and shall conform to the required chemical composition for phosphorous and sulfur. Tension test shall be conducted on each class of gray iron castings and shall conform to the specified values of tensile strength. Tension test specimens shall have threaded ends and shall conform to the prescribed dimensions.
|A126|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and...|10.1520/A0126-04 57517|Active|A128/A128M|2007-11-01|93(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Austenitic Manganese|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers Hadfield austenitic manganese steel castings and alloy modifications.
1.2 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|austenitic manganese steel; manganese steel; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A128|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A128A128M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Austenitic Manganese|A128||
This specification covers Hadfield austenitic manganese steel castings and alloy modifications. The castings shall be suitably heat treated to achieve toughness and ductility. This heat treatment shall consist of uniformly heating the castings to a temperature applicable for grade of steel produced. The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition prescribed. Weld repairs shall be inspected to the same quality standards as are used to inspect the castings.
|A128|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Austenitic Manganese|10.1520/A0128_A0128M-93R07 60135|Active|A131/A131M|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Structural Steel for Ships|7|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers structural steel plates, shapes, bars, and rivets intended primarily for use in ship construction.

1.2 Material under this specification is available in the following categories:

1.2.1 Ordinary Strength—Grades A, B, D, and E with a specified minimum yield point of 34 ksi [235 MPa], and

1.2.2 Higher Strength—Grades AH, DH, EH, and FH with a specified minimum yield point of 46 ksi [315 MPa], 51 ksi [350 MPa], or 57 ksi [390 MPa].

1.3 Shapes and bars are normally available as Grades A, AH32, and AH36. Other grades may be furnished by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer.

1.4 The maximum thickness of products furnished under this specification is 4 in. [100 mm] for plates and 2 in. [50 mm] for shapes and bars.

1.5 When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.

1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|bars; higher strength; ordinary strength; plates; rivets; shapes; ship construction; steel; structural steel; High-strength structural steel--specifications; Riveted construction--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) shapes--specifications; Shipbuilding steel materials (structural); Structural shipbuilding materials/applications; Ordinary-strength steel; ICS Number Code 47.020.05 (Materials and components for shipbuilding)||TRUE/A131|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A131A131M|Standard Specification for Structural Steel for Ships|A131||
This specification covers structural steel plates, shapes, bars, and rivets for use in ship construction. Materials under this specification can be categorized as ordinary strength and higher strength. Plates in all thicknesses shall be normalized or thermo-mechanical control processed while shapes and bars in all thicknesses shall be heat treated and rolled. Heat analysis of ordinary strength structural steel shall be used to determine the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, silicon, and copper. Same analysis shall be used to higher strength structural steel to determine the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, vanadium, aluminum, titanium, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, silicon, copper, nickel, and niobium. Materials shall conform to the required metallurgical structure which shall be evaluated by determining the average grain size. Mechanical properties such as elongation and toughness shall be evaluated using tension test and Charpy V-notch impact test.
|A131|Standard Specification for Structural Steel for Ships|10.1520/A0131_A0131M-08 34324|Active|A132|2004-05-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferromolybdenum|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification two grades of ferromolybdenum.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|ferromolybdenum; molybdenum||TRUE/A132|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A132|Standard Specification for Ferromolybdenum|A132||
This specification covers different sizes of two grades of ferromolybdenum. The material shall conform to the requirements as to composition of the following chemical elements: molybdenum, carbon, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and copper.
|A132|Standard Specification for Ferromolybdenum|10.1520/A0132-04 43283|Active|A134|2005-10-01|96(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16 and Over)|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers electric-fusion (arc)-welded straight seam or spiral seam steel pipe NPS 16 and over in diameter (inside or outside as specified by purchaser), with wall thicknesses up to 3/4 in. (19.0 mm), inclusive. Pipe having other dimensions may be furnished provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification.
Note 1—Acceptability for many services may be controlled by codes or standards such as those published by the American National Standards Institute and American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
Note 2—For testing methods not specifically covered in this specification, reference can be made to Test Methods and Definitions A 370, with particular reference to Annex A 2 on Steel Tubular Products.
Note 3—A comprehensive listing of standardized pipe dimensions is contained in ANSI B 36.10.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
Note 4—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter", "size", and "nominal size".
1.3 The following precautionary caveat pertains specifically to Section 5 of this specification.This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|electric-fusion-welded steel pipe; steel pipe-steel plate pipe; steel plate pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A134|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A134|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16 and Over)|A134||
This specification covers electric-fusion (arc)-welded straight seam or spiral seam steel pipes with diameters NPS 16 and larger. The materials for these pipes as well as the welding procedure shall conform to other ASTM standards listed herein. This standard also contains requirements for the permissible weight and dimension variations and pipe lengths.
|A134|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded...|10.1520/A0134-96R05 46291|Active|A135/A135M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers two grades of electric-resistance-welded steel pipe in NPS 2 to NPS 30 [DN 50 to DN 750] inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thickness up to 0.500 in. [12.70 mm], inclusive, and in nominal sizes NPS 3/ 4 to NPS 5 [DN 20 to DN 125] inclusive with nominal (average) wall thickness 0.083 in. [2.11 mm] to 0.134 in. [3.40 mm], depending on size. Pipe having other dimensions (Note 0) may be furnished provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification. The pipe is intended for conveying gas, vapor, water or other liquid; only Grade A is adapted for flanging and bending (Note 0). The suitability of pipe for various purposes is somewhat dependent upon its dimensions, properties, and conditions of service, so that the purpose for which the pipe is intended should be stated in the order. The pipe may be furnished either nonexpanded or cold expanded at the option of the manufacturer. When pipe is cold expanded, the amount of expansion shall not exceed 1.5 % of the outside diameter pipe size. Note 0A comprehensive listing of standardized pipe dimensions is contained in ASME B36.10M.
Note 0
This provision is not intended to prohibit the cold bending of Grade B pipe.
1.2 The values stated in either SI or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other.
|eddy current testing; electric resistance welded pipe; hydrostatic testing; plain end pipe; Schedule 10 pipe; threaded pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A135|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A135A135M|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe|A135||
This specification covers two grades of electric-resistance-welded steel pipe intended for conveying gas, vapor, water or other liquid. The steel shall be made by either or both basic-oxygen or electric-furnace processes. Steel may be cast in ingots or may be strand cast. The pipe shall be manufactured from flat rolled steel in individual lengths or continuous length by electric-resistance or electric-induction welding without the addition of extraneous material. The weld seam of electric-resistance welded pipe to Grade B pipe shall be heat treated after welding or processed in such a manner that no untempered martensite remains. Tensile and chemical requirements of the steel are provided. Specimens of the steel pipes are subject to flattening test and hydrostatic test. A nondestructive electric test, either electromagnetic (eddy current) or ultrasonic test, may be preferred as an alternate to the hydrostatic test.
|A135|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe|10.1520/A0135_A0135M-06 33649|Active|A139/A139M|2004-03-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over)|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers five grades of electric-fusion (arc)-welded straight-seam or helical-seam steel pipe. Pipe of NPS 4 (Note 1) and larger with nominal (average) wall thickness of 1.0 in. [25.4 mm] and less are covered. Listing of standardized dimensions are for reference (Note 2). The grades of steel are pipe mill grades having mechanical properties which differ from standard plate grades. The pipe is intended for conveying liquid, gas, or vapor.
Note 2—A comprehensive listing of standardized pipe dimensions is contained in ASME B36.10M.
Note 3—The suitability of pipe for various purposes is somewhat dependent on its dimensions, properties, and conditions of service. For example, for high-temperature service see applicable codes and Specification A 691.
1.2 The values stated in either inch-pound units or in SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other.
|arc welded steel pipe; fusion welded steel pipe; steel pipe; welded steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A139|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,A|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A139A139M|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over)|A139||
This specification covers five grades of electric-fusion(arc)-welded straight-seam or helical steel pipe including pipe of NPS 4 and over. The required chemical composition, tensile requirements of the steel, and the tensile requirements of the production welds are presented. Heat analysis of each heat of steel was made to determine the percentage of the elements as per chemical requirements. Tests to be performed shall include one longitudinal tension test for the steel, one reduced-section production weld test for the pipe, and hydrostatic test for each length of the pipe.
|A139|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4...|10.1520/A0139_A0139M-04 54245|Active|A143/A143M|2007-05-01|07|Practice|Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This practice covers procedures that can be followed to safeguard against the possible embrittlement of steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and outlines test procedures for detecting embrittlement. Conditions of fabrication may induce a susceptibility to embrittlement in certain steels that can be accelerated by galvanizing. Embrittlement is not a common occurrence, however, and this discussion does not imply that galvanizing increases embrittlement where good fabricating and galvanizing procedures are employed. Where history has shown that for specific steels, processes and galvanizing procedures have been satisfactory, this history will serve as an indication that no embrittlement problem is to be expected for those steels, processes, and galvanizing procedures.
1.2 This practice is applicable in either inch-pounds or SI units. Inch-pounds and SI units are not necessarily exact equivalents. Within the text of this practice and where appropriate, SI units are shown in brackets.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|coatings-zinc; galvanized coatings; steel products-metallic coated; zinc coatings-steel products; ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A143|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.13|01.06|||MP7|||||A143A143M|Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement|A143||
This practice covers procedures that can be followed to safeguard against the possible embrittlement of steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and outlines test procedures for detecting embrittlement. Conditions of fabrication may induce a susceptibility to embrittlement in certain steels that can be accelerated by galvanizing. Open-hearth, basic-oxygen, and electric-furnace steels shall be used for galvanizing. Other materials that can be galvanized include continuous cast slabs, steel or iron castings, and wrought iron. The material shall undergo cold working and thermal treatment. Embrittlement of steel shapes, steel castings, threaded articles, and hardware items shall be tested using a bend test , a universal testing machine, or by means of a press with the load applied slowly, until fracture of the galvanized test specimen occurs.
|A143|Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip...|10.1520/A0143_A0143M-07 36158|Active|A144|2004-09-01|04|Specification|Specification for Ferrotungsten|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades of ferrotungsten.
|ICS Number Code 77.120.99 (Other non-ferrous metals and their alloys)||TRUE/A144|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A144|Specification for Ferrotungsten|A144||
This guide covers standard specification for several grades of ferrotungsten. The material shall conform to the required chemical composition for tungsten, carbon, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, molybdenum, and aluminum. The material shall also conform to supplementary chemical requirements for manganese, copper, nickel, arsenic, antimony, tin, and bismuth. Various grades of steel shall be available in specified sizes that meet the required size tolerance.
|A144|Specification for Ferrotungsten|10.1520/A0144-04 34325|Active|A146|2004-05-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Molybdenum Oxide Products|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades of molybdenum oxide, designated as A, B1, B2, and molybdic oxide briquets.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|molybdenum; molybdenum oxide||TRUE/A146|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A146|Standard Specification for Molybdenum Oxide Products|A146||
This specification covers four grades of molybdenum oxide, designates as A, B1, B2, and molybdic oxide briquets. The various grades shall conform to the required chemical compositions of molybdenum, sulfur, and copper. The materials shall be sampled and shall undergo correction of the sample to dry net weight.
|A146|Standard Specification for Molybdenum Oxide Products|10.1520/A0146-04 60149|Active|A148/A148M|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel, alloy steel, and martensitic stainless steel castings that are to be subjected to higher mechanical stresses than those covered in Specification A 27/A 27M.

1.2 Several grades of steel castings are covered, having the chemical composition and mechanical properties prescribed in Tables 1 and 2.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|alloy steel; carbon steel; castings; high strength steel; martensitic stainless steel; steel castings; structural castings; Alloy steel castings--specifications; Carbon steel castings--specifications; Structural steel (SS) castings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A148|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A148A148M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes|A148||
This specification covers the standard for carbon steel, alloy steel, and martensitic stainless steel castings that are to be subjected to higher mechanical stresses. All castings shall undergo heat treatment either by full annealing, normalizing, normalizing and tempering, or quenching and tempering and shall be regulated under pyrometers. Several grades of steel castings are covered and shall conform to the required chemical composition for sulfur and phosphorus. A tension test shall be performed and shall conform to the required tensile strength, yield point, and elongation. The notch bar impact properties shall also be determined by testing one set of three Charpy V-notch impact specimens.
|A148|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural...|10.1520/A0148_A0148M-08 69017|Active|A153/A153M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers zinc coatings applied by the hot-dip process on iron and steel hardware. The hot-dip galvanizing process consists of parts being immersed in molten zinc for a sufficient time to allow a metallurgical reaction between iron from the steel surface and the molten zinc, resulting in the formation of Zn/Fe alloy layers bonding the coating to the steel surface.

1.2 This specification is intended to be applicable to hardware items that are centrifuged or otherwise handled to remove excess galvanizing bath metal (free zinc). Coating thickness grade requirements reflect this.

1.3 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 153) or in SI units (as A 153M). Inch-pound units and SI units are not necessarily exact equivalents. Within the text of this specification and where appropriate, SI units are shown in brackets. Each system shall be used independently of the other without combining values in any way. In the case of orders in SI units, all testing and inspection shall be done using the metric equivalent of the test or inspection method as appropriate. In the case of orders in SI units, such shall be stated to the galvanizer when the order is placed.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|coatings, zinc; galvanized coatings; steel hardware, zinc coated; steel products, metallic coated; zinc coatings, steel products, Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings--specifications; Iron--specifications; Iron products (general)--zinc-coated (hot-dip galvanized); Steel hardware--zinc coatings; Wax coatings--specifications; Zinc-coated steel products--specifications; ICS Number Code 91.190 (Building accessories)||TRUE/A153|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A05.13|01.06|||MP7|||||A153A153M|Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware|A153||
This specification covers standards for zinc coatings applied through hot-drip process on iron and steel hardware. The hot-dip galvanizing process shall form layers of Zn/Fe alloy adhering to the steel surface. This specification is applicable to steel hardware items of Classes A, B, C, and D. The thickness or weight/mass of zinc coating shall conform to specified values for various classes of materials. The coated articles shall be free from uncoated areas, blisters, flux deposits, dross inclusions, and other defects. The coating shall be smooth and reasonably uniform in thickness. Tests shall be performed to determine the minimum coating weight or minimum coating thickness, finish and appearance, embrittlement, adherence, average weight/mass of coating, and average thickness of coating. Guidelines are also given for inspection, rejection and retest, packaging, and certification procedures.
|A153|Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel...|10.1520/A0153_A0153M-09 49896|Active|A159|2006-10-01|83(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Automotive Gray Iron Castings|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification applies to gray iron castings, cast in sand molds, used in the products of the automobile, truck, tractor, and allied industries.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|automotive iron castings; automotive steel materials-structural; iron castings-gray; tractors; gray iron castings (used in products of automobile/truck/tractor/allied; industries); ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A159|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A159|Standard Specification for Automotive Gray Iron Castings|A159||
This specification covers gray iron castings for products of the automobile, truck, tractor and allied industries. The materials shall be classified into eight grades (G1800, G2500, G3000, G3500, G4000, G2500a, G3500b and G3500c) based on the range of their casting hardness, chemical composition and microstructure. Grades G1800 and G2500 shall be annealed. Alloy gray iron automotive camshafts of grade designation G4000d shall conform to the required values of casting hardness, chemical compositions of chromium, molybdenum, and nickel and microstructure. The cam areas of camshaft casting shall undergo selective hardening by flame or induction hardening and shall conform to the required values of depth and surface hardness.
|A159|Standard Specification for Automotive Gray Iron Castings|10.1520/A0159-83R06 68714|Active|A167|2009-05-01|99(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers stainless and heat-resisting chromium-nickel steel plate, sheet, and strip.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.

Note 1—Grades that were previously covered in both Specifications A 167 and A 240/A 240M have been removed from this specification and may now be supplied and purchased in compliance with Specification A 240/A 240M. The chemical and mechanical property requirements of these grades were identical in Specifications A 167 and A 240/A 240M at the time of removal from Specification A 167.
|Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A167|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I,N,CH|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A167|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip|A167||
This specification covers the standard for stainless and heat-resisting chromium-nickel steel plate, sheet, and strip. The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition in carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, and molybdenum. The material shall also conform to the mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and hardness.
|A167|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel...|10.1520/A0167-99R09 68715|Active|A176|2009-05-01|99(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers stainless and heat-resisting chromium steel plate, sheet, and strip available in a wide variety of surface finishes.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
Note 1—Grades that were previously covered in both Specifications A 176 and A 240/A 240M have been removed from this specification and may now be supplied and purchased in compliance with Specification A 240/A 240M. The chemical and mechanical property requirements of these grades were identical in Specifications A 176 and A 240/A 240M at the time of removal from Specification A 176.

|Chromium steel plate--specifications; Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A176|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A176|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip|A176||
This specification covers stainless steel and heat-resisting chromium steel plate, and strips available in a wide variety of surface finishes. The steel shall conform to specified chemical composition requirements. Also, the material shall conform to the specified mechanical property and mechanical test requirements.
|A176|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium Steel...|10.1520/A0176-99R09 58415|Active|A178/A178M|2007-11-01|02(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel and Carbon-Manganese Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, electric-resistance-welded tubes made of carbon steel and carbon-manganese steel intended for use as boiler tubes, boiler flues, superheater flues, and safe ends.
Note 1—Type C and D tubes are not suitable for safe-ending for forge welding.

1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ½ to 5 in. [12.7 to 127 mm] in outside diameter and 0.035 to 0.360 in. [0.9 to 9.1 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.

1.4 Optional supplementary requirements are provided and when desired, shall be so stated in the order.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|boiler tube; resistance welded steel tube; steel tube, carbon; welded steel tube; Carbon steel tube--specifications; Electric-resistance-welded (ERW) steel tube--specifications; Pressure vessel steel tube--specifications; Resistance-welded steel tube; Welded steel tube--specifications; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A178|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A178A178M|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel and Carbon-Manganese Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|A178||
This specification covers standards for electric-resistance-welded tubes with minimum-wall-thickness made of carbon steel and carbon-manganese steel to be used in boiler tubes, boiler flues, superheater flues, and safe ends. The steel shall be of Grades A (low-carbon steel), C (medium-carbon steel), or D (carbon-manganese steel). All tubes shall be submitted to heat treatment after welding, followed by cooling. The steel shall conform to stated compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulphur, and silicon. Grades C and D shall conform to given tensile requirements, that is tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. The material shall also be subjected to flattening, flange, tension, reverse flattening, and hydrostatic (or nondestructive electric) tests. Crush test shall also be performed if asked by the purchaser. Minimum elongation values are also given.
|A178|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel and...|10.1520/A0178_A0178M-02R07 43346|Active|A179/A179M|2005-10-01|90a(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, seamless cold-drawn low-carbon steel tubes for tubular heat exchangers, condensers, and similar heat transfer apparatus.
1.2 This specification covers tubes 1/8 to 3 in. [3.2 to 76.2 mm], inclusive, in outside diameter. Note 1Tubing smaller in outside diameter and having a thinner wall than indicated in this specification is available. Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than 1/8 in. [3.2 mm] in outside diameter or with a wall thickness under 0.015 in. [0.4 mm].
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|cold drawn tube; condenser tubes; heat exchanger tubes; low carbon steel; seamless tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A179|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A179A179M|Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes|A179||
This specification covers minimum-wall thickness, seamless cold-drawn low-carbon steel tubes for tubular heat exchangers, condensers, and similar heat transfer apparatus. Tubes shall be made by the seamless process and shall be cold drawn. Heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. The steel materials shall also undergo hardness test, flattening test, flaring test, flange test, and hydrostatic test.
|A179|Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel...|10.1520/A0179_A0179M-90AR05 49272|Active|A181/A181M|2006-09-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers nonstandard as-forged fittings, valve components, and parts for general service. Forgings made to this specification are limited to a maximum weight of 10 000 lb [4540 kg]. Larger forgings may be ordered to Specification A 266/A 266M.
1.2 Two classes of material are covered, designated as Classes 60 and 70, respectively, and are classified in accordance with their mechanical properties as specified in .
1.3 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|pipe fittings, steel; piping applications; pressure containing parts; steel forgings, carbon; steel valves; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A181|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A181A181M|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping|A181||
This specification covers the carbon steel forgings used for general-purpose piping. Two classes of material are covered, Classes 60 and 70, and classified according to their mechanical properties. Except for flanges of all types, up to and including NPS 4 may be machined from hot-rolled or forged bar. Elbows, return bends, tees, and header tees shall not be machined directly from bar stock. Forgings shall be protected against sudden or too rapid cooling from the rolling or forging while passing through critical range. Heat treatment is neither required nor prohibited, but when applied, it shall consist of tempering, annealing, normalizing, or normalizing and tempering. Heat analysis shall be made to determine the percentage of the following elements: carbon, manganese, phosphorus, silicon, and sulfur. The mechanical properties of the material shall conform to the required tensile properties: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area.
|A181|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose...|10.1520/A0181_A0181M-06 69961|Active|A182/A182M|2009-06-01|09a|Specification|Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service|18|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers forged low alloy and stainless steel piping components for use in pressure systems. Included are flanges, fittings, valves, and similar parts to specified dimensions or to dimensional standards, such as the ASME specifications that are referenced in Section 2.

1.2 For bars and products machined directly from bar (other than those directly addressed by this specification; see 5.4), refer to Specifications A 479/A 479M and A 739 for the similar grades available in those specifications. Products made to this specification are limited to a maximum weight of 10 000 lb [4540 kg]. For larger products and products for other applications, refer to Specifications A 336/A 336M and A 965/A 965M for the similar ferritic and austenitic grades, respectively, available in those specifications.

1.3 Several grades of low alloy steels and ferritic, martensitic, austenitic, and ferritic-austenitic stainless steels are included in this specification. Selection will depend upon design and service requirements.

1.4 Supplementary requirements are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the order.

1.5 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|austenitic stainless steel; chromium alloy steel; chromium-molybdenum steel; ferritic/austenitic stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; nickel alloy steel; notch toughness requirements; pipe fittings; piping applications; pressure containing parts; stainless steel fittings; stainless steel forgings; steel; steel flanges; steel forgings, alloy; steel valves; temperature service applications, elevated; temperature service applications, high; wrought material; Austenitic stainless steel pipe--specifications; Chromium alloy steel--specifications; Chromium-molybdenum steel--specifications; Ferritic stainless steel--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel pipe; Martensitic stainless steel forgings--specifications; Notch toughness; Stainless steel fittings--specifications; Steel fittings--specifications; Steel flanges--specifications; Steel valves--specifications; Thyssen grade 45653; Wrought steel--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings); 23.040.60 (Flanges, couplings and joints)||TRUE/A182|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,N,D,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A182A182M|Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service|A182||
This specification covers forged or rolled alloy and stainless steel pipe flanges, forged fittings, and valves and parts for high-temperature service. After hot working, forgings shall be cooled to a specific temperature prior to heat treatment, which shall be performed in accordance with certain requirements such as heat treatment type, austenitizing/solution temperature, cooling media, and quenching. The materials shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, columbium, titanium. The material shall conform to the requirements as to mechanical properties for the grade ordered such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, Brinell hardness. All H grades and grade F 63 shall be tested for average grain size.
|A182|Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel...|10.1520/A0182_A0182M-09A 69031|Active|A183|2009-04-01|03(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel track bolts and carbon steel nuts for use in conjunction with joint bars to connect rails in railroad track.

1.2 Two grades of track bolts are defined:

1.2.1 Grade 1, Low-Carbon, Untreated, primarily for industrial and mine track use.

1.2.2 Grade 2, Heat-Treated, for general track use.

1.3 Two grades of nuts are defined:

1.3.1 Grade 1, Low-Carbon or Soft Steel, primarily for application on Grade 1 track bolts.

1.3.2 Grade 2, Medium-Carbon, for general application on track bolts.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|fasteners-steel; rails; railway applications; steel bolting materials; steel rails; track bolts and nuts; Bolting materials; Carbon steel bolting materials--specifications; Fasteners (metal)--specifications; Railroad steel materials; Steel bolting materials--specifications; Track bolts and nuts--specifications; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A183|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A183|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts|A183||
This specification covers carbon steel track bolts and carbon steel nuts for use in conjunction with joint bars to connect rails in railroad track. The required chemical composition for steel is presented in details. The full section and the reduced-section bolt tension tests requirements are specified as per reference materials.
|A183|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts|10.1520/A0183-03R09 45910|Active|A184/A184M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers material in mat (or sheet) form fabricated from deformed steel bars to be used for the reinforcement of concrete. Mats consist of two layers of bars that are assembled at right angles to each other. Mats are assembled by welding at the intersections.
1.2 This specification is applicable for orders in either inch-pound units (as Specification A 184) or SI units (as Specification A 184M).
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|concrete reinforcement; mats; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete)||TRUE/A184|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A184A184M|Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement|A184||
This specification covers the standard guide for welded deformed steel bar mats for concrete reinforcement. Mats should be capable of withstanding static load exerted perpendicular to the plane of the mat tending to separate the bars with no apparent loosening when applied to one intersection of the connected bars. Tension tests shall be performed on the specimen to determine the conformance to reference test materials. Also, test of connections against separation shall be performed on an assembled mat by placing blocks under a deformed bar in the upper layer and applying the prescribed load upon the bar in the lower layer.
|A184|Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete...|10.1520/A0184_A0184M-06 56430|Active|A185/A185M|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers welded wire reinforcement to be used for the reinforcement of concrete.
Note 1
Welded wire for concrete reinforcement has been described by various terms: welded wire fabric, WWF, fabric, and mesh. The wire reinforcement industry prefers the term "welded wire reinforcement" (WWR) as being more representative of the range of products being manufactured. Therefore, the term "welded wire fabric" has been replaced with the term "welded wire reinforcement" in this specification and in related specifications.
1.2 The values stated in SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. (Within the text the inch-pound units are shown in brackets.)
|concrete reinforcement; reinforced concrete; reinforcing steels; teel wire; welded wire reinforcement; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete)||TRUE/A185|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A185A185M|Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete|A185||
This specification covers steel welded wire reinforcements to be used for the reinforcement of concrete. The wires shall be assembled by automatic machines or by other suitable mechanical means that shall assure accurate spacing and alignment of all wires of the finished welded wire reinforcement. Test specimens shall be obtained by cutting from the finished welded wire reinforcement a full width section of sufficient length to perform testing. The wire shall withstand mechanical tests such as tensile test and bend test and shall meet the minimum requirements on reduction of area and wear shear strength. The welded wire reinforcement shall be acceptable if the average of all test values across the specimen meets each of the prescribed minimum values.
|A185|Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for...|10.1520/A0185_A0185M-07 58416|Active|A192/A192M|2007-11-01|02(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes for High-Pressure Service|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, seamless carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes for high-pressure service.

1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ½ in. to 7 in. [12.7 to 177.8 mm] outside diameter and 0.085 to 1.000 in. [2.2 to 25.4 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] thickness.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|boiler tubes; seamless steel tube; steel tube-carbon; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Carbon steel tube--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel tube; Pressure vessel steel tube--specifications; Seamless steel tube--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A192|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A192A192M|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes for High-Pressure Service|A192||
This guide covers standard specifications for minimum-wall-thickness, seamless carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes for high-pressure service. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. The tubes shall have a hardness number not exceeding a specific value. The following mechanical tests shall be conducted, namely: flattening test; flaring test; hardness test; and hydrostatic test.
|A192|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes for...|10.1520/A0192_A0192M-02R07 70010|Active|A193/A193M|2009-06-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications|13|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers alloy and stainless steel bolting material for pressure vessels, valves, flanges, and fittings for high temperature or high pressure service, or other special purpose applications. The term bolting material as used in this specification covers bars, bolts, screws, studs, stud bolts, and wire. Bars and wire shall be hot-wrought. The material may be further processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing. Austenitic stainless steel may be carbide solution treated or carbide solution treated and strain-hardened. When strain hardened austenitic steel is ordered, the purchaser should take special care to ensure that Appendix X1 is thoroughly understood.

1.2 Several grades are covered, including ferritic steels and austenitic stainless steels designated B5, B8, and so forth. Selection will depend upon design, service conditions, mechanical properties, and high temperature characteristics.

1.3 The following referenced general requirements are indispensable for application of this specification: Specification A 962/A 962M.

Note 1—The committee formulating this specification has included fifteen steel types that have been rather extensively used for the present purpose. Other compositions will be considered for inclusion by the committee from time to time as the need becomes apparent.

Note 2—For grades of alloy-steel bolting material suitable for use at the lower range of high temperature applications, reference should be made to Specification A 354.

Note 3—For grades of alloy-steel bolting material suitable for use in low temperature applications, reference should be made to Specification A 320/A 320M.

1.4 Nuts for use with this bolting material are covered in Section 14.

1.5 Supplementary Requirements S1 through S14 are provided for use when additional tests or inspection are desired. These shall apply only when specified in the purchase order.

1.6 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable M specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.7 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets.
|hardness; heat treatment; Alloy steel bolting materials--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel bolting applications; Stainless steel bolting materials--specifications; Stainless steel fittings--specifications; Steel fittings--specifications; Steel flanges--specifications; Steel valves--specifications; ICS Number Code 21.060.01 (Fasteners in general); 77.080.20 (Steels)||TRUE/A193|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A193A193M|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications|A193||
This specification covers alloy steel and stainless steel bolting material for pressure vessels, valves, flanges, and fittings for high temperature or high pressure service, or other special purpose applications. Ferritic steels shall be properly heat treated as best suits the high temperature characteristics of each grade. Immediately after rolling or forging, the bolting material shall be allowed to cool to a temperature below the cooling transformation range. The chemical composition requirements for each alloy are presented in details. The steel shall not contain an unspecified element for ordered grade to the extent that the steel conforms to the requirements of another grade for which that element is a specified element. The tensile property and hardness property requirements are discussed, the tensile property requirement is highlighted by a full size fasteners, wedge tensile testing.
|A193|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting...|10.1520/A0193_A0193M-09 68732|Active|A194/A194M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both|11|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers a variety of carbon, alloy, and martensitic stainless steel nuts in the size range ¼ through 4 in. and metric M6 through M100 nominal. It also covers austenitic stainless steel nuts in the size range ¼ in. and M6 nominal and above. These nuts are intended for high-pressure or high-temperature service, or both. Grade substitutions without the purchaser's permission are not allowed.

1.2 Bars from which the nuts are made shall be hot-wrought. The material may be further processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing. Austenitic stainless steel may be solution annealed or annealed and strain-hardened. When annealed and strain hardened austenitic stainless steel is ordered in accordance with Supplementary Requirement S1, the purchaser should take special care to ensure that 8.2.2, Supplementary Requirement S1, and Appendix X1 are thoroughly understood.

1.3 Supplementary requirements (S1 through S8) of an optional nature are provided. These shall apply only when specified in the inquiry, contract, and order.

1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable“ M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets.
|bolting; chemical analysis; coated; marking on fasteners; plated; ICS Number Code 21.060.20 (Nuts)||TRUE/A194|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A194A194M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both|A194||
This specification covers a variety of carbon, alloy, and martensitic and austenitic stainless steel nuts. These nuts are intended for high-pressure or high-temperature service, or both. Bars from which the nuts are made shall be hot-wrought. The material may be further processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing. Austenitic stainless steel may be solution annealed or annealed and strain-hardened. Each alloy shall conform to the chemical composition requirements prescribed. Hardness tests, proof of load tests, and cone proof load tests shall be made to all nuts to meet the requirements specified.
|A194|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High...|10.1520/A0194_A0194M-09 45249|Active|A197/A197M|2006-02-01|00(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers malleable irons for castings made by the cupola process.
1.2 Without knowledge of casting geometry and process details, quantitative relationships cannot be stated between the properties of the iron in the various locations of a casting and those of a test bar cast from the same iron.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|ICS Number Code 77.080.10 (Irons)||TRUE/A197|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A197A197M|Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron|A197||
This specification covers malleable irons for castings made by the cupola process. The chemical composition of the iron shall be such as to produce materials that meet the mechanical property requirements. The tensile test methods for malleable iron are presented in details. At least three tensile test specimens shall be cast from a representative ladle of iron from each 4-h pour period during the purchaser's castings were poured. Only one test specimen need be tested to qualify each pour period and heat treatment batch provided the requirements of this specification are met by the test specimen. The microstructure of the malleable iron shall consist of temper carbon nodules uniformly distributed in a ferritic matrix and shall be free from excessive pearlite, massive carbides, and primary graphite. All castings, on visual examination shall be sound and free from obvious shrinkage and porosity.
|A197|Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron|10.1520/A0197_A0197M-00R06 60601|Active|A203/A203M|2007-11-01|97(2007)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers nickel-alloy steel plates intended primarily for welded pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available with four strength levels and two nickel compositions as follows:

Grade Nominal Nickel
Content % Yield Strength, min, ksi [MPa] Tensile Strength, min, ksi [MPa]

A 2.25 37 [255] 65 [450]

B 2.25 40 [275] 70 [485]

D 3.50 37 [255] 65 [450]

E 3.50 40 [275] 70 [485]

F 3.50

2 in. [50 mm] and under 55 [380] 80 [550] cccc

Over 2 in. [50 mm] 50 [345] 75 [515]

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements. However, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification as follows:

Grade Maximum Thickness, in. [mm]

A 6 [150]

B 6 [150]

D 4 [100]

E 4 [100]

F 4 [100]

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents. Therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|alloy steel plate; nickel alloy steel; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessel applications; Alloy steel plate--specifications; Nickel alloy steel plate (for welded pressure vessels); ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A203|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A203A203M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel|A203||
This specification covers nickel-alloy steel plates intended primarily for welded pressure vessels. As a steel making practice, the steel shall be killed and shall conform to fine grain size requirements. The heat treatment requirements for all plates are presented, and all plates under Grades A, B, D, and E shall be normalized as required. The steel shall conform to the required chemical compositions. Two mechanical test requirements are presented that includes, tension test requirements and impact test requirements.
|A203|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel|10.1520/A0203_A0203M-97R07E01 60015|Active|A204/A204M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molybdenum|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers molybdenum-alloy steel plates, intended particularly for welded boilers and other pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available in three grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]

A 65–85 [450–585]

B 70–90 [485–620]

C 75–95 [515–655]

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements; however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification as follows:

Grade Maximum Thickness, in. [mm]

A 6 [150]

B 6 [150]

C 4 [100]

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|Alloy steel plate--specifications; Molybdenum alloys--specifications; Pressure vessel steel plate--specifications||TRUE/A204|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A204A204M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molybdenum|A204||
This specification covers molybdenum alloy steel plates, intended particularly for welded boilers and other pressure vessels. Plates under this specification are available in three grades having different strength levels: Grade A; Grade B; and Grade C. The steel shall be killed. The steel shall conform to the chemical requirements specified. Tension tests on plates shall conform to the requirements specified.
|A204|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molybdenum|10.1520/A0204_A0204M-03R07 56549|Active|A209/A209M|2007-09-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon-Molybdenum Alloy-Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of minimum-wall-thickness, seamless, carbon-molybdenum alloy-steel, boiler and superheater tubes.
1.2 This specification covers tubes 1/2 to 5 in. [12.7 to 127 mm] inclusive, in outside diameter and 0.035 to 0.500 in. [0.9 to 12.7 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness.
1.3 An optional supplementary requirement is provided and, when desired, shall be so stated in the order.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|boiler tubes; carbon-molybdenum; seamless steel tube; steel tube; superheater tubes; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A209|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A209A209M|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon-Molybdenum Alloy-Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|A209||
This specification covers seamless carbon-molybdenum alloy-steel boiler and superheater tubes. As a steel making practice, the steel material shall be killed. The required chemical composition for steel is given. The mechanical property requirements include tensile requirements and hardness requirements. Different test procedure shall be performed on the material presented, one tension test shall be made on a specimen for lots of not more than 50 tubes, one flattening test shall be made on specimens from each end of one finished tube, one flaring test shall be made on specimens from each end of one finished tube, and Brinell or Rockwell hardness tests shall be made from two tubes from each lot.
|A209|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon-Molybdenum Alloy-Steel Boiler...|10.1520/A0209_A0209M-03R07 58417|Active|A210/A210M|2007-11-01|02(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Medium-Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, seamless medium-carbon steel, boiler tubes and boiler flues, including safe ends (see Note 1), arch and stay tubes, and superheater tubes.
Note 1—This type is not suitable for safe ending by forge welding.

1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ½ in. to 5 in. [12.7 to 127 mm] in outside diameter and 0.035 to 0.500 in. [0.9 to 12.7 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|boiler tubes; carbon; seamless steel tube; steel tube; superheater tubes; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Carbon steel tube--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel tube; Seamless steel tube--specifications; Superheater tubes--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A210|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A210A210M|Standard Specification for Seamless Medium-Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|A210||
This specification covers seamless medium-carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes. The specification also covers minimum-wall-thickness, tubing sizes, boiler flues including safe ends, arch and stay tubes. The specification provides tensile and hardness properties but only applicable to certain size limitations. Material manufacturing shall be killed. Tubes shall be made by seamless process, marked as either hot-finished or cold-finished. Surface condition shall be specifically stated in the order. Chemical composition shall conform to the requirements. Elemental composition other than listed here shall not be permitted. Tension test, flattening test, flaring test, hardness test, hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test shall be made on specimens. Superheater tubes shall be formed without defects and shall withstand expansion, beading, forging, welding, and bending.
|A210|Standard Specification for Seamless Medium-Carbon Steel Boiler and...|10.1520/A0210_A0210M-02R07 68176|Active|A213/A213M|2009-04-01|09a|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler, Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger Tubes|13|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers seamless ferritic and austenitic steel boiler, superheater, and heat-exchanger tubes, designated Grades T5, TP304, etc. These steels are listed in Tables 1 and 2.

1.2 Grades containing the letter, H, in their designation, have requirements different from those of similar grades not containing the letter, H. These different requirements provide higher creep-rupture strength than normally achievable in similar grades without these different requirements.

1.3 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter to 5 in. [127 mm] in outside diameter and 0.015 to 0.500 in. [0.4 to 12.7 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness or, if specified in the order, average wall thickness. Tubing having other diameters may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.|alloy steel tubes; austenitic stainless steel; boiler tubes; ferritic stainless steel; heat exchanger tubes; high-temperature applications; seamless steel tubes; steel tubes; superheater tubes; temperature service applications-high; Alloy steel tube--specifications; Austenitic stainless steel tube--specifications; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Condenser and heat exchanger systems--steel; Feedwater heater tubes--specifications; Ferritic steel tube--specifications; Seamless steel tube--specifications; Superheater tubes--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A213|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N,B,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A213A213M|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler, Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger Tubes|A213||
This specification covers seamless ferritic and austenitic steel boiler, superheater, and heat-exchanger tubes. Grades containing the letter H in their designation have requirements different from those of similar grades not containing the letter H. These different requirements provide higher creep-rupture strength than normally achievable in similar grades without these different requirements. The tubes shall be made by the seamless process and shall be either hot finished or cold finished, as specified. Grade TP347HFG shall be cold finished. Heat treatment shall be done separately and in addition to heating for hot forming. The ferritic alloy and ferritic stainless steels shall be reheated. On the other hand, austenitic stainless steel tubes shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition. Alternatively, immediately after hot forming, while the temperature of the tubes is not less than the minimum solution temperature, tubes may be individually quenched in water or rapidly cooled by other means. Tension test, hardness test, flattening test, and flaring test shall be done to each tube. Also, each tube shall be subjected to the nondestructive electric test or hydrostatic test.
|A213|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel...|10.1520/A0213_A0213M-09A 43363|Active|A214/A214M|2005-10-01|96(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, electric-resistance-welded, carbon steel tubes to be used for heat exchangers, condensers, and similar heat-transfer apparatus.

1.2 The tubing sizes usually furnished to this specification are to 3 in. [76.2 mm] in outside diameter, inclusive. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than 1/8 in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.

1.4 The purchaser shall specify in the order the outside diameter and minimum wall thickness. The inside diameter shall not be specified.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A214|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A214A214M|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes|A214||
This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness carbon steel tubes proposed for use in heat exchangers, condensers, and similar heat-transfer apparatus. The materials under this specification shall be in accordance with other ASTM document enlisted herein unless otherwise provided. The tubes shall be manufactured by electric-resistance welding and shall undergo heat treatment. Mechanical testing of the specimens shall include a flattening test, flange test and a reverse flattening test. The specimens shall also be subjected to Brinell or Rockwell hardness test and hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test.
|A214|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel...|10.1520/A0214_A0214M-96R05 65361|Active|A216/A216M|2008-11-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, or other pressure-containing parts for high-temperature service and of quality suitable for assembly with other castings or wrought-steel parts by fusion welding.

1.2 Three grades, WCA, WCB, and WCC, are covered in this specification. Selection will depend upon design and service conditions, mechanical properties, and the high temperature characteristics.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|carbon steel; high temperature; pressure-containing parts; steel castings; Carbon steel castings--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel castings; Steel castings--specifications; Welded steel castings--specifications ; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A216|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A216A216M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature Service|A216||
This specification covers carbon steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, or other pressure-containing parts for high-temperature service and of quality suitable for assembly with other castings or wrought-steel parts by fusion welding. Covered here are three grades of carbon steel (Grades WCA, WCB, and WCC), the selection of which shall depend on the design and service conditions, mechanical properties, and the high temperature characteristics. Castings shall be heat treated and furnished, as appropriate to their design and chemical composition, in the annealed, or normalized, or normalized and tempered conditions after they have been allowed to cool below the transformation range. Furnace temperatures for heat treating shall be effectively controlled by pyrometer. Steel castings shall adhere to chemical composition and tensile property requirements, which include tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area. The surface of castings shall be free of adhering elements such as sand, cracks, hot tears, and other discontinuities, and as such be repair welded when judged appropriate.
|A216|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion...|10.1520/A0216_A0216M-08 65504|Active|A217/A217M|2008-11-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers martensitic stainless steel and alloy steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts (Note 1) intended primarily for high-temperature and corrosive service (Note 2).

1.2 One grade of martensitic stainless steel and nine grades of ferritic alloy steel are covered. Selection will depend on design and service conditions, mechanical properties, and the high-temperature and corrosion-resistant characteristics (Note 3).
Note 1—Carbon steel castings for pressure-containing parts are covered by Specification A 216/A 216M. Low alloy quench-and-tempered grades equivalent to Specification A 217/A 217M grades may be found in both Specifications A 352/A 352M and A 487/A 487M.
Note 2—The grades covered by this specification represent materials that are generally suitable for assembly with other castings or wrought steel parts by fusion welding. It is not intended to imply that these grades possess equal degrees of weldability; therefore, it is the responsibility of the purchaser to establish for himself a suitable welding technique. Since these grades possess varying degrees of suitability for high-temperature and corrosion-resistant service, it is also the responsibility of the purchaser to determine which grade shall be furnished, due consideration being given to the requirements of the applicable construction codes.
Note 3—The committee formulating this specification has included nine grades of materials that are considered to represent basic types of ferritic alloy steels suitable for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts. Additional alloy steels that may better fulfill certain types of service will be considered for inclusion in this specification by the committee as the need becomes apparent.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|alloy steel; high temperature; martensitic stainless steel; pressure containing; steel castings; Alloy steel castings--specifications; Ferritic steel castings--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel castings; Martensitic stainless steel castings--specifications; Stainless steel castings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A217|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A217A217M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service|A217||
This specification covers steel castings, martensitic stainless steel and alloys steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for high-temperature and corrosive service. The grades of steels covered here are: Grade WC1, Grade WC4, Grade WC5, Grade WC6, Grade WC9, Grade WC11, Grade C5, Grade C12, Grade C12A, and Grade CA15. Heat treatment shall consist of normalizing and tempering for Grade C12A and tempering for all other grades. Heat treatments shall be performed after castings have been allowed to cool. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, molybdenum, chromium, nickel, vanadium, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, columbium, nitrogen, aluminum, copper, titanium, tungsten, and zirconium. The surface of the casting shall be examined visually and shall be free of adhering sand, scale, cracks and hot tears. Steels shall undergo tension test, and shall conform to the following mechanical requirements: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area.
|A217|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and...|10.1520/A0217_A0217M-08 70857|Active|A220/A220M|2009-05-01|99(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pearlitic Malleable Iron|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers pearlitic malleable iron castings for general engineering usage at temperatures from normal ambient to approximately 750°F [400°C].

1.1.1 For continuous service at temperatures up to 1200°F [650°C] design factors should be incorporated to compensate for possible property changes, as demonstrated by Marshall and Sommer and by Pearson.

1.2 Without knowledge of casting geometry and process details, no quantitative relationship can be stated between the properties of the iron in the various locations of a casting and those of a test bar cast from the same iron.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|casting; malleable iron; mechanical properties; pearlitic; tensile strength; tension test; yield strength; Malleable iron castings--specifications; Mechanical properties; Pearlitic malleable iron castings; Tensile properties/testing--metallic materials; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A220|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A220A220M|Standard Specification for Pearlitic Malleable Iron|A220||
This specification covers pearlitic malleable iron castings for general. The chemical composition of the iron shall be such as to produce the mechanical properties required by this specification. Hardness test and tensile test shall be made to conform to the requirements specified. The microstructure of the pearlitic malleable iron shall consist of temper carbon nodules uniformly distributed in a matrix of ferrite, pearlite, and tempered transformation products of austenite. All castings on visual examination, shall be sound and free from obvious shrinkage and porosity.
|A220|Standard Specification for Pearlitic Malleable Iron|10.1520/A0220_A0220M-99R09 60016|Active|A225/A225M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Vanadium-Nickel|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers manganese-vanadium-nickel alloy steel plates intended primarily for welded layered pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available in two grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]

C 105–135 [725–930]

D

3 in. [75 mm] and under 80–105 [550–725]

Over 3 in. [75 mm] 75–100 [515–690]

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements; however, current mill practice normally limits Grade C to 0.58 in. [15 mm] maximum and Grade D to 6 in. [150 mm] maximum.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|Alloy steel plate--specifications; Manganese alloys--specifications; Manganese alloy steel plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A225|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A225A225M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Vanadium-Nickel|A225||
This specification covers manganese-vanadium-nickel alloy steel plates intended primarily for welded layered pressure vessels. Plates that shall be used are of Grades C and D and their maximum thickness is limited only by the capacity of the chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to fine austenitic grain size requirements. The plates shall undergo heat treatment. The mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation shall be determined by subjecting the plates to a tension test.
|A225|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,...|10.1520/A0225_A0225M-03R07 45769|Active|A227/A227M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Cold-Drawn for Mechanical Springs|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers two classes of round cold-drawn steel spring wire having properties and quality for the manufacture of mechanical springs that are not subject to high stress or requiring high fatigue properties and wire forms.
1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|cold-drawn; springs; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A227|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A227A227M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Cold-Drawn for Mechanical Springs|A227||
This specification covers two classes of round cold-drawn steel spring wire having properties and quality for the manufacture of mechanical springs that are not subject to high stress or requiring high fatigue properties and wire forms. The steel specimens shall either be ingot cast or strand cast. Cast or heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. Specimens shall also undergo tension and wrap tests and shall conform to the requirements of tensile properties.
|A227|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Cold-Drawn for Mechanical Springs|10.1520/A0227_A0227M-06 58070|Active|A228/A228M|2007-12-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Music Spring Quality|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers a high quality, round, cold-drawn steel music spring quality wire, uniform in mechanical properties, intended especially for the manufacture of springs subject to high stresses or requiring good fatigue properties.

1.2 The values stated in either SI (metric) units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other.
|music spring; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A228|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A228A228M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Music Spring Quality|A228||
This specification covers high quality, round, cold-drawn steel music spring quality wire for the manufacture of springs subject to high stresses or requiring good fatigue properties. The steel shall either be ingot cast or strand cast. Heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. Steel specimens shall also undergo tension test, wrap test, and torsion tests. Final products shall be marked by a tag.
|A228|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Music Spring Quality|10.1520/A0228_A0228M-07 40739|Active|A229/A229M|2005-05-01|99(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered for Mechanical Springs|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers two classes of oil-tempered steel spring wire intended especially for the manufacture of mechanical springs and wire forms.
1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|oil-tempered; springs; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A229|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A229A229M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered for Mechanical Springs|A229||
This specification covers two classes of oil-tempered steel spring wire intended especially for the manufacture of mechanical springs and wire forms. The steel may be made by any commercially accepted steel-making process and shall either be ingot cast or strand cast. The finished wire shall be free of detrimental pipe and undue segregation. The wire shall be oil quenched and tempered to produce the desired mechanical properties such as tensile strength. Cast, heat, and product analysis shall conform to the chemical composition requirements prescribed for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. Tension, wrap, and surface tests shall be performed. The surface of the wire as-received shall be free of rust, excessive scale die marks, pits, and scratches detrimental to the end application. Other metallurgical requirements such as microstructure and decarburization are detailed.
|A229|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered for Mechanical Springs|10.1520/A0229_A0229M-99R05 39659|Active|A230/A230M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered Carbon Valve Spring Quality|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers the highest quality of round carbon steel spring wire, uniform in quality and temper, intended especially for the manufacture of valve springs and other springs requiring high-fatigue properties.

1.2 The values stated in either SI (metric) units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other.
|carbon; oil-tempered; valve spring; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A230|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A230A230M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered Carbon Valve Spring Quality|A230||
This specification deals with the highest quality of round carbon steel spring wire, uniform in quality and temper, intended especially for the manufacture of valve springs and other springs requiring high-fatigue properties. The steel wire shall be subjected to continuous casting, hardening, and tempering to produce the desired mechanical properties. The steel shall conform to the chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. Mechanical properties shall be determined by the tension test, wrap test, twist test, and special surface inspection. The material as represented by tension test specimens shall conform to the tensile requirements for tensile strength and reduction of area. Metallurgical characterization of steel shall include decarburization, surface condition, and microstructure.
|A230|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered Carbon Valve Spring...|10.1520/A0230_A0230M-05 36242|Active|A231/A231M|2004-09-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Spring Wire|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers round chromium-vanadium alloy steel spring wire having properties and quality intended for the manufacture of springs used at moderately elevated temperatures. This wire shall be either in the annealed and cold-drawn or oil-tempered condition as specified by the purchaser.
1.2 The values stated in either SI (metric) units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other.
|alloy; chromium-vanadium; spring; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A231|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A231A231M|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Spring Wire|A231||
This specification covers round chromium-vanadium alloy steel spring wires having properties and quality intended for the manufacture of springs used at moderately elevated temperatures. Wires shall either be in the annealed and cold-drawn or oil-tempered condition as specified by the purchaser. The steel may either be ingot cast or strand cast, and the finished wire shall be free from detrimental pipe and undue segregation. Specimens shall undergo cast or heat analysis, and shall conform to required chemical compositions for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, and vanadium. Wrap tests shall also be performed wherein mechanical properties shall be assessed for tensile strength requirements. Metallurgical properties, such as the surface condition and decarburization, shall be inspected as well. For all test procedures, one specimen shall be taken for each ten coils, or fraction thereof, in a lot. Each cast or heat in a given lot shall be tested.
|A231|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Spring Wire|10.1520/A0231_A0231M-04 39660|Active|A232/A232M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Valve Spring Quality Wire|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers the highest quality of round chromium-vanadium alloy steel valve spring wire, uniform in quality and temper, intended for the manufacture of valve springs and other springs requiring high-fatigue properties when used at moderately elevated temperatures. This wire shall be either in the annealed and cold-drawn or oil-tempered condition as specified by the purchaser.
1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the inch-pound units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other.
|alloy; chromium-vanadium; valve spring; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A232|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A232A232M|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Valve Spring Quality Wire|A232||
This specification covers the highest quality of round chromium-vanadium alloy steel wires for manufacture of valve springs and other springs with high-fatigue properties under moderately elevated temperatures. The wires shall be annealed, cold-drawn, or oil-tempered. The material shall conform to specified carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, and vanadium contents. Guidelines for mechanical testing are given. Values for tensile requirements are provided. Material decarburization shall be examined. Attention is also given to workmanship, finish, and appearance of the product, and as well as its inspection, rejection, rehearing, and certification. Packaging, marking, and loading for shipment is also described.
|A232|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Valve Spring...|10.1520/A0232_A0232M-05 53167|Active|A234/A234M|2007-03-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers wrought carbon steel and alloy steel fittings of seamless and welded construction covered by the latest revision of ASME B16.9, B16.11, MSS-SP-79, MSS-SP-83, and MSS-SP-95. These fittings are for use in pressure piping and in pressure vessel fabrication for service at moderate and elevated temperatures. Fittings differing from these ASME and MSS standards shall be furnished in accordance with Supplementary Requirement S58 of Specification A 960/A 960M.
1.2 Optional supplementary requirements are provided for fittings where a greater degree of examination is desired. When desired, one or more of these supplementary requirements may be specified in the order.
1.3 This specification does not cover cast welding fittings or fittings machined from castings. Cast steel welding fittings are governed by Specifications A 216/A 216M and A 217/A 217M.
1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|pipe fittings—steel; piping applications; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel service; temperature service applications—elevated; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A234|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A234A234M|Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service|A234||
This specification covers wrought carbon steel and alloy steel fittings of seamless and welded construction. These fittings are for use in pressure piping and in pressure vessel fabrication for service at moderate and elevated temperatures. The material for fittings shall consist of killed steel, forgings, bars, plates, seamless or fusion-welded tubular products with filler metal added. Forging or shaping operations may be performed by hammering, pressing, piercing, extruding, upsetting, rolling, bending, fusion welding, machining, or by a combination of two or more of these operations. The forming procedure shall be so applied that it will not produce injurious imperfections in the fittings. Fittings, after forming at an elevated temperature, shall be cooled to a temperature below the critical range under suitable conditions to prevent injurious defects caused by too rapid cooling, but in no case more rapidly than the cooling rate in still air. The fittings shall be subjected to tension test, hardness test, and hydrostatic test.
|A234|Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and...|10.1520/A0234_A0234M-07 70910|Active|A239|2009-05-01|95(2009)e1|Practice|Standard Practice for Locating the Thinnest Spot in a Zinc (Galvanized) Coating on Iron or Steel Articles|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This practice covers the procedure for locating, by the use of a solution of copper sulfate, the thinnest spot in a zinc coating (hot dipped, electroplated, or sprayed) on iron or steel articles that are coated after the shape is produced by casting, drawing, pressing, or other forming methods. Examples are: electrical metallic tubing and rigid conduit pipe, castings and forgings, and structural steel; on special hardware, such as poleline, builder's, and farm implement hardware; bolts, nuts, screws, and other miscellaneous general hardware.

1.2 The use of this practice with zinc coating deposited through different processes (such as hot dipped, electroplated, or sprayed) requires caution in interpretation since the end point may vary considerably between different zinc-coating systems.

1.3 Excluded from this practice is sheet steel from hot-dip or electrocoating lines as the sheet products are normally subject to additional forming after the coating process. Also excluded from this practice are all zinc-coated wire and wire products either continuously or batch coated before or after forming. Warning—Past research (dating from around 1963) has indicated that this practice can be influenced by operator technique. Variations can be due to the difference in hand pressure used to wipe the sample or the inability of the operator to recognize the end point.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.

1.5 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|bolts; electroplated; hardware; hot dipped; nuts; screws; thinnest spot; zinc coating thickness; Cast iron (testing); Copper sulfate dip; Forgings (zinc-coated (galvanized)); Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings; Iron sheets--zinc-coated (galvanized); Preece test; Thinnest spot test; Zinc-coated steel castings; Zinc-coated steel sheet; ICS Number Code 25.220.40 (Metallic coatings)||TRUE/A239|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A05.07|01.06|||MP7|||||A239|Standard Practice for Locating the Thinnest Spot in a Zinc (Galvanized) Coating on Iron or Steel Articles|A239|
This practice is designed to locate the thinnest portions of the zinc coating on newly coated items (see Appendix X1). Variations in coating thickness can be due to the process by which the zinc is applied (hot dipped, electroplated, or sprayed) or by the geometry of the part that is coated. During hot-dip galvanizing, the coating thickness is affected by the drainage pattern of the molten zinc, while during zinc spraying (metallizing), coating thickness can be dependent on the operator's manipulation of the spray nozzle. The geometry of the part can also influence coating thickness especially during hot-dip galvanizing, where peaks and valleys on the part can cause molten zinc to build up or thin out. This practice is designed to identify those areas of the part where the coating is thin.
||A239|Standard Practice for Locating the Thinnest Spot in a Zinc (Galvanized)...|10.1520/A0239-95R09E01 71796|Active|A240/A240M|2009-10-01|09b|Specification|Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications|13|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers chromium, chromium-nickel, and chromium-manganese-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet, and strip for pressure vessels and for general applications.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.3 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished in inch-pound units.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|chromium; chromium-nickel stainless steel; chromium-manganese-nickel stainless steel; pressure vessels; Chromium alloy steel--specifications; Pressure vessel steel plate--specifications; Pressure vessel steel sheet--specifications; Stainless steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; Steel plate--specifications; Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; UNS N08367 (Cr-Ni-Mo-N alloy, AL 6XN); UNS N08800 (Fe-Ni-Cr alloy, Incoloy 800); UNS N08810 (Fe-Ni-Cr alloy, Incoloy 800H); UNS N08904 (Ni-Cr-Mo alloy); UNS N08926 (Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu-N alloy, low C, N modified); ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A240|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,N,CH|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A240A240M|Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications|A240||
This specification covers chromium, chromium-nickel, and chromium-manganese-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet, and strip for pressure vessels and for general applications. The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition specified. The material shall conform to the mechanical properties specified.
|A240|Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel...|10.1520/A0240_A0240M-09B 69010|Active|A242/A242M|2009-04-01|04(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-strength low-alloy structural steel shapes, plates, and bars for welded, riveted, or bolted construction intended primarily for use as structural members where savings in weight [mass] or added durability are important. The atmospheric corrosion resistance of the steel in most environments is substantially better than that of carbon structural steels with or without copper addition. When properly exposed to the atmosphere, this steel can be used bare (unpainted) for many applications (see Note 1). This specification is limited to material up to 4 in. [100 mm], inclusive, in thickness.
Note 1—For methods of estimating the atmospheric corrosion resistance of low-alloy steels, see Guide G 101.

1.2 When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.

1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.

1.4 For structural products produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 6/A 6M apply.
^REFERENCE:
ASTM Standards:
A 6/A 6M Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling

G 101 Guide for Estimating the Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance of Low-Alloy Steels
^KEYWORDS: atmospheric corrosion resistance; bars; bolted construction; durability; high-strength; low-alloy; plates; riveted construction; shapes; steel; structural steel; weight; welded construction ^DOI: 10.1520/A0242_A0242M-04R09 ^INDEX TERMS: Basic-oxygen steel; Corrosion-resistant steel--specifications; Corrosive service applications--bars/rods/shapes; Durability; HSLA (high-strength low-alloy) steel--specifications; Riveted construction--specifications; Steel bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) shapes--specifications; Weight saving steel; Welded steel bars/shapes--specifications; Welded steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications ^STATUS: Dn Cn Sn Nn Mn ^APPROVAL: 20090401 ^PAGES: 3 ^COMMITTEE: A01 ^SUBCOMMITTEE: 0200 ^BOS: 01.04 ^ORGINFO: DOD ^ACTION: REAPPROVESTD ^MISCPUB: 40.98 ^PDESIG: A0242 ^PYEAR: 2004R2009 ^CLASS: Specification|atmospheric corrosion resistance; bars; bolted construction; durability; high-strength; low-alloy; plates; riveted construction; shapes; steel; structural steel; weight; welded construction, Basic-oxygen steel; Corrosion-resistant steel--specifications; Corrosive service applications--bars/rods/shapes; Durability; HSLA (high-strength low-alloy) steel--specifications; Riveted construction--specifications; Steel bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) shapes--specifications; Weight saving steel; Welded steel bars/shapes--specifications; Welded steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A242|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A242A242M|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel|A242||
This specification covers high-strength low-alloy structural steel shapes, plates, and bars for welded, riveted, or bolted construction intended primarily for use as structural members where savings in weight (mass) or added durability are important. Steel specimens shall be semi-killed or killed. Heat analysis shall be performed wherein steel specimens shall conform to required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and copper. Atmospheric corrosion resistance shall be estimated for steel specimens. Specimens shall also undergo tension tests and shall conform to specified values of tensile strength, yield point, and elongation.
|A242|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel|10.1520/A0242_A0242M-04R09 70666|Active|A247|2006-11-15|06e1|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Microstructure of Graphite in Iron Castings|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This test method covers the classification of graphite in cast irons in terms of type, distribution, and size. This test method is intended to be applicable for all iron-carbon alloys containing graphite particles, and may be applied to gray irons, malleable irons, and the ductile (nodular) irons.

1.2 The reference standards included in this test method are in no way to be construed as specifications. In an appropriate specification for a specific material where graphite microstructure is an important consideration this test method may be used as a reference to define concisely the graphite microstructure required.

1.3 These standards are offered primarily to permit accurate reporting of microstructures of cast irons and to facilitate the comparison of reports by different laboratories or investigators.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to consult and establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. |Cast iron; Cast iron (testing); Classification; Classification (standards); Classification (standards)--metals/alloys; Graphite; Iron; Metallographic analysis/inspection; Microstructures; Structural analysis/applications--steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A247|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A04.21|01.02|||MP4|||||A247|Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Microstructure of Graphite in Iron Castings|A247|
The comparison of observed graphite particles with the structures shown in the charts give only purely descriptive information on the type, distribution, and size of the graphite in the sample being evaluated. It does not indicate except in a very broad way the origin of the graphite, or the suitability of the iron-carbon alloy for a particular service.
||A247|Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Microstructure of Graphite in Iron...|10.1520/A0247-06E01 60450|Active|A249/A249M|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat-Exchanger, and Condenser Tubes|10|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers nominal-wall-thickness welded tubes and heavily cold worked welded tubes made from the austenitic steels listed in Table 1, with various grades intended for such use as boiler, superheater, heat exchanger, or condenser tubes.

1.2 Grades TP304H, TP309H, TP309HCb, TP310H, TP310HCb, TP316H, TP321H, TP347H, and TP348H are modifications of Grades TP304, TP309S, TP309Cb, TP310S, TP310Cb, TP316, TP321, TP347, and TP348, and are intended for high-temperature service such as for superheaters and reheaters.

1.3 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter to 12 in. [304.8 mm] in outside diameter and 0.015 to 0.320 in. [0.4 to 8.1 mm], inclusive, in wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.4 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.

1.5 Optional supplementary requirements are provided and, when one or more of these are desired, each shall be so stated in the order.

1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.

1.7 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only to the test method described in the Supplementary Requirements of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. A specific warning statement is given in Supplementary Requirement S7, Note S7.1. |austenitic stainless steel; boiler tubes; condenser tube; heat exchanger tube; high temperature applications; steel tube; superheater tubes; temperature service applications, high; welded steel tube and heavily cold worked (HCW) tubes; Austenitic stainless steel tube--specifications; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Condenser and heat exchanger systems--steel; High-temperature service applications--steel tube; Superheater tubes--specifications; Welded steel tube--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A249|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A249A249M|Standard Specification for Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat-Exchanger, and Condenser Tubes|A249||
This guide specifies standard specification for nominal-wall-thickness welded tubes and heavily cold worked welded tubes made from the austenitic steels with various grades intended for such use as a boiler, superheater, heat exchanger, or condenser tubes. Heat and product analysis shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorous, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, nitrogen, copper, and others. All materials shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition in accordance with the required solution temperature and quenching method. When the final heat treatment is in a continuous furnace, the number of tubes of the same size and from the same heat in a lot shall be determined from the prescribed size of the tubes. The material shall conform to the prescribed tensile and hardness properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and Rockwell hardness number. The steel shall undergo mechanical tests such as tension test, flattening test, flange test, reverse-bend test, hardness test, and hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test. The grain size of different grades of steel shall be determined in accordance with the test methods.
|A249|Standard Specification for Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater,...|10.1520/A0249_A0249M-08 39626|Active|A250/A250M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Ferritic Alloy-Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades, designated T1, T1a, T1b, T2, T11, T12 and T22, of minimum-wall-thickness, electric-resistance-welded, carbon-molybdenum and chromium-molybdenum alloy-steel, boiler and superheater tubes.
1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are 1/2 to 5 in. [12.7 to 127 mm] in outside diameter and 0.035 to 0.320 in. [0.9 to 8.1 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.
1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than 1/8 in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.
1.4 An optional supplementary requirement is provided for non-destructive examination for certain ASME applications.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|boiler tube; resistance welded steel tube; steel tube, alloy; superheater tube; welded steel tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A250|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A250A250M|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Ferritic Alloy-Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|A250||
This guide covers standard specification for several grades, designated T1, T1a, T1b, T2, T11, T12, and T22, of minimum-wall-thickness, electric-resistance-welded, carbon-molybdenum and chromium-molybdenum alloy-steel, boiler and superheater tubes. Product analysis shall be done wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, molybdenum, and chromium. The material shall conform to the required tensile properties, namely: tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. The computed minimum elongation values for steel with decreasing wall thickness shall be given. The tubes shall have a hardness not exceeding the specified values for Brinell hardness and Rockwell hardness numbers. When the final heat treatment is in a continuous furnace, the number of tubes of the same size and from the same heat in a lot shall be determined from the given size of the tubes. Required mechanical tests such as tensile test, flattening test, flange test, reverse flattening test, hardness test, and hydrostatic or nondestructive electric tests, shall be performed on the steel specimen.
|A250|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Ferritic Alloy-Steel...|10.1520/A0250_A0250M-05 58403|Active|A252|2007-11-01|98(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles|7|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers nominal (average) wall steel pipe piles of cylindrical shape and applies to pipe piles in which the steel cylinder acts as a permanent load-carrying member, or as a shell to form cast-in-place concrete piles.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions of the values in inch-pound units to values in SI units.

1.3 The text of this specification contains notes and footnotes that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.

1.4 The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test method portion, Section 16 of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|seamless steel pipe; steel piles; steel pipe; welded steel pipe; Cast-in-place concrete piles; Concrete reinforcement--specifications; Electric-fusion-welded steel pipe; Electric-resistance-welded (ERW) steel pipe--specifications; Load-carrying piles; Piles; Pipe piles; Steel pipe--specifications; Structural steel (SS) piles--specifications; Welded steel pipe--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A252|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B, D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A252|Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles|A252||
This specification covers nominal wall cylindrical steel pipe piles in which the steel cylinder acts as a permanent load-carrying member or as a shell to form cast-in-place concrete piles. Each welded pile shall be made by seamless, electric resistance welding, flash welding or fusion welding with longitudinal, helical-butt, or helical-lap seams. This specification also deals with material tensile requirements, minimum elongation values and common size and weights per unit length values.
|A252|Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles|10.1520/A0252-98R07 58404|Active|A254|2007-11-01|97(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Copper-Brazed Steel Tubing|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers double-wall, copper-brazed steel tubing suitable for general engineering uses, particularly in the automotive, refrigeration, and stove industries for fuel lines, brake lines, oil lines, heating and cooling units, and the like.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|steel tube; Automotive steel materials; Copper-brazed steel tubing; Engineering applications--specifications; Refrigeration systems--specifications; Steel tube--specifications; Stoves; ICS Number Code 23.040.15 (Non-ferrous metal pipes)||TRUE/A254|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A254|Standard Specification for Copper-Brazed Steel Tubing|A254||
This specification covers double-wall, copper brazed steel tubing suitable for general engineering uses, particularly in the automotive, refrigeration, and stove industries for fuel lines, brake lines, oil lines, heating and cooling units, and the like. The tubing shall be made by rolling steel strip into the form of tubing and subsequently copper brazing in a reducing atmosphere. The steel shall conform to the prescribed chemical composition and shall be subjected to heat analysis and product analysis. Tension, flattening, expansion, bending, and pressure proof tests shall be made in accordance with the specification.
|A254|Standard Specification for Copper-Brazed Steel Tubing|10.1520/A0254-97R07 67509|Active|A255|2007-09-01|07e1|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Determining Hardenability of Steel|26|51.00|51.00|61.20||
1.1 These test methods cover the identification and description of test methods for determining the hardenability of steels. The two test methods include the quantitative end-quench or Jominy Test and a method for calculating the hardenability of steel from the chemical composition based on the original work by M. A. Grossman.

1.2 The selection of the test method to be used for determining the hardenability of a given steel shall be agreed upon between the supplier and user. The Certified Material Test Report shall state the method of hardenability determination.

1.3 The calculation method described in these test methods is applicable only to the range of chemical compositions that follow:

Element Range, %

Carbon 0.10–0.70

Manganese 0.50–1.65

Silicon 0.15–0.60

Nickel 1.50 max

Chromium 1.35 max

Molybdenum 0.55 max

Copper 0.35 max

Vanadium 0.20 max

1.4 Hardenability is a measure of the depth to which steel will harden when quenched from its austenitizing temperature (Table 1). It is measured quantitatively, usually by noting the extent or depth of hardening of a standard size and shape of test specimen in a standardized quench. In the end-quench test the depth of hardening is the distance along the specimen from the quenched end which correlates to a given hardness level.

1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
TABLE 1 Normalizing and Austenitizing Temperatures^A

Steel Series Ordered Carbon Content, max, % Normalizing Temperature,
°F (°C) Austenitizing Temperature,
°F (°C)

1000, 1300, 1500, 3100, 4000, 4100 0.25 and under 1700 (925) 1700 (925)

4300, 4400, 4500, 4600, 4700, 5000, 5100, 6100,^B 8100, 8600, 8700, 8800, 9400, 9700, 9800 0.26 to 0.36, incl 1650 (900) 1600 (870)

0.37 and over 1600 (870) 1550 (845)

2300, 2500, 3300, 4800, 9300 0.25 and under 1700 (925) 1550 (845)

0.26 to 0.36, incl 1650 (900) 1500 (815)

0.37 and over 1600 (870) 1475 (800)

9200 0.50 and over 1650 (900) 1600 (870)
^A A variation of ±10°F (6°C) from the temperatures in this table is permissible.

^B Normalizing and austenitizing temperatures are 50°F (30°C) higher for the 6100 series.
|end-quench hardenability; hardenability; Composition analysis--steel materials/applications; End-quench hardness; Hardenability (steel); Jominy test; Rockwell hardness; Steel; Steel bars; Steel forgings; ICS Number Code 77.080.20 (Steels)||TRUE/A255|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,Z|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A255|Standard Test Methods for Determining Hardenability of Steel|A255|
This test method covers the procedure for determining the hardenability of steel by the end-quench or Jominy test. The test consists of water quenching one end of a cylindrical test specimen 1.0 in. in diameter and measuring the hardening response as a function of the distance from the quenched end.
||A255|Standard Test Methods for Determining Hardenability of Steel|10.1520/A0255-07E01 60121|Active|A262|2008-03-01|02a(2008)|Practice|Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels|17|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 These practices cover the following five tests:

1.1.1 Practice A—Oxalic Acid Etch Test for Classification of Etch Structures of Austenitic Stainless Steels (Sections 3 to 7, inclusive),

1.1.2 Practice B—Ferric Sulfate–Sulfuric Acid Test for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels (Sections 8 to 14, inclusive),

1.1.3 Practice C—Nitric Acid Test for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels (Sections 15 to 21, inclusive),

1.1.4 Practice E—Copper–Copper Sulfate–Sulfuric Acid Test for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels (Sections 22 to 31, inclusive), and

1.1.5 Practice F—Copper–Copper Sulfate–50 % Sulfuric Acid Test for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Molybdenum-Bearing Cast Austenitic Stainless Steels (Sections 32 to 38, inclusive).

1.2 The following factors govern the application of these practices:

1.2.1 Susceptibility to intergranular attack associated with the precipitation of chromium carbides is readily detected in all six tests.

1.2.2 Sigma phase in wrought chromium-nickel-molybdenum steels, which may or may not be visible in the microstructure, can result in high corrosion rates only in nitric acid.

1.2.3 Sigma phase in titanium or columbium stabilized alloys and cast molybdenum-bearing stainless alloys, which may or may not be visible in the microstructure, can result in high corrosion rates in both the nitric acid and ferric sulfate–sulfuric acid solutions.

1.3 The oxalic acid etch test is a rapid method of identifying, by simple etching, those specimens of certain stainless steel grades that are essentially free of susceptibility to intergranular attack associated with chromium carbide precipitates. These specimens will have low corrosion rates in certain corrosion tests and therefore can be eliminated (screened) from testing as “acceptable.”

1.4 The ferric sulfate–sulfuric acid test, the copper–copper sulfate–50 % sulfuric acid test, and the nitric acid test are based on weight loss determinations and, thus, provide a quantitative measure of the relative performance of specimens evaluated. In contrast, the copper–copper sulfate–16 % sulfuric acid test is based on visual examination of bend specimens and, therefore, classifies the specimens only as acceptable or nonacceptable.

1.5 In most cases either the 15-h copper–copper sulfate–16 % sulfuric acid test or the 120-h ferric sulfate–sulfuric acid test, combined with the oxalic acid etch test, will provide the required information in the shortest time. All stainless grades listed in the accompanying table may be evaluated in these combinations of screening and corrosion tests, except those specimens of molybdenum-bearing grades (for example 316, 316L, 317, and 317L), which represent steel intended for use in nitric acid environments.

1.6 The 240-h nitric acid test must be applied to stabilized and molybdenum-bearing grades intended for service in nitric acid and to all stainless steel grades that might be subject to end grain corrosion in nitric acid service.

1.7 Only those stainless steel grades are listed in Table 1 for which data on the application of the oxalic acid etch test and on their performance in various quantitative evaluation tests are available.

1.8 Extensive test results on various types of stainless steels evaluated by these practices have been published in Ref (1).

1.9 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as standard. The inch-pound equivalents are in parentheses and may be approximate.

1.10 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. (Specific precautionary statements are given in 5.6, 11.1.1, 11.1.9, and 35.1.)|austenitic stainless steel; copper sulfate; corrosion testing; etch structures; ferric sulfate; intergranular corrosion; nitric acid; oxalic acid; Austenitic stainless steel castings; Classification; Copper-copper sulfate-sulfuric acid test; Discontinuities--steel; Ditch structure; End grain pitting; Etch structures; Structural analysis/applications--steel; Ferric sulfate-sulfuric acid test; Grain pits; Interdendritic ditches; Susceptibility; Intergranular attack (IGA); Metallurgical structure; Microscopic examination--metals/alloys; Visual examination--steel; Nitric acid/hydrofluoric acid test; Oxalic acid etch test; Specimen preparation (for testing)--metals/alloys; Stainless steel (corrosion testing); Step structure; Welded steel materials/applications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality)||TRUE/A262|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.14|01.03|||MP7|||||A262|Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels|A262||
This specification covers the standard practices for detecting susceptibility to intergranular attack in austenitic stainless steels. These practices include five intergranular corrosion tests, namely: (1) oxalic acid etch test for classification of etch structures of austenitic stainless steels; (2) ferric sulfate-sulfuric acid test, (3) nitric acid test and (4) copper-copper sulfate-sulfuric acid test for detecting susceptibility to intergranular attack in austenitic stainless steels; and (5) copper-copper sulfate-50% sulfuric acid test for detecting susceptibility to intergranular attack in molybdenum-bearing cast austenitic stainless steels. Methods for preparing the test specimens, rapid screening tests, apparatus setup and testing procedures, and calculations and report contents are described for each testing practice. The etch structure types used to classify the specimens are: step structure, dual structure, ditch structure, isolated ferrite, interdendritic ditches, end-grain pitting I, and end-grain pitting II.
|A262|Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack...|10.1520/A0262-02AR08 69602|Active|A263|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Chromium Steel-Clad Plate|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers plate of a carbon steel or low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides a layer of stainless chromium steel. The material is generally intended for pressure vessel use.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|alloy cladding; backing steel; bond strength; carbon steel; clad steel plate; low-alloy steel; pressure vessel; shear strength; stainless chromium steel; Chromium-clad steel--specifications; Stainless steel cladding; Steel plate--specifications; Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A263|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A263|Standard Specification for Stainless Chromium Steel-Clad Plate|A263||
This guide covers standard specification for a carbon steel plate or a low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides of a layer of stainless chromium steel. The steel shall be made by open-hearth, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen process, or by secondary processes whereby steel made from these primary processes is remelted using, but not limited to electroslag remelting or vacuum-arc remelting processes. The steel plate may be heat-treated after the forming process. Tensile properties shall be determined by a tension test of the composite plate for clad plates that meet the specified values of tensile strength and yield strength. The composite plate shall conform to any desired combination of alloy-cladding metal and base metal. Tests for strength of the bond, when required, shall be performed and shall meet the specified values of shear and bond strengths. The test specimen shall undergo one or more tension tests, as required by the specifications for the base metal and, when specified, one shear test or three bond bend tests shall be made representing each plate as rolled. Product analysis may also be required for the cladding alloy on the finished product.
|A263|Standard Specification for Stainless Chromium Steel-Clad Plate|10.1520/A0263-09 69603|Active|A264|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Specification for Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel-Clad Plate|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers plate of a carbon steel or low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides a layer of stainless chromium-nickel steel. The material is generally intended for pressure vessel use.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|alloy cladding; backing steel; bond strength; carbon steel; clad steel plate; low-alloy steel; pressure vessel; shear strength; stainless chromium-nickel steel; Alloy steel plate--specifications; Chromium-clad steel--specifications; Chromium-nickel-alloy steel--specifications; Stainless steel cladding; Stainless steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A264|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A264|Specification for Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel-Clad Plate|A264||
This specification covers the requirements for plate of a carbon steel or low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides a layer of stainless chromium-nickel steel for pressure vessel. The steel shall be made by the open-heart, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen processes and the alloy-cladding metal shall be metallurgically bonded to the base metal. The steel clad plate shall be heat treated. The steel specimens shall undergo tension test and shall conform to the required values of tensile strength and yield strength. The steel materials shall also undergo bend tests and shall conform to the required values of shear strength and bond strength. Product and chemical analyses shall also be performed on the steel specimens.
|A264|Specification for Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel-Clad Plate|10.1520/A0264-09 69432|Active|A265|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloy-Clad Steel Plate|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers plate of a carbon steel or low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides a layer of nickel or nickel-base alloy. The material is generally intended for pressure vessel use but may be used in other structural applications where corrosion resistance of the alloy is of prime importance.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|alloy cladding; bond strength; carbon steel; clad steel plate; low-alloy steel; nickel; nickel-base alloy; Stainless steel cladding; Nickel alloy steel plate--specifications; Nickel alloy steel plate (for welded pressure vessels); Nickel-clad steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A265|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A265|Standard Specification for Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloy-Clad Steel Plate|A265||
This specification covers the standard for plate of a carbon steel or low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides a layer of nickel or nickel-base alloy. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth, electric furnace (with separate degassing and refining optional), or basic-oxygen processes, or by secondary processes whereby steel made from these primary processes is remelted using, but not limited to electroslag remelting or vacuum arc remelting processes. The nickel or nickel-base alloy cladding metal shall conform to prescribed chemical composition. The base metal shall be carbon steel or low-alloy steel conforming to the specifications for steels for either pressure vessels or for general structural applications. The composite plate shall undergo shear strength test, bond strength test, and tension test and shall conform to the required tensile strength and yield strength. Product and chemical analyses shall be performed on the cladding alloy and be accomplished by wet chemical or instrumental procedures.
|A265|Standard Specification for Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloy-Clad Steel Plate|10.1520/A0265-09 60742|Active|A266/A266M|2008-03-01|03a(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessel Components|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades of carbon steel forgings for boilers, pressure vessels, and associated equipment.
Note 1—Designations have been changed as follows:

Current
Formerly

Grade 1 Class 1

Grade 2 Class 2

Grade 3 Class 3

Grade 4 Class 4

1.2 Supplementary requirements are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the order.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.4 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|pressure vessel service; steel forgings—carbon; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Carbon steel forgings--specifications; Pressure vessel steel forgings--specifications; Superheater tubes--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes); 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A266|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A266A266M|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessel Components|A266||
This specification covers four grades of carbon steel forgings for boiler and pressure vessel components, and associated equipment. Materials shall be manufactured by melting process and hot-worked forging. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein forgings shall conform to chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulphur, and silicon. Mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area shall be inspected as well. The requirements for annealed, normalized, or normalized and tempered steel forgings, and that for quenched and tempered steel forgings have been specified separately.
|A266|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessel...|10.1520/A0266_A0266M-03AR08 42879|Active|A268/A268M|2005-09-01|05a|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers a number of grades of nominal-wall-thickness, stainless steel tubing for general corrosion-resisting and high-temperature service. Most of these grades are commonly known as the "straight-chromium" types and are characterized by being ferromagnetic. Two of these grades, TP410 and UNS S 41500 (), are amenable to hardening by heat treatment, and the high-chromium, ferritic alloys are sensitive to notch-brittleness on slow cooling to ordinary temperatures. These features should be recognized in the use of these materials. Grade TP439 is used primarily for hot-water tank service and does not require post-weld heat treatment to prevent attack of the heat affected zone.
1.2 An optional supplementary requirement is provided, and when desired, shall be so stated in the order.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|ferritic stainless steel; seamless steel tube; stainless steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A268|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A268A268M|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service|A268||
This guide covers standard specification for a number of grades of nominal-wall-thickness, welded ferritic and martensitic stainless steel tubing for general corrosion-resisting and high-temperature service. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, aluminum, copper, nitrogen, titanium, and columbium. The number of tubes in a lot heat treated by the continuous process shall be determined from the size of the tubes. The steel shall conform to the following tensile properties: tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. The tubes shall have a hardness number that will not exceed the prescribed Brinell and Rockwell hardness values. Several mechanical tests shall be conducted, namely: tension test; flaring test (for seamless tubes); flange test (for welded tubes); hardness test; reverse flattening test; intergranular corrosion test; and hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test.
|A268|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic...|10.1520/A0268_A0268M-05A 60451|Active|A269|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers grades of nominal-wall-thickness, stainless steel tubing for general corrosion-resisting and low- or high-temperature service, as designated in Table 1.

1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ¼ in. (6.4 mm) in inside diameter and larger and 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in nominal wall-thickness and heavier.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than ¹/₈ in. (3.2 mm) in inside diameter or 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) in thickness.
Note 1—Additional testing requirements may apply for use in ASME B31.3 applications.

1.4 Optional supplementary requirements are provided and, when one or more of these are desired, each shall be so stated in the order.

1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|austenitic stainless steel; seamless steel tube; stainless steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube; Austenitic stainless steel tube--specifications; Corrosive service applications--tube (steel); High-temperature service applications--steel tube; Low-temperature service applications--steel; Seamless steel tube--specifications; Stainless steel tube--specifications; Underwater pressure test; Welded steel tube--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A269|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A269|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service|A269||
This specification covers nominal-wall-thickness, seamless and welded austenitic steel tubing for general corrosion-resisting and low- or high-temperature service. All material shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition. The steel shall conform to the chemical composition requirements. Different mechanical test requirements that includes, flaring test, flange test, hardness test, and reverse flattening test are presented. Also, each tube shall be subjected to the non-destructive electric test or the hydrostatic test. Finally the hardness requirements for different grades of tubes are highlighted.
|A269|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel...|10.1520/A0269-08 66555|Active|A270|2008-10-01|03a(2008)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Sanitary Tubing|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers grades of seamless, welded, and heavily cold worked welded austenitic and ferritic/austenitic stainless steel sanitary tubing intended for use in the dairy and food industry and having special surface finishes. Pharmaceutical quality may be requested, as a supplementary requirement.

1.2 This specification covers tubes in sizes up to and including 12 in. (304.8 mm) in outside diameter.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.

1.4 Optional supplementary requirements are provided, and when one or more of these are desired, each shall be so stated in the order.
|austenitic stainless steel; duplex stainless steel; ferritic/austenitic stainless steel; heavily cold worked tube; seamless steel tube; stainless steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube; Austenitic stainless steel tube--specifications; Cooking/food service equipment--specifications; Dairy industry materials/applications--specifications; Sanitary drainage materials/applications--specifications; Seamless steel tube--specifications; Stainless steel tube--specifications; Welded steel tube--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A270|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A270|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Sanitary Tubing|A270||
This specification covers grades of seamless, welded, and heavily cold worked austenitic and ferritic/austenitic stainless steel sanitary tubing. Seamless tubes shall be manufactured by a process that does not involve welding at any stage. Welded tubes shall be made using an automated welding process with no addition of filler metal during the welding process. Heavily cold worked tubes shall be made by applying cold working of not less than 35% reduction of thickness of both wall and weld to a welded tube prior to the final anneal. No filler shall be used in making the weld. All material shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition. A chemical analysis of either one length of flat-rolled stock or one tube shall be made for each heat. Each tube shall be subjected to mechanical tests like reverse flattening test, hydrostatic test or nondestructive electric test. The following surface finishes may be specified: mill finish, mechanically polished surface finish, finish No. 80, finish No. 120, finish No. 180, finish No. 240, electropolished finish, and maximum roughness average surface finish. Longitudinally polished finish shall be performed on the inside surface only while a circumferential polished finish shall be done on either the inside surface, outside surface, or both.
|A270|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel...|10.1520/A0270-03AR08E01 64828|Active|A275/A275M|2008-11-01|08|Test Method|Standard Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination of Steel Forgings|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This practice covers a procedure for magnetic particle examination of steel forgings. The procedure will produce consistent results upon which acceptance standards can be based. This standard does not contain acceptance standards or recommended quality levels.

1.2 Only direct current or rectified alternating (full or half wave) current shall be used as the electric power source for any of the magnetizing methods. Alternating current is not permitted because its capability to detect subsurface discontinuities is very limited and therefore unsuitable.

1.2.1 Portable battery powered electromagnetic yokes are outside the scope of this practice.
Note 1—Guide E 709 may be utilized for magnetic particle examination in the field for machinery components originally manufactured from steel forgings.

1.3 The minimum requirements for magnetic particle examination shall conform to practice standards of Practice E 1444. If the requirements of this practice are in conflict with the requirements of Practice E 1444, the requirements of this practice shall prevail.

1.4 This specification and the applicable material specifications are expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation [SI units], the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.5 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. |circular magnetization; d c magnetization; dry method; fluorescent method; longitudinal magnetization; steel forgings; surface flaw detection; wet method; Defects; Forgings; Magnetic particle inspection; Steel forgings; Surface analysis--metals/alloys; Visual examination--steel; Welded steel forgings ; ICS Number Code 77.040.20 (Non-destructive testing of metals); 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A275|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A275A275M|Standard Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination of Steel Forgings|A275|
For ferromagnetic materials, magnetic particle examination is widely specified for the detection of surface and near surface discontinuities such as cracks, laps, seams, and linearly oriented nonmetallic inclusions. Such examinations are included as mandatory requirements in some forging standards such as Specification A 508/A 508M.

Use of direct current or rectified alternating (full or half wave) current as the power source for magnetic particle examination allows detection of subsurface discontinuities.
|
This test method covers the procedures for the standard practice of performing magnetic particle examination on steel forgings. The inspection medium shall consist of finely divided ferromagnetic particles, whose size, shape and magnetic properties, both individually and collectively, shall be taken into account. Forgings may be magnetized in the longitudinal or circular direction by employing the surge or continuous current flow methods. Magnetization may be applied by passing current through the piece or by inducing a magnetic field by means of a central conductor, such as a prod or yoke, or by coils. While the material is properly magnetized, the magnetic particles may be applied by either the dry method, wet method, or fluorescent method. The parts shall also be sufficiently demagnetized after inspection so that residual or leakage fields will not interfere with future operations to which the steel forgings shall be used for. Indications to be evaluated are grouped into three broad classes, namely: surface defects, which include laminar defects, forging laps and folds, flakes (thermal ruptures caused by entrapped hydrogen), heat-treating cracks, shrinkage cracks, grinding cracks, and etching or plating cracks; subsurface defects, which include stringers of nonmetallic inclusions, large nonmetallics, cracks in underbeads of welds, and forging bursts; and nonrelevant or false indications, which include magnetic writing, changes in section, edge of weld, and flow lines.
|A275|Standard Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination of Steel Forgings|10.1520/A0275_A0275M-08 63863|Active|A276|2008-10-01|08a|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot-finished or cold-finished bars except bars for reforging (Note 1). It includes rounds, squares, and hexagons, and hot-rolled or extruded shapes, such as angles, tees, and channels in the more commonly used types of stainless steels. The free-machining types (Note 2) for general corrosion resistance and high-temperature service are covered in a separate specification.
Note 1—For bars for reforging, see Specification A 314.

Note 2—For free-machining stainless bars designed especially for optimum machinability, see Specification A 582/A 582M.

Note 3—There are standards covering high nickel, chromium, austenitic corrosion, and heat resisting alloy materials. These standards are under the jurisdiction of ASTM Subcommittee B02.07 and may be found in Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 02.04.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|austenitic stainless steel; austenitic-ferritic duplex stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; stainless steel bars; stainless steel shapes; Hot-rolled stainless steel bars--specifications; Stainless steel bars/billets--specifications; Steel bars and shapes--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality); 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods); 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A276|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A276|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes|A276||
This specification covers hot-finished or cold-finished bars except bars for reforging. It includes rounds, squares, and hexagons, and hot-rolled or extruded shapes, such as angles, tees, and channels in the more commonly used types of stainless steels. The bars shall be furnished in one of the following conditions: Condition A in which the bars are annealed, Condition H in which the bars are hardened and tempered at a relative temperature, Condition T in which the bars are hardened and tempered at a relatively high temperature, Condition S in which the bars are strain hardened or relatively light cold worked, and Condition B in which the bars are relatively severe cold worked. The material shall be subjected to a mechanical test to determine its tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and Brinell hardness.
|A276|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes|10.1520/A0276-08 49897|Active|A278/A278M|2006-10-01|01(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts for Temperatures Up to 650°F (350°C)|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers gray iron for castings suitable for pressure-containing parts for use at temperatures up to 650°F (350°C).
1.2 Classes of Iron:

1.2.1 Castings of all classes are suitable for use up to 450°F (230°C). For temperatures above 450°F and up to 650°F, only Class 40, 45, 50, 55, and 60 castings are suitable.

1.2.2 Castings of all clases are suitable for use up to 230°C. For temperatures above 230°C and up to 350°C, only Class 275, 300, 325, 350, 380, and 415 castings are suitable.
|elevated temperature service; gray iron castings; pressure containing parts; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A278|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A278A278M|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts for Temperatures Up to 650°F (350°C)|A278||
This specification covers gray iron for castings suitable for pressure-containing parts at elevated temperatures. Castings shall be stress-relieved by placing them in a suitable furnace and heating them uniformly to the temperatures and for the times specified. Castings to be used at a particular temperature range shall undergo heat treatment and cooling. Chemical analysis shall be performed on each class of castings and shall meet the maximum requirement for carbon, phosphorus and sulfur. Iron used in supplying castings shall conform to the required tensile strength. Separately cast test bars having the required dimensions shall be poured from the same lot as the castings represented. The test bars shall be cast in dried siliceous sand molds maintained at approximately room temperature. Tension test shall be performed on each lot and materials shall conform to the tensile requirements specified.
|A278|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing...|10.1520/A0278_A0278M-01R06 55986|Active|A283/A283M|2007-09-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades (A, B, C, and D) of carbon steel plates of structural quality for general application.
1.2 When the steel is to be welded, a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service is to be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exactly equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.
1.4 For plate produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 6/A 6M apply.
1.5 This specification contains notes or footnotes, or both, that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.
|steel plate-carbon steel; steel plate-structural; structural applications-steel; plate-carbon steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A283|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A283A283M|Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates|A283||
This specification covers four grades of carbon steel plates of structural quality for general application. Steel samples shall be melt processed by either open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric furnace. Heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and copper. Steel specimens shall also undergo tensile tests and shall conform to required values of tensile strength, yield point, and elongation.
|A283|Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon...|10.1520/A0283_A0283M-03R07 60017|Active|A285/A285M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel plates of low- and intermediate-tensile strengths which may be made by killed, semi-killed, capped, or rimmed steel practices at the producer's option. These plates are intended for fusion-welded pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available in three grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]

A 45–65 [310–450]

B 50–70 [345–485]

C 55–75 [380–515]

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates under this specification, for reasons of internal soundness, is limited to a maximum thickness of 2 in. [50 mm] for all grades.
Note 1—For killed carbon steels only refer to the following ASTM specifications:
A 299/A 299M Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Manganese-
Silicon.
A 515/A 515M Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for
Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service
A 516/A 516M Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate-
and Lower-Temperature Service.

1.4 For plates produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 20/A 20M apply.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|Carbon steel plate--specifications; Welded steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A285|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A285A285M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength|A285||
This specification covers carbon steel plates of low- and intermediate-tensile strengths which may be made by killed, semi-killed, capped, or rimmed steel. These plates are intended for fusion-welded pressure vessels. Plates are normally supplied in the as-rolled condition. The steel shall conform to the required chemical compositions. The plates, as represented by the tension test specimens, shall conform to the mechanical property requirements.
|A285|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and...|10.1520/A0285_A0285M-03R07 60743|Active|A288|2008-03-01|91(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Magnetic Retaining Rings for Turbine Generators|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers quenched and tempered carbon and alloy steel forgings for magnetic retaining rings for turbine generators.

1.2 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided. These shall apply only when specified by the purchaser.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|Alloy steel forgings--specifications; Carbon steel forgings--specifications; Generator materials--turbine; Magnetic materials/applications--specifications; Magnetic retaining rings; Retaining rings; Steel forgings (turbine)--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A288|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A288|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Magnetic Retaining Rings for Turbine Generators|A288||
This specification covers quenched and tempered carbon and alloy steel forgings for magnetic retaining rings for turbine generators. Specimens shall be manufactured by melting process and vacuum degassing. Forgings shall also undergo preliminary machining prior to heat treatment (quenching and tempering) for mechanical properties testing. Steel materials shall conform to tensile and notch toughness requirements, which include tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, and Charpy V-notch impact strength. Heat and product analyses shall be performed as well wherein specimens shall conform to chemical requirements of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, and vanadium. Nondestructive tests such as magnetic particle test and ultrasonic inspection may also be performed.
|A288|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Magnetic...|10.1520/A0288-91R08 60744|Active|A289/A289M|2008-03-01|97(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Nonmagnetic Retaining Rings for Generators|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers nonmagnetic alloy steel retaining ring forgings for generators.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.3 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|alloy steel; cold worked; generator retaining rings; nonmagnetic; steel forgings; Alloy steel forgings--specifications; Cold-worked steel--specifications; Generator materials; Nonmagnetic retaining rings; Retaining rings; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A289|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A289A289M|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Nonmagnetic Retaining Rings for Generators|A289||
This specification covers nonmagnetic alloy steel retaining ring forgings for generators. The steel shall be made by the electro-slag-remelt (ESR) process. The electrodes shall be made by either the basic electric furnace or ladle refining processes. Sufficient discard shall be taken from each ingot to secure freedom from piping and undue segregation. Forged rings shall be solution treated following hot working and prior to the cold expansion procedure. Rings shall be rough machined prior to cold expansion or final heat treatment. Electrical properties and mechanical properties like yield strength, tensile strength, and elongation shall be determined. The rings shall be subject to the following test: tension test, Charpy V-notch impact test, metallographic test and non-destructive test. The ring shall be from cracks, seams, laps, shrinkage, and other injurious defects.
|A289|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Nonmagnetic Retaining...|10.1520/A0289_A0289M-97R08 42975|Active|A290/A290M|2005-09-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Rings for Reduction Gears|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers normalized and tempered, and quenched and tempered, carbon and alloy steel forged or rolled rings for reduction gears.
1.2 Several grades and classes of steel are covered as follows:
1.2.1 Grade 1, Classes A and B, and Grade 2, Classes C and D, are carbon steel.
1.2.2 Grade 3, Classes E and F, Grade 4, Classes G, H, I, J, K and L, Grade 5, Classes M and P, and Grade 6, Class T, are alloy steel.
1.2.3 All grades and classes are considered weldable under proper conditions. Welding techniques are of fundamental importance and it is pre-supposed that welding procedure and inspection will be in accordance with proper methods for the class of material used.
1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|alloy steel forgings; carbon steel forgings; gear rings; heat-treated; reduction gears; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A290|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A290A290M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Rings for Reduction Gears|A290||
This specification deals with normalized and tempered, and quenched and tempered, carbon and alloy steel forged or rolled rings for reduction gears. The grades and classes of steels covered here are: Grade 1, Classes A and B, and Grade 2, Classes C and D, which are carbon steels; and Grade 3, Classes E and F, Grade 4, Classes G, H, I, J, K and L, Grade 5, Classes M and P, and Grade 6, Class T, which are alloy steels. Materials shall be manufactured by melting and forging processes and optional machining, and shall be allowed to cool prior to reheating. Heat treatment shall consist of normalizing and tempering for Grade 1, Classes A and B, and quenching and tempering for all other grades and classes. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, copper, and aluminum. Steels shall also undergo tension, impact, and Brinell hardness tests, and shall conform to the following mechanical requirements: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, Brinell hardness, and Charpy V-notch.
|A290|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Rings for...|10.1520/A0290_A0290M-05 42738|Active|A291/A291M|2005-09-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Forgings, Carbon and Alloy, for Pinions, Gears and Shafts for Reduction Gears|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers normalized and tempered carbon steel and quenched and tempered alloy steel forgings for pinions, gears, and shafts.
1.2 Several grades of steel are covered as follows:
1.2.1 Grade 1, Class A,is normalized and tempered carbon steel.
1.2.2 Grade 2, Class B, Grade 3, Class C, Grade 3A, Class D, Grades 4 to 7, Classes E, F, G, and H, Grade 8, Class I, and Grade 9, Class J, are liquid quenched and tempered alloy steel.
1.3 All grades and classes are considered weldable under proper conditions. Welding technique is of fundamental importance and it is presupposed that welding procedure and inspection shall be in accordance with approved methods for the class of material used.
1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
1.5 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|alloy steel forgings; carbon steel forgings; gear forgings; gear shaft forgings; heat-treated; pinion forgings; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A291|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A291A291M|Standard Specification for Steel Forgings, Carbon and Alloy, for Pinions, Gears and Shafts for Reduction Gears|A291||
This specification covers normalized and tempered carbon steel, and liquid quenched and tempered alloy steel forgings for pinions, gears, and shafts for reduction gears. Prior to heat treatment for mechanical properties testing , steel materials may undergo machining and boring, after which specimens shall be stress relieved. Tensile, impact and Brinell hardness tests shall be performed wherein forgings shall conform to the following mechanical properties: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, Charpy V-notch, and Brinell hardness. Specimens shall also conform to chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, copper, and aluminum.
|A291|Standard Specification for Steel Forgings, Carbon and Alloy, for Pinions,...|10.1520/A0291_A0291M-05 39908|Active|A295/A295M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Carbon Anti-Friction Bearing Steel|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-carbon bearing-quality steel to be used in the manufacture of anti-friction bearings.
1.2 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided and when desired shall be so stated in the order.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A295|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,Z|||||A01.28|01.05|||MP7|||||A295A295M|Standard Specification for High-Carbon Anti-Friction Bearing Steel|A295||
This specification covers high-carbon bearing-quality steel to be used in the manufacture of anti-friction bearings. Materials shall conform to chemical compositions as specified herein, and to physical size and shape as agreed upon between the manufacturer and purchaser. Steels shall exhibit fine fracture grain size when quenched from normal austenitizing temperatures. Decarburization and surface imperfections shall not exceed the limits also specified herein. When annealing is specified in the order, the steel shall adhere to hardness requirements and have a completely spheroidized microstructure, which shall accordingly be rated and reported as carbide size, carbide network, and lamellar content.
|A295|Standard Specification for High-Carbon Anti-Friction Bearing Steel|10.1520/A0295_A0295M-05 65505|Active|A297/A297M|2008-11-01|08a|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Iron-Chromium and Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Heat Resistant, for General Application|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers iron-chromium and iron-chromium-nickel alloy castings for heat-resistant service. The grades covered by this specification are general purpose alloys and no attempt has been made to include heat-resisting alloys used for special production application.
Note 1—For heat-resisting alloys used for special product application, reference should be made to Specification A 351/A 351M, A 217/A 217M, and A 447/A 447M.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|Cast iron--specifications; Class codes (for metals/alloys); Iron-chromium castings--specifications; Steel castings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A297|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A297A297M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Iron-Chromium and Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Heat Resistant, for General Application|A297||
This specification covers standards for iron-chromium and iron-chromium-nickel alloy castings of general purpose grades (Grades HF, HH, HI, HK, HE, HT, HU, HW, HX, HC, HD, HL, HN, and HN) applicable in heat-resistant services. Alloys shall be produced through electric arc, electric-induction, or other approved processes. Heat-treatment shall be conducted when agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser. The material shall conform to carbon, manganese, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, chromium, nickel, and molybdenum contents. Tensile requirements including tensile strength, yield point, and elongation shall apply when specified in the purchase order. Guidelines for repair by welding are also given.
|A297|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Iron-Chromium and...|10.1520/A0297_A0297M-08A 32714|Active|A299/A299M|2004-02-02|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Manganese-Silicon|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers manganese-silicon carbon steel plates for use in welded boilers and other pressure vessels.
1.2 Plates under this specification are produced in two grades. The specified minimum the yield strength decreases on thicknesses over 1 in. [25 mm].
1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements; however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification to 8 in. [200 mm].
1.4 For plates produced from coil, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 20/A 20M apply.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|carbon steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for presuure vessel applications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A299|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A299A299M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Manganese-Silicon|A299||
This specification covers manganese-silicon carbon steel plates for use in welded boilers and other pressure vessels. Plates under this specification are produced in two grades. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to the fine austenitic grain size requirement. Tension test shall be made to conform to the requirements specified.
|A299|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel,...|10.1520/A0299_A0299M-04 60018|Active|A302/A302M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers manganese-molybdenum and manganese-molybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates intended particularly for welded boilers and other pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available in four grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength,
ksi [MPa] Type

A 75–95 [515–655] manganese-molybdenum

B 80–100 [550–690] manganese-molybdenum

C 80–100 [550–690] manganese-molybdenum-nickel

D 80–100 [550–690] manganese-molybdenum-nickel

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements. The minimum thickness is limited to 0.25 in. [6.5 mm].

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|alloy steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessel applications; Alloy steel plate--specifications; Manganese alloy steel plate--specifications; Manganese-molybdenum-nickel alloy--specifications; Pressure vessel steel plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A302|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A302A302M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel|A302||
This specification covers manganese-molybdenum and manganese-molybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates intended particularly for welded boilers and other pressure vessels. According to their strength levels, the plates are available in four grades: Grades A, B, C, and D. The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to fine grain size requirements. The plates shall be subjected to tension test to determine the tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation.
|A302|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,...|10.1520/A0302_A0302M-03R07 42105|Active|A304|2005-03-01|05e2|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Bars Subject to End-Quench Hardenability Requirements|50|58.00|58.00|69.60||
1.1 This specification covers hot-worked alloy, carbon, and carbon-boron steels in a variety of compositions and sizes, which may attain specified depth of hardening in the end quench test. These steel compositions are identified by the suffix letter "H" added to the conventional grade number.
1.2 This specification provides for analyses other than those listed under Tables 1 and 2. Special hardenability limits are also permissible when approved by the purchaser and manufacturer.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|alloy steel bars; carbon steel bars; end quench hardenability; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A304|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,Z|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A304|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Bars Subject to End-Quench Hardenability Requirements|A304||
This specification covers carbon and alloy steel bars subject to end-quench hardenability requirements. The methods for estimating the hardness value of the material are presented. Method A is the minimum and maximum hardness values at any desired distance, Method B is the minimum and maximum distances at which any desired hardness value occurs, Method C is the two maximum hardness values at two desired distances, Method D is the two minimum hardness values at two desired distances, and Method E is any minimum hardness plus any maximum hardness. The heat analysis shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition. The fine austenitic grain size requirements of the steel material are presented in details. The end-quench hardenability shall conform to the requirements specified on the purchase order. The test specimen requirements indicates that, the number and location of test specimens shall be in accordance with the manufacturers standard practice and shall adequately represent the hardenability of each heat, also, all forged or rolled hardenability test specimens must be normalized prior to testing. The grain size and end-quench hardenability test methods are presented in details.
|A304|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Bars Subject to...|10.1520/A0304-05E02 58071|Active|A307|2007-12-01|07b|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of three grades of carbon steel bolts and studs in sizes ¼ in. through 4 in. The fasteners are designated by “Grade” denoting tensile strength and intended use, as follows:

Grade Description

Grade A Bolts and studs having a minimum tensile strength of 60 ksi and intended for general applications,

Grade B Bolts and studs having a tensile strength of 60 to 100 ksi and intended for flanged joints in piping systems with cast iron flanges, and

Grade C Replaced by Specification F 1554 Gr.36

1.1.1 The term studs includes stud stock, sometimes referred to as threaded rod.

1.2 This specification does not cover requirements for machine screws, thread cutting/forming screws, mechanical expansion anchors or similar externally threaded fasteners.

1.3 Suitable nuts are covered in Specification A 563. Unless otherwise specified, the grade and style of nut for each grade of fastener, of all surface finishes, shall be as follows:

Fastener Grade and Size
Nut Grade and Style^A

A ¼ to 1½in. A, hex

A over 1¹/₂ to 4 in. A, heavy hex

B, ¼ to 4 in. A, heavy hex
^A Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses (Specification A 563, Table 3) greater than the specified grade and style of nut are also suitable.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.

1.5 Supplementary Requirement S1 of an optional nature is provided, which describes additional restrictions to be applied when bolts are to be welded. It shall apply only when specified in the inquiry, order, and contract.

1.6 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789 unless otherwise defined herein.
|bolts; carbon steel; steel; studs; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A307|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A307|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength|A307||
This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements for three grades (Grades A, B, and C) of carbon steel bolts and studs in specified sizes. This specification does not cover the requirements for machine screws, thread cutting/forming screws, mechanical expansion anchors, or other similar externally threaded fasteners. When tested, sampled specimens shall adhere to specified values for chemical composition, hardness, tensile strength, yield point, elongation, and dimensions.
|A307|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI...|10.1520/A0307-07B 51126|Active|A308/A308M|2006-11-15|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Terne (Lead-Tin Alloy) Coated by the Hot-Dip Process|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers sheet steel in coils and cut lengths coated with lead-tin alloy (terne metal, see ) by the hot-dip process. This material is commonly known as terne and is used where ease of solderability and a degree of corrosion resistance are desirable. It is especially suitable where resistance to gasoline is required. Terne-coated sheet is also used for stamping, where the coating acts as a lubricant in the die, lessening difficulties in drawing. The weight of coating, always expressed as total coating on both sides, shall be specified in accordance with .
1.2 Material furnished under this specification shall conform to the applicable requirements of the latest issue of Specification A 924/A 924M, unless otherwise provided herein.
1.3 Terne-coated steel is available in a number of designations, types, and grades.
1.4 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 308) or SI units (as A 308M). Values in inch-pound and SI units are not necessarily equivalent. Within the text, SI units are shown in brackets. Each system shall be used independently of the other.
1.5 Unless the order specifies the "M" designation (SI units), the product shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.6 The text of this specification references notes and footnotes that provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, shall not be considered as requirements of this specification.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|lead-tin coating; steel sheet; terne; terne coating; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A308|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A05.11|01.06|||MP7|||||A308A308M|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Terne (Lead-Tin Alloy) Coated by the Hot-Dip Process|A308||
This specification covers sheet steel in coils and cut lengths coated with lead-tin alloy by the hot-dip process. The material, also known as terne-coated sheet, is available in four designations as commercial steel, deep drawing steel, extra deep drawing steel, and structural steel. Amount of copper, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, titanium, columbium, and boron shall conform to the chemical composition requirements of this specification. Yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and bending shall conform to the mechanical property requirements.
|A308|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Terne (Lead-Tin Alloy) Coated by...|10.1520/A0308_A0308M-06 54358|Active|A309|2007-05-01|01(2007)|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Weight and Composition of Coating on Terne Sheet by the Triple-Spot Test|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This test method covers the determination of the weight and composition of coating on terne sheet by the triple-spot method. The following three procedures are described:
1.1.1 Procedure A - Stripping with sulfuric acid.
1.1.2 Procedure D - Stripping with hydrochloric acid and antimony trichloride.
1.1.3 Procedure E - Stripping with hydrobromic acid-bromine solution.
Procedure B (Electrolytic Stripping) and Procedure C (Stripping with Silver Nitrate Solution), formerly in this test method, were discontinued because lack of usage. The designation for Procedure D and Procedure E are retained to avoid future confusion when reference is made only to the procedure designation.
1.2 If the percent of tin in the coating is required, stripping with hydrobromic acid-bromine is the preferred procedure. Steel with a predeposited electrolytic nickel coating requires a two-stage stripping method to determine total tin content. If both the tin and lead percentage are required, stripping with sulfuric acid is recommended, but caution is advised since the sulfuric acid procedure has been found to produce high tin results (see Section 11).
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For specific hazards statements, see Section 5, Note 2, and Section 17.
|coating composition; coating weight; metallic coatings; steel sheet-terne coated; terne coating; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A309|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A05.07|01.06|||MP7|||||A309|Standard Test Method for Weight and Composition of Coating on Terne Sheet by the Triple-Spot Test|A309|
A coating of terne metal on iron or steel articles is intended to provide drawability, solderability, or corrosion resistance, or combination thereof, which can require different amounts of coating. Specifications for terne-coated sheets frequently provide for these different classes (weights) of coating so that purchasers can select that most suitable for their needs. This test method provides a means of determining the weight of coating for comparison with the material specification requirements.
||A309|Standard Test Method for Weight and Composition of Coating on Terne Sheet...|10.1520/A0309-01R07 33612|Active|A311/A311M|2004-03-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn, Stress-Relieved Carbon Steel Bars Subject to Mechanical Property Requirements|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers two classes, nine grades, and four conditions of stress-relieved cold-drawn carbon steel bars produced to mechanical property requirements. One class, B, is cold drawn with higher than normal (heavy) drafts to provide higher strength levels, and four grades provide improved machinability.

1.2 Supplementary Requirements, S1 through S6, of an optional nature are provided.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents, therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|carbon steel bars; cold finished steel bars; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A311|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A311A311M|Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn, Stress-Relieved Carbon Steel Bars Subject to Mechanical Property Requirements|A311||
This specification covers cold-drawn, stress-relieved carbon steel bars subject to mechanical property requirements. The bars are furnished in two classes, A and B. Class A are normal-draft cold-drawn and stress-relieved rounds, squares, hexagons, and flats. Class B are heavy-draft cold-drawn and stress-relieved rounds and hexagons. The steel shall be made by one or more of the following primary processes: open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace. The cast or heat analysis shall conform to the chemical composition requirements specified. Tension test shall be made to conform to the requirements specified.
|A311|Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn, Stress-Relieved Carbon Steel Bars...|10.1520/A0311_A0311M-04 69276|Active|A312/A312M|2009-05-15|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes|12|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers seamless, straight-seam welded, and heavily cold worked welded austenitic stainless steel pipe intended for high-temperature and general corrosive service.
Note 1—When the impact test criterion for a low-temperature service would be 15 ft·lbf [20 J] energy absorption or 15 mils [0.38 mm] lateral expansion, some of the austenitic stainless steel grades covered by this specification are accepted by certain pressure vessel or piping codes without the necessity of making the actual test. For example, Grades TP304, TP304L, and TP347 are accepted by the ASME Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII Division 1, and by the Chemical Plant and Refinery Piping Code, ANSI B31.3, for service at temperatures as low as −425 °F [−250 °C] without qualification by impact tests. Other AISI stainless steel grades are usually accepted for service temperatures as low as −325 °F [−200 °C] without impact testing. Impact testing may, under certain circumstances, be required. For example, materials with chromium or nickel content outside the AISI ranges, and for material with carbon content exceeding 0.10 %, are required to be impact tested under the rules of ASME Section VIII Division 1 when service temperatures are lower than −50 °F [−45 °C].

1.2 Grades TP304H, TP309H, TP309HCb, TP310H, TP310HCb, TP316H, TP321H, TP347H, and TP348H are modifications of Grades TP304, TP309Cb, TP309S, TP310Cb, TP310S, TP316, TP321, TP347, and TP348, and are intended for service at temperatures where creep and stress rupture properties are important.

1.3 Optional supplementary requirements are provided for pipe where a greater degree of testing is desired. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made and, when desired, it is permitted to specify in the order one or more of these supplementary requirements.

1.4 Table X1.1 lists the standardized dimensions of welded and seamless stainless steel pipe as shown in ANSI B36.19. These dimensions are also applicable to heavily cold worked pipe. Pipe having other dimensions is permitted to be ordered and furnished provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification.

1.5 Grades TP321 and TP321H have lower strength requirements for pipe manufactured by the seamless process in nominal wall thicknesses greater than ³/₈ in. [9.5 mm].

1.6 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.
Note 2—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as “nominal diameter,” “size,” and “nominal size.”

|austenitic stainless steel; seamless steel pipe; stainless steel pipe; steel pipe; welded steel pipe; Austenitic stainless steel pipe--specifications; Seamless austenitic steel pipe--specifications; Stainless steel pipe--specifications; Welded steel pipe--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A312|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A312A312M|Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes|A312||
This guide covers standard specification for seamless, straight-seam welded, and cold worked welded austenitic stainless steel pipe intended for high-temperature and general corrosive service. Several grades of steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, titanium, columbium, tantalum, nitrogen, vanadium, copper, cerium, boron, aluminum, and others. All pipes shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition in accordance with the required heat treating temperature and cooling/testing requirements. Tensile properties of the material shall conform to the prescribed tensile strength and yield strength. The steel pipe shall undergo mechanical tests such as transverse or longitudinal tension test and flattening test. Grain size determination and weld decay tests shall be performed. Each pipe shall also be subjected to the nondestructive electric test or the hydrostatic test.
|A312|Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked...|10.1520/A0312_A0312M-09 63865|Active|A313/A313M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers austenitic and age-hardenable stainless steel round spring wire intended especially for the manufacture of springs.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.3 Unless the order specifies an “M” designation, the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
|austenitic stainless steel; precipitation hardening stainless steel; stainless steel spring wire; Stainless steel wire--specifications; Steel springs--specifications; Steel wire--specifications; Steel wire (chromium alloy)--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A313|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A313A313M|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire|A313||
This guide covers standard specification for austenitic and age-hardenable stainless steel round spring wire intended especially for the manufacture of springs. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, nitrogen, and other elements. The material shall conform to the required tensile strengths following the prescribed heat treatment. Tensile strength requirements for hardened wires and stress-relieved materials shall be given. Mechanical tests such as wrap test, uniformity (coil test), and bend test hall be performed on the steel material.
|A313|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire|10.1520/A0313_A0313M-03 64708|Active|A314|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Billets and Bars for Forging|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers stainless steel billets and bars intended only for forging.
|austenitic stainless steel; austenitic-ferritic duplex stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; stainless steel bars; stainless steel billets; Stainless steel forgings--specifications; Steel bars and billets--specifications; Steel billets--specifications; Steel forgings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality); 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A314|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A314|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Billets and Bars for Forging|A314||
This specification covers stainless steel billets and bars for forging. The steel materials shall be annealed and conditioned by chipping or grinding. The steel specimens shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, nitrogen, and other elements.
|A314|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Billets and Bars for Forging|10.1520/A0314-08 49898|Active|A319|2006-10-01|71(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Elevated Temperatures for Non-Pressure Containing Parts|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers three classes of gray iron suitable for castings exposed to temperatures encountered in such service as grate bars, stoker links, stoker parts, oil still furnace parts, firebox parts, ingot molds, glass molds, caustic pots, and metal melting pots.
Note 1—This specification is general, covering cast irons normally used for the above types of service, at temperatures as high as 1400^oF (760^oC). It is not intended to imply that all three classes are suitable throughout this entire temperature range without regard to actual service stresses. Some are suitable for long service at the lower temperatures only, unless low stresses are involved.
1.2 The three classes of gray iron covered by this specification are as follows:
1.2.1 Class I, possessing superior resistance to thermal shock,
1.2.2 Class II, possessing average resistance to thermal shock and a moderately good tensile strength (tensile strengths above 30 000 psi (207 MPa) may be expected), and
1.2.3 Class III, possessing a higher tensile strength than either Classes I or II (tensile strengths as high as 40 000 psi (276 MPa) may be expected).
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|chemical composition; elevated temperature; gray iron; iron castings; non-pressure containing; tensile strength; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A319|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A319|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Elevated Temperatures for Non-Pressure Containing Parts|A319||
This specification covers gray iron castings exposed to elevated temperatures for non-pressure containing parts such as grate bars, stoker links, stoker parts, oil still furnace parts, firebox parts, ingot molds, glass molds, caustic pots, and metal melting pots. The three classes of gray iron covered here are: Class I, possessing superior thermal shock resistance; Class II, possessing average thermal shock resistance and moderately good tensile strength; and Class III, possessing a higher tensile strength than either Classes I or II. It is the intention of this specification to classify the irons in accordance with their carbon content equivalent, wherein the equation for its calculation is given herein.
|A319|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Elevated Temperatures...|10.1520/A0319-71R06 60761|Active|A320/A320M|2008-03-15|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature Service|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers alloy steel bolting materials for pressure vessels, valves, flanges, and fittings for low-temperature service. The term “bolting material” as used in this specification covers rolled, forged, or strain hardened bars, bolts, screws, studs, and stud bolts. The bars shall be hot-wrought. The material may be further processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing. Austenitic stainless steel may be solution annealed or annealed and strain-hardened. When strain hardened austenitic stainless steel is ordered, the purchaser should take special care to ensure that Appendix X1 is thoroughly understood.

1.2 Several grades are covered, including both ferritic and austenitic steels designated L7, B8, etc. Selection will depend on design, service conditions, mechanical properties, and low-temperature characteristics. The mechanical requirements of Table 1 indicate the diameters for which the minimum mechanical properties apply to the various grades and classes, and Table 2 stipulates the requirements for Charpy impact energy absorption. The manufacturer should determine that the material can conform to these requirements before parts are manufactured. For example, when Grade L43 is specified to meet the Table 2 impact energy values at −150 °F [−101 °C], additional restrictions (such as procuring a steel with lower P and S contents than might normally be supplied) in the chemical composition for AISI 4340 are likely to be required.
Note 1—The committee formulating this specification has included several grades of material that have been rather extensively used for the present purpose. Other compositions will be considered for inclusion by the committee from time to time as the need becomes apparent. Users should note that hardenability of some of the grades mentioned may restrict the maximum size at which the required mechanical properties are obtainable.

1.3 Nuts for use with this bolting material are covered in Section 10 and the nut material shall be impact tested.

1.4 Supplementary Requirements (S1, S2, and S3) of an optional nature are provided. They shall apply only when specified in the inquiry, contract and order.

1.5 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|additional elements; austenitic stainless steel; bolts—steel; chromium-molybdenum steel; fasteners—steel; markings on fittings; nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy steel; pressure vessel service; stainless steel bolting material; starting material; steel bars—alloy; steel bolting material; steel flanges; steel valves; temperature service applications—low; Alloy steel bars--specifications; Alloy steel bolting materials--specifications; Austenitic steel--specifications; Low-temperature service applications--steel; Stainless steel bolting materials--specifications; Steel fittings--specifications; Steel flanges--specifications; Steel valves--specifications; ICS Number Code 21.060.01 (Fasteners in general); 77.080.20 (Steels)||TRUE/A320|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A320A320M|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature Service|A320||
This specification covers alloy steel bolting materials for pressure vessels, valves, flanges, and fittings for low-temperature service. Each alloy shall conform to the prescribed chemical composition requirements. The material, as represented by the tension specimens, shall conform to the requirements as to tensile properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and hardness. The material shall meet the prescribed impact energy absorption requirements and the recommended test temperature. Mechanical tests shall be conducted on the material, namely: impact testing, tension testing, and hardness testing.
|A320|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting...|10.1520/A0320_A0320M-08 54086|Active|A322|2007-05-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot-wrought alloy steel bars. Bar applications include forging, heat treating, cold drawing, machining and many structural components (Note 1). Note 1 - A guide for the selection of steel bars is contained in Practice A 400.
1.2 The bars shall be furnished in the grades specified in Table 1. Sections and sizes of bar steel available are covered in Specification A 29/A 29M. Hot-wrought alloy steel bars are produced in cut lengths and coils; the manufacturer should be consulted regarding sections and sizes available in coils, produced to a chemical composition.
1.3 Some applications may require superior surface quality, or special chemical restrictions, metallurgical characteristics, heat treatment, or surface finishes which the purchaser may obtain by designating one or more of the available Supplementary Requirements.
|alloy steel bars; hot-wrought steel bars; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A322|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A322|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades|A322||
This specification covers hot-wrought alloy steel bars. The steel shall be made by one or more of the following primary processes: open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace. The primary melting may incorporate separate degassing or refining and may be followed by secondary melting using electro-slag remelting or vacuum arc remelting. Where secondary remelting is employed, the heat shall be defined as all of the cast product remelted from a single primary heat. The steel shall be furnished as strand cast or ingot cast. Immediately after hot forming, the bars shall be allowed to cool to a temperature below the critical range under suitable conditions to prevent imperfections caused by too rapid cooling. The bars shall be free of pipe, cracks, and flakes. Within the limits of good manufacturing and inspection practices, the bars shall be free of injurious seams, laps, segregation, or other imperfections which are due to their nature, degree, or extent, will interfere with the use of the material in machining or fabrication of suitable parts.
|A322|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades|10.1520/A0322-07 40451|Active|A323|2005-05-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferroboron|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of ferroboron.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The SI units given in parentheses are for information only.
|ferroboron; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A323|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A323|Standard Specification for Ferroboron|A323||
This specification covers several grades of ferroboron. The grades shall conform to the required chemical composition for boron, carbon, silicon, and aluminum. Various sizes of ferroboron are detailed. Chemical analysis of the material shall be made.
|A323|Standard Specification for Ferroboron|10.1520/A0323-05 60282|Active|A324|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferrotitanium|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades of ferrotitanium, designated A, B, C, and D.
|ferrotitanium; Ferrotitanium; Ferrous metals/alloys--specifications; Stainless steel alloying additives; Titanium alloying additives; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A324|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,N|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A324|Standard Specification for Ferrotitanium|A324||
This specification covers four grades of ferrotitanium designated as A,B,C and D. The grades which are available in different sizes shall conform to the required chemical composition for titanium, carbon, silicon, and aluminum and for supplementary elements such as manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, copper, cobalt, vanadium, lead, arsenic, bismuth, tin, zinc, zirconium, boron, and nitrogen.
|A324|Standard Specification for Ferrotitanium|10.1520/A0324-08 66523|Active|A325|2009-01-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers two types of quenched and tempered steel heavy hex structural bolts having a minimum tensile strength of 120 ksi for sizes 1.0 in. and less and 105 ksi for sizes over 1.0 to 1½ in., inclusive.

1.2 The bolts are intended for use in structural connections. These connections are covered under the requirements of the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts, approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections, endorsed by the American Institute of Steel Construction and by the Industrial Fastener Institute.

1.3 The bolts are furnished in sizes ¹/₂ to 1½ in., inclusive. They are designated by type, denoting chemical composition as follows:

Type Description

Type 1 Medium carbon, carbon boron, or medium carbon alloy steel.

Type 2 Withdrawn in November 1991.

Type 3 Weathering steel.

Note 1—Bolts for general applications, including anchor bolts, are covered by Specification A 449. Also refer to Specification A 449 for quenched and tempered steel bolts and studs with diameters greater than 1½ in. but with similar mechanical properties.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement are included in this standard.
Note 2—A complete metric companion to Specification A 325 has been developed—Specification A 325M; therefore, no metric equivalents are presented in this specification.

1.5 This specification is applicable to heavy hex structural bolts only. For bolts of other configurations and thread lengths with similar mechanical properties, see Specification A 449.

1.6 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789.

1.7 The following safety hazard caveat pertains only to the test methods portion, Section 10, of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|bolts; carbon steel; steel; structural; weathering steel; Bolted construction materials/applications--specifications; High-strength structural steel--specifications; Steel bolting materials--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bolting materials--specifications ; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A325|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A325|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength|A325||
This specification covers the chemical, mechanical, and dimensional requirements for two types of heavy hex structural bolts made of quenched and tempered steel that are intended for use in structural connections. These bolts are designated by type, denoting chemical composition, as follows: Type 1—medium carbon, carbon boron, or medium carbon alloy steel; and Type 3—weathering steel. The steel bolts shall undergo heat and product analysis for chemical composition measurements. The bolts shall also undergo test that shall examine their conformance to specified properties such as dimensions and thread fit, surface discontinuities, coating weight and thickness, hardness, tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, proof load, and rotational capacity.
|A325|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105...|10.1520/A0325-09 66547|Active|A325M|2009-01-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength [Metric]|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers two types of quenched and tempered, steel, metric heavy hex structural bolts having a minimum tensile strength of 830 MPa (Note 1).

1.2 The bolts are intended for use in structural connections. These connections are comparable to those covered under the requirements of the Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 bolts, approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections; endorsed by the American Institute of Steel Construction and by the Industrial Fastener Institute.

1.3 The bolts are furnished in sizes M12 to M36 inclusive. They are designated by type denoting chemical composition as follows:

1.3.1 Type 1—Medium-carbon, carbon boron, medium carbon alloy, or alloy boron steel.

1.3.2 Type 2—Withdrawn in 2003.

1.3.3 Type 3—Weathering Steel.

1.4 This specification is applicable to metric heavy hex, structural bolts only.

1.5 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789.

1.6 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement are included in this standard.
Note 1—This specification is the metric companion to the inch pound Specification A 325.

1.7 The following safety hazard caveat pertains only to the test methods portion, Section 10, of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|alloy steel; bolts; carbon steel; metric; steel; structural; weathering steel ^DOI: ^INDEX TERMS: Bolted construction materials/applications--specifications; High-strength structural steel--specifications; Steel bolting materials--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bolting materials--specifications; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A325M|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A325M|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength [Metric]|A325M||
This specification covers two types of quenched and tempered, steel, metric heavy hex structural bolts. The bolts are intended for use in structural connections. The bolts are furnished in sizes M12 to M36 inclusive. They are designated by type denoting chemical composition as follows: Type 1—Medium-carbon, carbon boron, medium carbon alloy, or alloy boron steel; and Type 3—Weathering Steel. Materials shall be tested and the individual grades shall conform to specified values of heat treatment, threading, hot-dip and mechanically coated zinc coatings, lubrication, secondary processing, chemical composition, mechanical properties such as hardness, tensile properties, and rotational capacity.
|A325M|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa...|10.1520/A0325M-09 45234|Active|A327|2006-02-01|91(2006)|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 These test methods for impact testing cover the details of apparatus, test specimens and procedures for cast iron, including gray iron, white iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, and austempered ductile iron, but not including chilled rolls or rolls with white iron skins.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. A companion standard, A 327M, lists values in SI units.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
1.3 The Charpy-type impact test shall be employed for testing gray and white irons.
1.4 Either the standard notched or unnotched Charpy impact test shall be employed in testing of malleable or ductile irons. Selection of the type bar is dependent upon the specific material to be evaluated as defined in Section .
1.5 Both types of charpy bars have been designated to characterize the fracture toughness of irons. The unnotched Charpy bar, when tested, will produce substantially higher energy values than the notch bar type. The unnotched bar is therefore specified for testing irons that have low fracture toughness characteristics.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A327|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A04.21|01.02|||MP4|||||A327|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons|A327||
This test method for impact testing covers the details of apparatus, test specimens and procedures for cast iron, including gray iron, white iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, and austempered ductile iron, but not including chilled rolls or rolls with white iron skins. The gray and white irons shall be subjected to round bar, single-blow Charpy impact test using a pendulum-type impact machine. Characterization of the fracture toughness of any cast iron should be based upon testing at least three specimens. Either the standard notched or unnotched Charpy impact test shall be employed in testing of malleable or ductile irons. Both types of charpy bars have been designated to characterize the fracture toughness of irons.
|A327|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons|10.1520/A0327-91R06 45235|Active|A327M|2006-02-01|91(2006)|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons (Metric)|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 These test methods for impact testing cover the details of apparatus, test specimens and procedures for cast iron, including gray iron, white iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, and austempered ductile iron, but not including chilled rolls or rolls with white iron skins.
1.2 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. A companion standard, A 327, lists values in inch-pound units.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
1.3 The Charpy-type impact test shall be employed for testing gray and white irons.
1.4 Either the standard notched or unnotched charpy impact test shall be employed in testing of malleable or ductile irons. Selection of the type bar is dependent upon the specific material to be evaluated as defined in Section .
1.5 Both types of charpy bars have been designated to characterize the fracture toughness of irons. The unnotched charpy bar, when tested, will produce substantially higher energy values than the notch bar type. The unnotched bar is therefore specified for testing irons that have low fracture toughness characteristics.
|ICS Number Code 77.040.10 (Mechanical testing of metals)||TRUE/A327M|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.21|01.02|||MP4|||||A327M|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons (Metric)|A327M||
This guide covers standard specification for the details of impact testing apparatus, test specimens, and procedures for cast iron, including gray iron, white iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, and austempered ductile iron, but not including chilled rolls or rolls with white iron skins. The Charpy-type impact test shall be employed for testing gray and white irons. The single-blow Charpy impact test for gray and white irons shall be carried out in a pendulum-type impact machine. The test specimens shall have a plain cylindrical form, machined or ground to a smooth finish and shall conform to the specified values of diameter, length, and span. The standard notch Charpy bar impact test specimen shall be employed. Characterization of the fracture toughness of any cast iron should be based upon testing three specimens.
|A327M|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons (Metric)|10.1520/A0327M-91R06 52505|Active|A328/A328M|2007-03-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Piling|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel sheet piling of structural quality for use in the construction of dock walls, sea walls, cofferdams, excavations, and like applications (see Specification A 572/A 572M).
1.2 When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
1.4 For sheet piling produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 6/A 6M apply.
|carbon; cofferdams; dock walls; excavations; sea walls; sheet piling; steel; structural steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A328|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A328A328M|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Piling|A328||
This specification covers carbon steel sheet piling of structural quality for use in the construction of dock walls, sea walls, cofferdams, excavations, and similar applications. When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. The steel may be made by any process that produces material meeting the requirements set forth in this specification. Heat or product analysis of the steel shall conform to the chemical requirements prescribed for phosphorus, sulfur, and copper. The tensile test requirements include: tensile strength, yield point, and elongation.
|A328|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Piling|10.1520/A0328_A0328M-07 39859|Active|A333/A333M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers nominal (average) wall seamless and welded carbon and alloy steel pipe intended for use at low temperatures. Several grades of ferritic steel are included as listed in Table 1. Some product sizes may not be available under this specification because heavier wall thicknesses have an adverse affect on low-temperature impact properties.
1.2 Supplementary Requirement S1 of an optional nature is provided. This shall apply only when specified by the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
|low; low temperature service; seamless steel pipe; stainless steel pipe; steel pipe; temperature service applications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A333|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A333A333M|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service|A333||
This specification covers wall seamless and welded carbon and alloy steel pipe intended for use at low temperatures. The pipe shall be made by the seamless or welding process with the addition of no filler metal in the welding operation. All seamless and welded pipes shall be treated to control their microstructure. Tensile tests, impact tests, hydrostatic tests, and nondestructive electric tests shall be made in accordance to specified requirements.
|A333|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for...|10.1520/A0333_A0333M-05 34616|Active|A334/A334M|2004-05-01|04a|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low-Temperature Service|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of minimum-wall-thickness, seamless and welded, carbon and alloy-steel tubes intended for use at low temperatures. Some product sizes may not be available under this specification because heavier wall thicknesses have an adverse affect on low-temperature impact properties.
1.2 Supplementary Requirement S1 of an optional nature is provided. This shall apply only when specified by the purchaser.
Note 1—For tubing smaller than 1/2 in. [12.7 mm] in outside diameter, the elongation values given for strip specimens in Table 1 shall apply. Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than 1/8 in. [3.2 mm] in outside diameter and with a wall thickness under 0.015 in. [0.4 mm].
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|seamless carbon; welded carbon; alloy-steel tubes; low-temperature service||TRUE/A334|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A334A334M|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low-Temperature Service|A334||
This specification covers standard specification for several grades of minimum-wall-thickness, seamless and welded, carbon and alloy-steel tubes intended for use at low temperatures. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, copper, cobalt, and molybdenum. The number of tubes in a heat-treatment lot shall be determined from the size of the tubes. The tubes shall have a hardness number that does not exceed the prescribed Rockwell and Brinell hardness values. Several grades of steel shall conform to the following tensile properties: tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. For Grades 1, 3, 6, 7, and 9, the notch-bar impact properties of each set of three impact specimens, including specimens for the welded joint in welded pipe, shall not be less than the prescribed values. Several mechanical tests shall be conducted, namely: flattening test; flare test (seamless tubes); flange test (welded tubes); reverse flattening test; hardness test; and impact tests. Hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test shall also be performed. Materials shall be tested for impact resistance at the prescribed temperature for the respective grades. Impact temperature reduction values shall be by any amount equal to the difference between the temperature reduction corresponding to the actual material thickness and the temperature reduction corresponding to Charpy specimen width actually tested.
|A334|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel...|10.1520/A0334_A0334M-04A 47307|Active|A335/A335M|2006-05-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|10|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers nominal wall and minimum wall seamless ferritic alloy-steel pipe intended for high-temperature service. Pipe ordered to this specification shall be suitable for bending, flanging (vanstoning), and similar forming operations, and for fusion welding. Selection will depend upon design, service conditions, mechanical properties, and high-temperature characteristics.
1.2 Several grades of ferritic steels (see Note 1) are covered. Their compositions are given in Table 1.
Note 1—Ferritic steels in this specification are defined as low- and intermediate-alloy steels containing up to and including 10 % chromium.
1.3 Supplementary requirements (S1 to S7) of an optional nature are provided. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made, and when desired, shall be so stated in the order together with the number of such tests required.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
Note 2—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
|alloy steel pipe; high temperature service; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe; temperature service applications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A335|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A335A335M|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|A335||
This specification covers seamless ferritic alloy-steel pipe for high-temperature service. The pipe shall be suitable for bending, flanging (vanstoning), and similar forming operations, and for fusion welding. Grade P2 and P12 steel pipes shall be made by coarse-grain melting practice. The steel material shall conform to chemical composition, tensile property, and hardness requirements. Each length of pipe shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test. Also, each pipe shall be examined by a non-destructive examination method in accordance to the required practices. The range of pipe sizes that may be examined by each method shall be subjected to the limitations in the scope of the respective practices. The different mechanical test requirements for pipes, namely, transverse or longitudinal tension test, flattening test, and hardness or bend test are presented.
|A335|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for...|10.1520/A0335_A0335M-06 67861|Active|A336/A336M|2009-02-15|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High-Temperature Parts|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers ferritic steel forgings for boilers, pressure vessels, high-temperature parts, and associated equipment.

1.2 Forgings made of steel grades listed in Specification A 335/A 335M, may also be ordered under this specification. The chemical, tensile, heat treatment, and marking requirements of Specification A 335/A 335M shall apply, except the forging shall conform to the chemical requirements of Tables 1 and 2 of Specification A 335/A 335M only with respect to heat analysis. On product analysis they may deviate from these limits to the extent permitted in Table 1 of this specification.

1.3 Supplementary Requirements S1 to S9 are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the order.

1.4 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.

1.5 Specification A 336/A 336M formerly included austenitic steel forgings, which are now found in Specification A 965/A 965M.

1.6 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

TABLE 1 Tensile Requirements

Ferritic Steels

Grade

F1 F11,
Class 2 F11,
Class 3 F11,
Class 1 F12 F5 F5A F9 F6 F6NM F21,
Class 3 F21,
Class 1 F22,
Class 3 F22,
Class 1 F91 F911 F3V F3VCb F22V

Tensile
strength,
ksi [MPA] 70-
95
[485-
660] 70-
95
[485-
660] 75-
100
[515-
690] 60-
85
[415-
585] 70-
95
[485-
660] 60-
85
[415-
585] 80-
105
[550-
725] 85-
110
[585-
760] 85-
110
[585-
760] 115-
140
[790-
965] 75-
100
[515-
690] 60-
85
[415-
585] 75-
100
[515-
690] 60-
85
[415-
585] 85-
110
[585-
760] 90-
120
[620-
830] 85-
110
[585-
760] 85-
110
[585-
760] 85-
110
[585-
760]

Yield strength,
min, ksi [MPa] 40
[275] 40
[275] 45
[310] 30
[205] 40
[275] 36
[250] 50
[345] 55
[380] 55
[380] 90
[620] 45
[310] 30
[205] 45
[310] 30
[205] 60
[415] 64
[440] 60
[415] 60
[415] 60
[415]

Elongation in
2 in. or
50 mm, min, % 20 20 18 20 20 20 19 20 18 15 19 20 19 20 20 20 18 18 18

Reduction
of area,
min, % 40 40 40 45 40 40 35 40 35 45 40 45 40 45 40 40 45 45 45
|chromium alloy steel; chromium-molybdenum steel; martensitic stainless steel; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel service; steel forgings—alloy; temperature service applications—high; Chromium-molybdenum steel--specifications; Ferritic steel forgings--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel forgings; Pressure-containing parts; Pressure vessel steel forgings--specifications; Seamless drums/heads; Stainless steel forgings--specifications; Steel forgings--specifications; Superheater tubes--specifications; Alloy steel forgings--specifications; Austenitic stainless steel forgings--specifications; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Chromium alloy steel--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A336|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A336A336M|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High-Temperature Parts|A336||
This specification deals with ferritic alloy steel forgings for high-pressure and high-temperature parts, such as boilers, pressure vessels, and associated equipment. The steel grades covered here include the following: Grade F1; Grade F11, Classes 1, 2, and 3; Grade F12; Grade F5; Grade F5A; Grade F9; Grade F6; Grades F21 and F22, Classes 1 and 3; Grade F91, Grade F3V; and Grade F22V. Other steel grades may also be treated under this specification. Alloy steels shall be melted, forged, and rough machined at stipulated conditions. Except as permitted for Grade F22V, steel forgings shall be annealed or normalized and tempered, but may alternatively be liquid quenched and tempered as well. Impact and Charpy V-notch tests shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to specified mechanical requirements such as notch toughness, tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area. Materials shall also undergo heat and product analyses and conform to specified chemical requirements.
|A336|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and...|10.1520/A0336_A0336M-09 70911|Active|A338|2009-05-01|84(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Malleable Iron Flanges, Pipe Fittings, and Valve Parts for Railroad, Marine, and Other Heavy Duty Service at Temperatures Up to 650°F (345°C)|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers malleable iron flanges, pipe fittings, and valve parts, including parts to be assembled for use in railroad, marine, and other heavy duty service applications where fittings furnished in accordance with American National Standard for Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300 (ANSI B16.3) are not considered adequate.

1.2 Service shall include up to 650°F (345°C).

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|flanges; heavy duty service; malleable iron; marine service; pipe fittings; railroad service; valve parts; Iron pipe/fittings--specifications; Malleable iron castings--specifications; Valves; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A338|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A338|Standard Specification for Malleable Iron Flanges, Pipe Fittings, and Valve Parts for Railroad, Marine, and Other Heavy Duty Service at Temperatures Up to 650°F (345°C)|A338||
This specification covers malleable iron flanges, pipe fittings, and valve parts, including parts to be assembled for use in railroad, marine, and other heavy duty service applications. The sizes, shapes, and dimensions of the fittings shall conform to the requirements specified. The iron shall be produced under constant control of chemical composition and physical properties. Records of the chemical composition of the iron and of the physical properties of the test specimens shall be systematically made and maintained.
|A338|Standard Specification for Malleable Iron Flanges, Pipe Fittings, and...|10.1520/A0338-84R09 28196|Active|A340|2003-06-10|03a|Terminology|Standard Terminology of Symbols and Definitions Relating to Magnetic Testing|16|43.00|43.00|51.60|||magnetic properties; magnetic testing; terminology; ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials)||TRUE/A340|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,N|||||A06.92|03.04|||MP2|||||A340|Standard Terminology of Symbols and Definitions Relating to Magnetic Testing|A340|||A340|Standard Terminology of Symbols and Definitions Relating to Magnetic...|10.1520/A0340-03A 66194|Active|A341/A341M|2005-11-01|00(2005)e1|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Direct Current Magnetic Properties of Materials Using D-C Permeameters and the Ballistic Test Methods|13|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This test method provides dc permeameter tests for the basic magnetic properties of materials in the form of bars, rods, wire, or strip specimens which may be cut, machined, or ground from cast, compacted, sintered, forged, extruded, rolled, or other fabricated materials. It includes tests for determination of the normal induction under symmetrically cyclically magnetized (SCM) conditions and the hysteresis loop (B-H loop) taken under conditions of rapidly changing or steep wavefront reversals of the direct current magnetic field strength.

1.2 This test method shall be used in conjunction with Practice A 34/A 34M.

1.3 This test method covers a range of magnetic field strength in the specimen from about 0.05 Oe [4 A/m] up to above 5000 Oe [400 kA/M] through the use of several permeameters. The separate permeameters cover this test region in several overlapping ranges.

1.4 Normal induction and hysteresis properties may be determined over the flux density range from essentially zero to intrinsic saturation for most materials.

1.5 Recommendations of the useful magnetic field strength range for each of the permeameters are shown in Table 1 . Also, see Sections 3 and 4 for general limitations relative to the use of permeameters.

1.6 The symbols and abbreviated definitions used in this test method appear with Fig. 1 and in appropriate sections of this document. For the official definitions, see Terminology A 340. Note that the term flux density used in this document is synonymous with the term magnetic induction.

1.7 Warning—Mercury has been designated by EPA and many state agencies as a hazardous material that can cause central nervous system, kidney, and liver damage. Mercury, or its vapor, may be hazardous to health and corrosive to materials. Caution should be taken when handling mercury and mercury-containing products. See the applicable product Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for details and EPA’s website (http://www.epa.gov/mercury/faq.htm) for additional information. Users should be aware that selling mercury or mercury-containing products, or both, in your state may be prohibited by state law.

1.8 The values and equations stated in customary cgs-emu and inch-pound or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within this standard, SI units are shown in brackets except for the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this standard.

1.9 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
TABLE 1 Permeameters

Permeameter Useful Magnetic Field Strength Range^A H Measuring
Device^B Reluctance
Compensation Magnetizing Coil
Surrounds
Specimen References

Oe kA/m

Babbit 40/1000 3.2/80 I, HC yes yes (1,2)

Burroughs 0.1/300 0.008/24 I yes yes (1,3,4,5)

Fahy Simplex^C 0.1/300 0.008/24 HC no no (1,4,5,6,7)

Fahy Simplex
Super H adapter^C 100/2500 8/200 HC no no (1,3)

Full range 0.05/1400 0.004/112 HC yes yes (1,8)

High H 100/5000 8/400 FC yes no (1,5,7,9)

Iliovici 0.5/500 0.04/400 I, HC yes yes (4,10,11)

IEC Type A 0.1/2500 0.008/200 HC, HP no yes IEC 60404-4

IEC Type B 0.1/630 0.008/50 RCC no no IEC 60404-4

Isthmus 100/20 000+ 8/1600+ HC, HP no no (1,4,12,13)

MH 0.1/300 0.008/24 FC yes yes (1,6,14)

NPL 0.5/2500 0.04/200 I, HC yes yes (15)

Saturation 100/4000 8/320 HC no yes (5,16,17)
^A Although the permeameters are capable of being used at the lower end of the measurement range, the measurement accuracy is reduced.

^B I—magnetizing current; HC—fixed H coil; FC—flip coil; HP—Hall probe; RCC—Rogowski-Chattock coil.

^C Fahy permeameters require a standard of known magnetic properties for calibration of the H coil.

Note—
A₁—Multirange ammeter (main current)
A₂—Multirange ammeter (hysteresis current)
B—Flux density test position for Switch S₃
F—Electronic Integrator
H—Magnetic field strength test position for Switch S₃
N₁—Magnetizing coil
N₂—Flux sensing (B) coil
N₃—Magnetic field strength sensing coil
R₁—Main current control rheostat
R₂—Hysteresis current control rheostat
S₁—Reversing switch for magnetizing current
S₂—Shunting switch for hysteresis current control rheostat
S₃—Integrator selector switch
SP—Specimen
FIG. 1 Basic Circuit Using Permeameter
|coercive force; induction; magnetic field strength; magnetic test; permeability; permeameter; residual induction; Ballistic test; Coercive force; D-c magnetic properties; Direct-current ballistic methods; Direct-current permeability; Hysteresis effects; Induction; Permeameters (direct-current); ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials)||TRUE/A341|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A341A341M|Standard Test Method for Direct Current Magnetic Properties of Materials Using D-C Permeameters and the Ballistic Test Methods|A341|
Permeameters require the use of yokes to complete the magnetic circuit and are therefore inherently less accurate than ring test methods. Refer to Test Method A 596/A 596M for further details on ring test methods. However, when testing certain shapes as bars or when magnetic field strength in excess of 200 Oe [15.9 or more kA/m] are required, permeameters are the only practical means of measuring magnetic properties.

This test method is suitable for specification acceptance, service evaluation, research and development and design.

When the test specimen is fabricated from a larger sample and is in the same condition as the larger sample, it may not exhibit magnetic properties representative of the original sample. In such instances the test results, when viewed in context of past performance history, will be useful for judging the suitability of the material for the intended application.
||A341|Standard Test Method for Direct Current Magnetic Properties of Materials...|10.1520/A0341_A0341M-00R05E01 36586|Active|A342/A342M|2004-10-01|04|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Permeability of Feebly Magnetic Materials|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 These test methods cover three procedures for determination of the permeability [relative permeability] of materials having a permeability not exceeding 4.0.

1.2 The test methods covered are as follows:

1.2.1 Test Method 1 is suitable for materials with permeabilities between 1.0 and 4.0.

1.2.2 Test Method 2 is suitable for measuring the permeability of paramagnetic materials having a permeability less than 1.05.

1.2.3 Test Method 3 is a suitable means of measuring the permeability of a material as "less than" or "greater than" that of calibrated standard inserts designated for use in a Low-Mu Permeability Indicator.

1.3 The values stated in either customary (absolute (or practical) cgs-emu and inch-pound) units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within this test method, the SI units are shown in brackets except for the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|paramagnetic; permeability; permeameter; ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials)||TRUE/A342|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A342A342M|Standard Test Methods for Permeability of Feebly Magnetic Materials|A342|
This test method is suitable for specification acceptance, design purposes, service evaluation, regulatory statutes, manufacturing control, and research and development.

Because of the restrictions on the specimen shape and size, this test method is most often used to evaluate semifinished product before fabrication of parts.
||A342|Standard Test Methods for Permeability of Feebly Magnetic Materials|10.1520/A0342_A0342M-04 62081|Active|A343/A343M|2008-05-01|03(2008)|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Alternating-Current Magnetic Properties of Materials at Power Frequencies Using Wattmeter-Ammeter-Voltmeter Method and 25-cm Epstein Test Frame|16|43.00|43.00|||
1.1 This test method covers tests for the magnetic properties of basic flat-rolled magnetic materials at power frequencies (25 to 400 Hz) using a 25-cm Epstein test frame and the 25-cm double-lap-jointed core. It covers the determination of core loss, rms exciting power, rms and peak exciting current, and several types of ac permeability and related properties of flat-rolled magnetic materials under ac magnetization.

1.2 This test method shall be used in conjunction with Practice A 34/A 34M.

1.3 This test method provides a test for core loss and exciting current at moderate and high magnetic flux densities up to 15 kG [1.5 T] on nonoriented electrical steels and up to 18 kG [1.8 T] on grain-oriented electrical steels.

1.4 The frequency range of this test method is normally that of the commercial power frequencies 50 to 60 Hz. With proper instrumentation, it is also acceptable for measurements at other frequencies from 25 to 400 Hz.

1.5 This test method also provides procedures for calculating ac impedance permeability from measured values of rms exciting current and for ac peak permeability from measured peak values of total exciting currents at magnetic field strengths up to about 150 Oe [12 000 A/m].

1.6 Explanation of symbols and abbreviated definitions appear in the text of this test method. The official symbols and definitions are listed in Terminology A 340.

1.7 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. Within this standard, SI units are shown in brackets except in the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems.

1.8 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|alternating-current; ammeter; core loss; customary units; Epstein; exciting power; magnetic; magnetic flux density; magnetic material; magnetic test; permeability; power frequency; voltmeter; wattmeter; A-C (alternating-current) magnetic properties; Alternating-current permeability; Commercial power frequencies; Core loss--alternating-current; Current measurement--alternating-current; Electrical steel (non-oriented); Electrical steel (oriented); Epstein test frame; Exciting current--alternating-current; Nonoriented electrical steel; Oriented electrical steel; Peak exciting current--alternating-current magnetic properties; Wattmeter-ammeter-voltmeter method--magnetic properties; ICS Number Code 17.220.20 (Measurement of electrical and magnetic quantities)||TRUE/A343|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A343A343M|Standard Test Method for Alternating-Current Magnetic Properties of Materials at Power Frequencies Using Wattmeter-Ammeter-Voltmeter Method and 25-cm Epstein Test Frame|A343|
This test method is a fundamental method for evaluating the magnetic performance of flat-rolled magnetic materials in either as-sheared or stress-relief annealed condition.

This test method is suitable for design, specification acceptance, service evaluation, and research and development.
||A343|Standard Test Method for Alternating-Current Magnetic Properties of...|10.1520/A0343_A0343M-03R08 37232|Active|A345|2004-11-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Flat-Rolled Electrical Steels for Magnetic Applications|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers general procedures for specifying requirements in the procurement and delivery of flat-rolled electrical steels for magnetic applications. When an applicable individual specification does not exist, this specification enables the user to order a suitable material to be supplied under controlled conditions with respect to magnetic quality, sampling, testing, packaging, and so forth, by specifying certain requirements on the purchase order and citing this specification.
1.2 Individual specifications that are in conformity with this specification are Specifications A 677/A 677M, A 683/A 683M, A 726, A 840, and A 876.
Note 1
For more information on procedures associated with this specification, refer to the following: Test Methods A 341/A 341M, A 343/A 343M, A 348/A 348M, A 596/A 596M, A 712, A 719/A 719M, A 720/A 720M, A 721/A 721M, A 773/A 773M, A 804/A 804M, A 889/A 889M, A 937/A 937M, A 971, and Practice A 664.
1.3 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only to the test methods portion, Section 13, of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|electrical steel; fully processed; grain-oriented electrical steel; identification; magnetic lamination steel; nonoriented electrical steel; semiprocessed; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A345|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A06.02|03.04|||MP2|||||A345|Standard Specification for Flat-Rolled Electrical Steels for Magnetic Applications|A345||
This specification concerns general procedures for specifying requirements of flat-rolled electrical steels for magnetic applications. This specification is to be used when the material in question is not covered by an ASTM material specification. The specification does not contain requirements but instead lists physical properties, ordering information and other attributes that should be considered when purchasing the material. All ASTM electrical steel specifications are in conformity to this specification.
|A345|Standard Specification for Flat-Rolled Electrical Steels for Magnetic...|10.1520/A0345-04 44135|Active|A348/A348M|2005-11-01|05|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Alternating Current Magnetic Properties of Materials Using the Wattmeter-Ammeter-Voltmeter Method, 100 to 10 000 Hz and 25-cm Epstein Frame|10|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This test method covers the determination of the magnetic properties of flat-rolled magnetic materials using Epstein test specimens with double-lap joints in the 25-cm Epstein frame. It covers determination of core loss, rms and peak exciting current, exciting power, magnetic field strength, and permeability. This test method is commonly used to test grain-oriented and nonoriented electrical steels but may also be used to test nickel-iron, cobalt-iron, and other flat-rolled magnetic materials.
1.2 This test method shall be used in conjunction with Practice A 34/A 34M and Test Method A 343/A 343M.
1.3 Tests under this test method may be conducted with either normal ac magnetization or with ac magnetization and superimposed dc bias (incremental magnetization).
1.4 In general, this test method has the following limitations:
1.4.1 FrequencyThe range of this test method normally covers frequencies from 100 to 10 000 Hz. With proper equipment, the test method may be extended above 10 000 Hz. When tests are limited to the use of power sources having frequencies below 100 Hz, they shall use the procedures of Test Method A 343/A 343M.
1.4.2 Magnetic Flux Density(may also be referred to as Flux Density)-The range of magnetic flux density for this test method is governed by the test specimen properties and by the available instruments and other equipment components. Normally, for many materials, the magnetic flux density range is from 1 to 15 kG [0.1 to 1.5 T].
1.4.3 Core Loss and Exciting PowerThese measurements are normally limited to test conditions that do not cause a test specimen temperature rise in excess of 50C or exceed 100 W/lb [220 W/kg].
1.4.4 ExcitationEither rms or peak values of exciting current may be measured at any test point that does not exceed the equipment limitations provided that the impedance of the ammeter shunt is low and its insertion into the test circuit does not cause appreciably increased voltage waveform distortion at the test magnetic flux density.
1.4.5 Incremental PropertiesMeasurement of incremental properties shall be limited to combinations of ac and dc excitations that do not cause secondary voltage waveform distortion, as determined by the form factor method, to exceed a shift of 10 % away from sine wave conditions.
1.5 The values and equations stated in customary (cgs-emu and inch-pound) or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within this standard, SI units are shown in brackets except for the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this standard.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|alternating-current; ammeter; core loss; customary units; Epstein; exciting power; flux voltage; form factor; incremental magnetization; induction; magnetic; magnetic material; magnetic test; permeability; voltmeter; wattmeter; ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials)||TRUE/A348|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A348A348M|Standard Test Method for Alternating Current Magnetic Properties of Materials Using the Wattmeter-Ammeter-Voltmeter Method, 100 to 10 000 Hz and 25-cm Epstein Frame|A348|
This test method evaluates the performance of flat-rolled magnetic materials over a wide frequency range of ac excitation with and without incremental dc bias, as used on transformers, motors, and other laminated core devices.

This test method is suitable for design, specification acceptance, service evaluation, and research.

The application of test results obtained with this test method to the design or evaluation of a particular magnetic device must recognize the influence of the magnetic circuitry upon its performance. Some specific items to consider are size, shape, holes, welding, staking, bolting, bracketing, shorting between laminations, ac waveform, adjacent magnetic fields, and stress.
||A348|Standard Test Method for Alternating Current Magnetic Properties of...|10.1520/A0348_A0348M-05 58363|Active|A350/A350M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of carbon and low-alloy steel forged or ring-rolled flanges, forged fittings and valves intended primarily for low-temperature service and requiring notch toughness testing. They are made to specified dimensions, or to dimensional standards, such as the ASME and API Specifications referenced in Section . Although this specification covers some piping components machined from rolled bar and seamless tubular materials (see ), it does not cover raw material produced in these product forms.
1.2 No limitation on size is intended beyond the ability of the manufacturer to obtain the specified requirements. However, Class 3 of Grade LF787 is only available in the quenched-and-precipitation heat treated condition.
1.3 Supplementary requirements are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the order.
1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. Note 1Refer to Test Methods and Definitions A 370 for notes on significance of notched-bar impact testing.
|carbon equivalent; pipe fittings, steel; piping applications; pressure containing parts; steel flanges; steel forgings, alloy; steel forgings, carbon; steel valves; temperature service applications, low; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A350|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A350A350M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components|A350||
This specification covers several grades of carbon and low alloy steel forged or ring-rolled flanges, forged fittings and valves for low-temperature service. The steel specimens shall be melt processed using open-hearth, basic oxygen, electric furnace or vacuum-induction melting. A sufficient discard shall be made to secure freedom from injurious piping and undue segregation. The materials shall be forged and shall undergo heat treatment such as normalizing, tempering, quenching and precipitation heat treatment. Heat analysis and product analysis shall be performed wherein the steel materials shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, copper, columbium, vanadium, and nitrogen. The materials shall also undergo tension tests and shall conform to the required values of tensile strength, yield strength and elongation. Impact tests shall also be performed and the steel materials shall conform to the required values of minimum impact energy, temperature, and minimum equivalent absorbed energy. Hardness and hydrostatic tests shall also be performed.
|A350|Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring...|10.1520/A0350_A0350M-07 45811|Active|A351/A351M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers austenitic steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts (Note 0). Note 0Carbon steel castings for pressure-containing parts are covered by Specification A 216/A 216M, low-alloy steel castings by Specification A 217/A 217M, and duplex stainless steel castings by Specification A 995/A 995M.
1.2 A number of grades of austenitic steel castings are included in this specification. Since these grades possess varying degrees of suitability for service at high temperatures or in corrosive environments, it is the responsibility of the purchaser to determine which grade shall be furnished. Selection will depend on design and service conditions, mechanical properties, and high-temperature or corrosion-resistant characteristics, or both.
1.2.1 Because of thermal instability, Grades CE20N, CF3A, CF3MA, and CF8A are not recommended for service at temperatures above 800F [425C].
1.2.2 Because of embrittlement phases, Grade CD4MCu is not recommended for service at temperatures above 600F [316C].
1.3 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided for use at the option of the purchaser. The Supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the purchase order or contract.
1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units; however, unless the purchase order or contract specifies the applicable M specification designation (SI units), the inch-pound units shall apply. The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard.
|austenitic stainless steel; pressure containing parts; stainless steel; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A351|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A351A351M|Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts|A351||
This specification covers austenitic steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts. The steel shall be made by the electric furnace process with or without separate refining such as argon-oxygen decarburization. All castings shall receive heat treatment followed by quench in water or rapid cool by other means as noted. The steel shall conform to both chemical composition and tensile property requirements.
|A351|Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing...|10.1520/A0351_A0351M-06 45812|Active|A352/A352M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for Low-Temperature Service|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for low-temperature service.
1.2 Several grades of ferritic steels and one grade of martensitic steel are covered. Selection of analysis will depend on design and service conditions (Note). The temperature shown is the lowest temperature at which the material ordinarily is required to meet the impact requirements of this specification (see Supplementary Requirement S22, Impact Test Temperatures). Users should note that hardenability of some of the grades mentioned may restrict the maximum size at which the required mechanical properties are obtainable (see ).This specification covers the low-temperature requirements particularly pertinent for ferritic and martensitic steels. Certain of the grades of austenitic steel castings furnished in accordance with Specification A 351/A 351M have been found suitable for low-temperature service down to 300F [184C] and others down to 425F [254C]. These grades may be used when impact tested in accordance with Specification A 352/A 352M with energy levels and temperatures of test mutually agreed upon between the purchaser and the manufacturer. As a guide to the selection of energy levels and testing temperatures, should be consulted.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. Inch-pound units are applicable for material ordered to Specification A 352 and SI units for material ordered to Specification A 352M.
|alloy steel; carbon steel; ferritic steel; low temperature applications; martensitic stainless steel; pressure containing parts; stainless steel; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A352|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A352A352M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for Low-Temperature Service|A352||
This specification covers steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for low-temperature service. Several grades of ferritic steels and one grade of martensitic steel are covered. All castings shall receive a heat treatment proper to their design and chemical composition. It should be recognized that liquid quenching of the ferritic grades is normally required to meet the mechanical properties of heavier sections. The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition specified. Tensile test and impact test shall be made to conform to the requirements specified.
|A352|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for...|10.1520/A0352_A0352M-06 36714|Active|A353/A353M|2004-10-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 Percent Nickel, Double-Normalized and Tempered|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers 9 % nickel steel plates, double-normalized and tempered, intended particularly for welded pressure vessels for cryogenic service.
1.2 Plates produced under this specification are subject to impact testing at 320°F [195°C] or at such other temperatures as are agreed upon.
1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the material to meet the specific mechanical property requirements; however, current mill practice normally limits this material to 2 in. [50 mm] max.
1.4 This material is susceptible to magnetization. Use of magnets in handling after heat treatment should be avoided if residual magnetism would be detrimental to subsequent fabrication or service.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|alloy steel; alloy steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessel applications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A353|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A353A353M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 Percent Nickel, Double-Normalized and Tempered|A353||
This guide covers standard specification for nickel steel plates, double-normalized and tempered, intended particularly for welded pressure vessels for cryogenic service. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to the fine austenitic grain size requirement. All plates shall undergo heat and product analysis and shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and nickel. Tensile properties of the steel plate shall meet the specified values for tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. The material shall undergo mechanical tests such as tension test and impact test.
|A353|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 Percent...|10.1520/A0353_A0353M-04 58074|Active|A354|2007-12-01|07a|Specification|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts, studs, and other externally threaded fasteners 4 in. and under in diameter for application at normal atmospheric temperatures, where high strength is required and for limited application at elevated temperature (Note 1). Any alloy steel capable of meeting the minimum mechanical and chemical properties set forth in this specification may be used.
Note 1—For bolts, studs, or other externally threaded fasteners, to be used at elevated temperatures, refer to Specification A 193/A 193M.

1.2 Two levels of bolting strength are covered, designated Grades BC and BD. Selection will depend upon design and the stresses and service for which the product is to be used.
Note 2—Quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts for structural steel joints up through 1½ in. in diameter are covered in Specification A 490. Alloy steel bolts, studs, and other externally threaded fasteners (that is, heavy hex-structural bolts over 1½ in., hex bolts, anchor bolts, and countersunk bolts) exhibiting similar mechanical properties to bolts conforming to Specification A 490 shall be covered by Grade BD of this specification.
When bolts of Grade BD of this specification are considered for pretentioned applications in excess of 50 % of the bolt tensile strength, the additional requirements of head size, maximum tensile strength, nut size and strength, washer hardness, tests, and inspections contained in Specification A 490 should be carefully considered.

1.3 Nuts are covered in Specification A 563. Unless otherwise specified, the grade and style of nut for each grade of fastener shall be as follows:

Grade of Fastener and Surface Finish
Nut Grade and
Style^A

BC, plain (or with a coating of insufficient thick-
ness to require over-tapped nuts)
C, heavy hex

BC, zinc-coated (or with a coating thickness re-
quiring over-tapped nuts)
DH, heavy hex

BD, all finishes
DH, heavy hex
^A Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses (Specification A 563, Table 3) greater than the specified grade and style of nut are suitable.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.

1.5 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789 unless otherwise defined herein.
|alloy steel; bolts; steel; studs; Alloy steel bolting materials specifications; Bolting materials; Fasteners (metal) specifications; Steel bolting materials specifications; Steel fasteners specifications; Studs (materials/applications) specifications ; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A354|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A354|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners|A354||
This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts, studs, and other externally threaded fasteners. All fasteners shall be made from alloy steel conforming to the chemical composition requirements. Two levels of bolting strength are covered, designated Grades BC and BD. Selection will depend upon design and the stresses and service for which the product is to be used. Hardness, tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and area reduction shall be tested to meet the requirements prescribed.
|A354|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts,...|10.1520/A0354-07A 45751|Active|A355|2006-03-01|89(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloys, for Nitriding|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers alloy steel bars, suitable for surface hardening by nitriding, designated as Classes A, B, C, and D. Class A and Class D bars are general-purpose bars; Class B bars are free-machining bars; Class C bars contain 3.50 % nickel and are characterized by higher core strength. All classes are normally furnished in the hot-rolled, quenched, and tempered condition. However, centerless-ground or turned bars, in any of the classes, may be specified by the purchaser. Also, as-rolled, annealed, or unannealed bars suitable for forging may be purchased to this specification. When as-rolled, annealed, or unannealed bars are furnished, Sections 6, 10, and 11 are not applicable.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|alloy test bars; nitriding steel; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A355|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A355|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloys, for Nitriding|A355||
This specification covers standard specification for alloy steel bars, suitable for surface hardening by nitriding, designated as Classes A, B, C, and D. Class A and Class D bars are general-purpose bars; Class B bars are free-machining bars; Class C bars contain nickel and are characterized by higher core strength. All classes shall be furnished in the hot-rolled, quenched, and tempered condition. The steel shall be made by the electric-furnace process only. The microstructure resulting from heat treatment shall not show free ferrite in amounts exceeding the prescribed values. The maximum depth of total and partial decarburization of hot-rolled bars and heat-treated bars shall not exceed the amounts prescribed. Heat or cast analysis shall be performed on four classes of steel, wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, aluminum, molybdenum, selenium, and nickel. After quenching and tempering, the steel shall conform to one of the specified hardness ranges.
|A355|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloys, for Nitriding|10.1520/A0355-89R06 53796|Active|A356/A356M|2007-05-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Low Alloy, and Stainless Steel, Heavy-Walled for Steam Turbines|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers one grade of martensitic stainless steel and several grades of ferritic steel castings for cylinders (shells), valve chests, throttle valves, and other heavy-walled castings for steam turbine applications.
1.2 Optional supplementary requirements (S1 through S5) shall apply as selected by and specified by the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|carbon steel; low-alloy steel; stainless steel; steam turbines; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A356|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A356A356M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Low Alloy, and Stainless Steel, Heavy-Walled for Steam Turbines|A356||
This specification covers one grade of martensitic stainless steel and several grades of ferritic steel castings for cylindrical (shells), valve chests, throttle valves, and other heavy-walled castings for steam turbine applications. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth or electric-furnace process. Deoxidation of the carbon and low-alloy steel grades shall be by manganese and silicon. The castings shall be heat treated in either the normalized, tempered, or stress-relieved conditions. Mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation shall be determined by subjecting the specimens to a tension test.
|A356|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Low Alloy, and...|10.1520/A0356_A0356M-07 66313|Active|A358/A358M|2008-12-15|08a|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service and General Applications|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers electric-fusion-welded austenitic chromium-nickel stainless steel pipe suitable for corrosive or high-temperature service, or both, or for general applications.
Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as “nominal diameter,” “size,” and “nominal size.”

1.2 This specification covers the grades of alloy and stainless steel listed in Table 1. The selection of the proper grade and requirements for heat treatment shall be at the discretion of the purchaser, dependent on the service conditions to be encountered.

1.3 Five classes of pipe are covered as follows:

1.3.1 Class 1—Pipe shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes and shall be completely radiographed.

1.3.2 Class 2—Pipe shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes. No radiography is required.

1.3.3 Class 3—Pipe shall be single welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes and shall be completely radiographed.

1.3.4 Class 4—Same as Class 3 except that the weld pass exposed to the inside pipe surface may be made without the addition of filler metal (see 6.2.2.1 and 6.2.2.2).

1.3.5 Class 5—Pipe shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes and shall be spot radiographed.

1.4 Supplementary requirements covering provisions ranging from additional testing to formalized procedures for manufacturing practice are provided. Supplementary Requirements S1 through S6 are included as options to be specified when desired.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.

TABLE 1 Plate and Filler Metal Specifications

Grade
UNS
Desig-
nation
Material,
Type
ASTM Plate Specification No.
and Grade
Filler Metal Classification and UNS Designation^A for Applicable^B AWS Specification

A5.4
A5.9
A5.11
A5.14
A5.22
A5.30

Class. UNS Class. UNS Class. UNS Class. UNS Class. UNS Class. UNS

201 S20100 201 A 240
Type 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

201LN S20153 201LN A 240
Type 201LN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

304 S30400 304 A 240
Type 304 E308 W30810 ER308 S30880
W30840 . . . . . . . . . . . . E308T W30831 IN308 S30880

304L S30403 304L A 240
Type 304 E308L W30813 ER308L S30883
W30843 . . . . . . . . . . . . E308LT W30835 IN308L S30883

304N S30451 304N A 240
Type 304N E308 W30810 ER308 S30880
W30840 . . . . . . . . . . . . E308T W30831 IN308 S30880

304LN S30453 304LN A 240
Type 304LN E308L W30813 ER308L S30883
W30843 . . . . . . . . . . . . W308LT W30835 IN308L S30883

304H S30409 304H A 240
Type 304H E308H W30810 ER308 S30880
W30840 . . . . . . . . . . . . E308T W30831 IN308 S30880

309Cb S30940 309Cb A 240
Type 309Cb E309Cb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

309S S30908 309S A 240
Type 309S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

310Cb S31040 310Cb A 240
Type 310Cb E310Cb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .

310S S31008 310S A 240
Type 310S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

316 S31600 316 A 240
Type 316 E316 W31610 ER316 S31680
W31640 . . . . . . . . . . . . E316T W31631 IN316 S31680

316L S31603 316L A 240
Type 316L E316L W31613 ER316L S31683
W31643 . . . . . . . . . . . . E316LT W31635 IN316L S31683

316N S31651 316N A 240
Type 316N E316 W31610 ER316 S31680
W31640 . . . . . . . . . . . . E316T W31631 IN316 S31680

316LN S31653 316LN A 240
Type 316LN E316L W31613 ER316L S31683
W31643 . . . . . . . . . . . . E316LT W31635 IN316L S31683

316H S31609 316H A 240
Type 316H E316H W31610 ER316H S31680
W31640 . . . . . . . . . . . . E316T W31631 IN316 S31680

317 S31700 317 A 240
Type 317 E317 W31710 ER 317 S31780
W31740 . . . . . . . . . . . . E317LT W31735 . . . . . .

317L S31703 317L A 240
Type 317L E317L W34713 ER317L S31783
W31743 . . . . . . . . . . . . E317LT W31735 . . . . . .

. . . S31727 . . . A 240
S31727 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S32053 . . . A 240
S32053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

321 S32100 321 A 240
Type 321 E347 W34710 ER321

ER347

S32180
W32140
S34780
W34740 . . . . . . . . . . . . E347T W34733 IN348 S34780

321H^C S32109^C 321H^C A 240
Type 321H^C E321H W34710 ER321

ER347 S32180
W32140
S34780
W34740 E347T W34731 IN348 S34780

347 S34700 347 A 240
Type 347 E347 W34710 ER347 S34780
W34740 . . . . . . . . . . . . E347T W34733 IN348 S34780

347H^C S34709^C 347H^C A 240
Type 347H^C E347H E347H W34710 ER347 S34780
W34740 E347T W34731 IN348 S34780

348 S34800 348 A 240
Type 348 E347 W34710 ER347 S34780
W34740 . . . . . . . . . . . . E347T W34733 IN348 S34780

XM-19 S22100 XM-19 A 240
Type XM-19 E209 W32210 ER209 S20980
W32240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

XM-29 S28300 XM-29 A 240
Type XM-29 E240 W32410 ER240 S23980
W32440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S31254 . . . A 240
S31254 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo-3 W86112 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S30815 . . . A 240
S30815 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S31725 . . . A 240
S31725 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo-3 W86112 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S31726 . . . A 240
S31726 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo-3 W86112 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S30600^D . . . A 240
S30600^D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S34565 . . . A 240
S34565 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S30415 . . . A 240
S30415 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S32654 . . . A 240
S32654 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S31266 . . . A 240
S31266 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo–13 W86059 ERNiCrMo–13 N06059 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S31266 . . . A 240
S31266 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo–10 W86022 ERNiCrMo–10 N06022 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S32050 . . . A 240
S32050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08367 . . . A 240
N08367 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo-3 W86112 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08904 . . . A 240
N08904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08926 . . . A 240
N08926 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo–3 W86112 ERNiCrMo–3 N06625 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08800 . . . A 240
N08800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08810 . . . A 240
N08810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08020 . . . A 240
N08020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S20400 . . . A 240
S20400 E 209 W32210 ER209

S20980
W32240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
^A New designation established in accordance with Practice E 527and SAE J1086.

^B Choice of American Welding Society specification depends on the welding process used.

^C Minimum carbon content of the filler metal shall be 0.040 mass %.

^D In previous editions, S30600 was incorrectly shown as S01815.
|arc welded steel pipe; austenitic stainless steel; chromium-nickel steel; fusion welded steel pipe; high temperature application; steel pipe; temperature service applications; high; welded steel pipe; Arc-welded steel pipe/tube; Austenitic stainless steel pipe--specifications; Chromium-nickel-alloy steel--specifications; Electric-fusion-welded steel pipe; UNS N08020 (Ni-Fe-Cr alloy, Carpenter 20Cb3); UNS N08800 (Fe-Ni-Cr alloy, Incoloy 800); UNS N08810 (Fe-Ni-Cr alloy, Incoloy 800H); Welded steel pipe--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A358|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A358A358M|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service and General Applications|A358||
This specification covers electric-fusion-welded austenitic chromium-nickel stainless steel pipe suitable for corrosive or high-temperature service, or both, or for general applications. The pipes shall be sorted into five different classes. Class 1 pipes shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes and shall be completely radiographed. Pipes of Class 2 shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes with no radiography. Both Class 3 and Class 4 pipes shall be single welded except that the weld pass of the latter exposed to the inside pipe surface may be without the addition of filler metal. Pipes of Class 5 shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal and shall be spot radiographed. Weld defects shall be repaired by removal to sound metal and rewelding. Subsequent heat treatment shall be as required on the original welds. The finished pipes shall be subjected to transverse tension test, transverse guided-bend weld test, and hydrostatic test.
|A358|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic...|10.1520/A0358_A0358M-08A 70912|Active|A363|2009-05-01|03(2009)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Overhead Ground Wire Strand|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-strength, extra-high-strength, and utilities grades of concentric lay steel wire strand composed of three wires or seven wires with Class A, Class B, or Class C zinc coatings specifically intended for use as overhead ground wires or static wires for electric power transmission lines.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|coated overhead strand; steel wire strand; zinc-coated overhead strand; Electrical power systems--specifications; Ground wire strand; Overhead strand--specifications; Steel wire strand--specifications; Transmission lines (electric); Zinc-coated steel wire--specifications; ICS Number Code 29.060.10 (Wires)||TRUE/A363|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A363|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Overhead Ground Wire Strand|A363||
This specification covers high strength, extra-high-strength, and utilities grades of concentric lay steel wire strand composed of three wires or seven wires in class A, class B, or class C zinc coatings specifically intended for use as overhead ground wires or static wires for electric transmission lines. The strand shall have a left lay with a uniform pitch of not more than 16 times the nominal diameter of the strand. The strand is preformed when the component wires are set to the helical form which they assume in the product by any means of process other than by merely laying them about the strand core. The approximate weight per unit length of strand and the minimum breaking strength of the finished strand are presented. The elongation shall be measured as the percentage increase in separation between the jaws of the testing machine from the position after application of the initial load, to the position of at initial failure in the test specimen.
|A363|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Overhead Ground...|10.1520/A0363-03R09E01 41060|Active|A367|2005-06-01|60(2005)|Test Method|Standard Test Methods of Chill Testing of Cast Iron|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 These test methods of chill testing apply to gray irons that are to be free of chill in the casting and to chilled irons that are to have a specific depth of chill in the casting. Two test methods of determining the chilling tendencies of cast iron are covered as follows. For many applications either test method will be satisfactory if test pieces of the proper dimensions are selected.
1.1.1 Test Method A, Wedge Test—This test is generally better adapted to the higher strength gray irons. The accelerated cooling rate to induce the formation of a chill is brought about through the design of the test specimen. This test method is simpler than Test Method B since maintenance of chill blocks or plates is not necessary.
1.1.2 Test Method B, Chill Test—This test is better adapted to the softer grades of gray iron and should be used if the casting is to have a specified depth of chill. The chill in this type of test is induced by casting one edge of the test specimen against a metal or graphite chilled plate or block.
1.2 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A367|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.21|01.02|||MP4|||||A367|Standard Test Methods of Chill Testing of Cast Iron|A367||
This test method deals with gray irons that are to be free of chill in the casting and to chilled irons that are to have a specific depth of chill in the casting. The purpose of the test is to determine the chilling tendencies of cast iron. The two tests are wedge test and chill test. Both tests shall be made in a core which may either be single cores or gang cores and a pouring practice shall be performed. The wedge test is generally better adapted to the higher strength gray irons. The accelerated cooling rate that shall induce the formation of a chill shall be brought about through the design of the test specimen. The chill test is better adapted to the softer grades of gray iron and should be used if the casting have a specified depth of chill. The chill in this type of test shall be induced by casting one edge of the test specimen against a metal or graphite chilled plate or block. Wedge test is simpler than chill test since in the wedge test, maintenance of chill blocks or plates is not necessary.
|A367|Standard Test Methods of Chill Testing of Cast Iron|10.1520/A0367-60R05 68716|Active|A368|2009-05-01|95a(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire Strand|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers stainless steel wire strand composed of a multiplicity of round wires and suitable for use as guy wires, overhead ground wires, and similar purposes.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|stainless steel; wire strand; Stainless steel wire--specifications; Steel wire strand--specifications; ICS Number Code 29.060.10 (Wires)||TRUE/A368|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A368|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire Strand|A368||
This specification covers the standard for stainless steel wire strand composed of a multiplicity of round wires and suitable for use as guy wires, overhead ground wires, and similar purposes. Stranding shall be sufficiently close to ensure no appreciable reduction in diameter when stressed to the specified strength. Several types of steel are covered like Type 302, 304, 305, 316, 316Cb, or 316Ti and shall conform to the required chemical composition values in carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, and nitrogen. The tensile strength, based upon the nominal strand diameter and the number of wires in each strand, shall conform to the minimum values in breaking strength. The individual wires of the completed strand shall not fracture when wrapped in a close helix of at least two turns upon itself as a mandrel.
|A368|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire Strand|10.1520/A0368-95AR09 49274|Active|A369/A369M|2006-09-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Ferritic Alloy Steel Forged and Bored Pipe for High-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers heavy-wall carbon and alloy steel pipe (Note 0) made from turned and bored forgings and is intended for high-temperature service. Pipe ordered under this specification shall be suitable for bending and other forming operations and for fusion welding. Selection will depend on design, service conditions, mechanical properties and high-temperature characteristics. Note 0The use of the word "pipe" throughout the several sections of this specification is used in the broad sense and intended to mean pipe headers, or leads.
Note 2
The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
1.2 Several grades of ferritic steels are covered. Their compositions are given in .
1.3 Supplementary requirements (S1 to S6) of an optional nature are provided. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made, and when desired shall be so stated in the order, together with the number of such tests required.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A369|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A369A369M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Ferritic Alloy Steel Forged and Bored Pipe for High-Temperature Service|A369||
This guide specifies standard specification for heavy-wall carbon and alloy steel pipe made from turned and bored forgings and is intended for high-temperature service. Heat and product analysis shall be conducted on several grades of ferritic steels, wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, and molybdenum. The steel pipe shall conform to the required tensile properties like tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. Required mechanical tests for the steel pipe include transverse or longitudinal tension test, flattening test, and bend test.
|A369|Standard Specification for Carbon and Ferritic Alloy Steel Forged and...|10.1520/A0369_A0369M-06 70549|Active|A370|2009-06-01|09ae1|Test Method|Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products|47|58.00|58.00|69.60||
1.1 These test methods cover procedures and definitions for the mechanical testing of steels, stainless steels, and related alloys. The various mechanical tests herein described are used to determine properties required in the product specifications. Variations in testing methods are to be avoided, and standard methods of testing are to be followed to obtain reproducible and comparable results. In those cases in which the testing requirements for certain products are unique or at variance with these general procedures, the product specification testing requirements shall control.

1.2 The following mechanical tests are described:

Sections

Tension 5 to 13

Bend 14

Hardness 15

Brinell 16

Rockwell 17

Portable 18

Impact 19 to 28

Keywords 29

1.3 Annexes covering details peculiar to certain products are appended to these test methods as follows:

Annex

Bar Products A1.1

Tubular Products Annex A2

Fasteners Annex A3

Round Wire Products Annex A4

Significance of Notched-Bar Impact Testing Annex A5

Converting Percentage Elongation of Round Specimens to
Equivalents for Flat Specimens Annex A6

Testing Multi-Wire Strand Annex A7

Rounding of Test Data Annex A8

Methods for Testing Steel Reinforcing Bars Annex A9

Procedure for Use and Control of Heat-Cycle Simulation Annex A10

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.

1.5 When this document is referenced in a metric product specification, the yield and tensile values may be determined in inch-pound (ksi) units then converted into SI (MPa) units. The elongation determined in inch-pound gauge lengths of 2 or 8 in. may be reported in SI unit gauge lengths of 50 or 200 mm, respectively, as applicable. Conversely, when this document is referenced in an inch-pound product specification, the yield and tensile values may be determined in SI units then converted into inch-pound units. The elongation determined in SI unit gauge lengths of 50 or 200 mm may be reported in inch-pound gauge lengths of 2 or 8 in., respectively, as applicable.

1.6 Attention is directed to ISO/IEC 17025 when there may be a need for information on criteria for evaluation of testing laboratories.

1.7 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|bend test; Brinell hardness; Charpy impact test; elongation; FATT (Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature); hardness test; portable hardness; reduction of area; Rockwell hardness; tensile strength; tension test; yield strength
; Steel valves; Steel wire; Temperature tests--metals/alloys; Tensile properties/testing--steel; Tin mill products; Yield strength and yield point; Steel tube; Bend testing--metallic materials; Brinell hardness; Charpy impact test; Elongation--metallic materials; Forgings; Fracture appearance transition temperature (FATT); Generator materials; Hardness (indentation)--metallic materials; Impact resistance; Impact testing--Charpy; Mechanical analysis/testing; Pressure vessel steel; Railroad steel materials; Rockwell hardness; Seven-wire strand (tendon); Shipbuilding steel materials--specifications; Steel; Steel bars; Steel bolting materials; Steel chain; Steel pipe; Steel sheet; Steel sheet/strip; Steel sheet/strip/plate; ICS Number Code 77.040.10 (Mechanical testing of metals); 77.140.01 (Iron and steel products in general)||TRUE/A370|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,Z|||||A01.13|01.03|||MP7|||||A370|Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products|A370|
Ductile vs. Brittle Behavior—Body-centered-cubic or ferritic alloys exhibit a significant transition in behavior when impact tested over a range of temperatures. At temperatures above transition, impact specimens fracture by a ductile (usually microvoid coalescence) mechanism, absorbing relatively large amounts of energy. At lower temperatures, they fracture in a brittle (usually cleavage) manner absorbing appreciably less energy. Within the transition range, the fracture will generally be a mixture of areas of ductile fracture and brittle fracture.

The temperature range of the transition from one type of behavior to the other varies according to the material being tested. This transition behavior may be defined in various ways for specification purposes.

The specification may require a minimum test result for absorbed energy, fracture appearance, lateral expansion, or a combination thereof, at a specified test temperature.

The specification may require the determination of the transition temperature at which either the absorbed energy or fracture appearance attains a specified level when testing is performed over a range of temperatures. Alternatively the specification may require the determination of the fracture appearance transition temperature (FATTn) as the temperature at which the required minimum percentage of shear fracture (n) is obtained.

Further information on the significance of impact testing appears in Annex A5.
||A370|Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel...|10.1520/A0370-09AE01 60745|Active|A372/A372M|2008-03-01|03(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Thin-Walled Pressure Vessels|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers relatively thin-walled forgings (including gas bottles) for pressure vessel use. Three types of carbon steel and six types of alloy steel are included. Provision is made for integrally forging the ends of vessel bodies made from seamless pipe or tubing.

Note 1—When working to the chemical and tensile requirements of this specification, the influence of wall thickness and cooling rate will necessarily eliminate certain forging sizes in each class.

Note 2—Designations have been changed as follows:

Current Formerly

Grade A Type I

Grade B Type II

Grade C Type III

Grade D Type IV

Grade E Class 55 Type V Grade 1 Class 55

Grade E Class 65 Type V Grade 1 Class 65

Grade E Class 70 Type V Grade 1 Class 70

Grade F Class 55 Type V Grade 2 Class 55

Grade F Class 65 Type V Grade 2 Class 65

Grade F Class 70 Type V Grade 2 Class 70

Grade G Class 55 Type V Grade 3 Class 55

Grade G Class 65 Type V Grade 3 Class 65

Grade G Class 70 Type V Grade 3 Class 70

Grade H Class 55 Type V Grade 4 Class 55

Grade H Class 65 Type V Grade 4 Class 65

Grade H Class 70 Type V Grade 4 Class 70

Grade J Class 55 Type V Grade 5 Class 55

Grade J Class 65 Type V Grade 5 Class 65

Grade J Class 70 Type V Grade 5 Class 70

Grade K Type VI

Grade L Type VII

Grade J Class 110 Type VIII

Grade M Class 85 Type IX Class A

Grade M Class 100 Type IX Class B

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.3 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
|alloy steel forgings; carbon steel forgings; gas bottles; pressure vessels; thin wall; Alloy steel forgings--specifications; Carbon steel forgings--specifications; Pressure vessel steel forgings--specifications; Thin-walled pressure vessels; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A372|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A372A372M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Thin-Walled Pressure Vessels|A372||
This specification deals with carbon and alloy steel forgings (including gas bottles) for use in thin-walled pressure vessels. Covered here are the following grades of steel forgings: Grade A; Grade B; Grade C; Grade D; Grade E, Classes 55, 65, and 70; Grade F, Classes 55, 65, and 70; Grade G, Classes 55, 65, and 70; Grade H, Classes 55, 65, and 70; Grade J, Classes 55, 65, and 70; Grade K; Grade L; Grade J, Class 110; and Grade M, Classes 85 and 100. Materials shall be manufactured by melting procedures, and optionally heat treated by normalization, normalization and tempering, or liquid-quenching and tempering. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein steel specimens shall conform to required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, and vanadium. Steel materials shall also undergo bending, flattening and hardness tests and shall conform to required values of tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and hardness. Forgings shall be subjected to magnetic particle examination as well.
|A372|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for...|10.1520/A0372_A0372M-03R08 46293|Active|A376/A376M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Austenitic Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Central-Station Service|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers seamless austenitic steel pipe intended for high-temperature central-station service. Among the grades covered are five H grades and two nitrogen grades (304N and 316N) that are specifically intended for high-temperature service.

1.2 Optional supplementary requirements (S1 through S10) are provided. These supplementary requirements specify additional tests that will be made only when stated in the order, together with the number of such tests required.

1.3 Grades TP321 and TP321H have lower strength requirements for nominal wall thicknesses greater than 3/8 in. [9.5 mm].

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.

Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."|austenitic stainless steel; feedwater heater tubes; stainless steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A376|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A376A376M|Standard Specification for Seamless Austenitic Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Central-Station Service|A376||
This specification covers seamless austenitic steel pipe intended for high-temperature central-station service. The grades covered are five H grades and two nitrogen grades. Pipe may be either hot finished or cold finished, with a suitable finishing treatment. All pipes shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition unless the order specifically states that no final heat treatment shall be applied. Tensile tests, hydrostatic test, nondestructive electric tests, ultrasonic tests, eddy-current tests, tension tests, and flattening tests shall be made to conform to the requirements specified.
|A376|Standard Specification for Seamless Austenitic Steel Pipe for...|10.1520/A0376_A0376M-06 65009|Active|A377|2008-10-01|03(2008)e1|Specification|Standard Index of Specifications for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This index identifies specifications that cover ductile-iron pressure pipe suitable for carrying water and other liquids under pressure.

Note 1—The text of this standard references notes and footnotes which provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes (excluding those in tables and figures) shall not be considered as requirements of the standard.
|Ductile iron pipe--specifications; Indexing; Iron--specifications; Iron pipe/fittings--specifications; Pressure vessel iron; Ductile iron pipe--specifications; Indexing; Iron--specifications; Iron pipe/fittings--specifications; Pressure vessel iron; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A377|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,I|||||A04.12|01.02|||MP4|||||A377|Standard Index of Specifications for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe|A377|||A377|Standard Index of Specifications for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe|10.1520/A0377-03R08E01 47061|Active|A380|2006-05-01|06|Practice|Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling, and Passivation of Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems|13|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This practice covers recommendations and precautions for cleaning, descaling, and passivating of new stainless steel parts, assemblies, equipment, and installed systems. These recommendations are presented as procedures for guidance when it is recognized that for a particular service it is desired to remove surface contaminants that may impair the normal corrosion resistance, or result in the later contamination of the particular stainless steel grade, or cause product contamination. For certain exceptional applications, additional requirements which are not covered by this practice may be specified upon agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser. Although they apply primarily to materials in the composition ranges of the austenitic, ferritic, and martensitic stainless steels, the practices described may also be useful for cleaning other metals if due consideration is given to corrosion and possible metallurgical effects.
1.1.1 The term passivation is commonly applied to several distinctly different operations or processes relating to stainless steels. In order to avoid ambiguity in the setting of requirements, it may be necessary for the purchaser to define precisely the intended meaning of passivation. Some of the various meanings associated with the term passivation that are in common usage include the following:
Passivation is the process by which a stainless steel will spontaneously form a chemically inactive surface when exposed to air or other oxygen-containing environments. It was at one time considered that an oxidizing treatment was necessary to establish this passive film, but it is now accepted that this film will form spontaneously in an oxygen-containing environment providing that the surface has been thoroughly cleaned or descaled.
Passivation is removal of exogenous iron or iron compounds from the surface of a stainless steel by means of a chemical dissolution, most typically by a treatment with an acid solution that will remove the surface contamination but will not significantly affect the stainlees steel itself. This process is described in a general way in and defined precisely in with further reference to the requirements of and Part II of the table on acid cleaning of steel. Unless otherwise specified, it is this definition of passivation that is taken as the meaning of a specified requirement for passivation.
Passivation is the chemical treatment of a stainless steel with a mild oxidant, such as a nitric acid solution, for the purpose of enhancing the spontaneous formation of the protective passive film. Such chemical treatment is generally not necessary for the formation of the passive film.
Passivation does not indicate the separate process of descaling as described in Section , although descaling may be necessary before passivation can be effective.
1.2 This practice does not cover decontamination or cleaning of equipment or systems that have been in service, nor does it cover descaling and cleaning of materials at the mill. On the other hand, some of the practices may be applicable for these purposes. While the practice provides recommendations and information concerning the use of acids and other cleaning and descaling agents, it cannot encompass detailed cleaning procedures for specific types of equipment or installations. It therefore in no way precludes the necessity for careful planning and judgment in the selection and implementation of such procedures.
1.3 These practices may be applied when free iron, oxide scale, rust, grease, oil, carbonaceous or other residual chemical films, soil, particles, metal chips, dirt, or other nonvolatile deposits might adversely affect the metallurgical or sanitary condition or stability of a surface, the mechanical operation of a part, component, or system, or contaminate a process fluid. The degree of cleanness required on a surface depends on the application. In some cases, no more than degreasing or removal of gross contamination is necessary. Others, such as food-handling, pharmaceutical, aerospace, and certain nuclear applications, may require extremely high levels of cleanness, including removal of all detectable residual chemical films and contaminants that are invisible to ordinary inspection methods. The term "iron," when hereinafter referred to as a surface contaminant, shall denote free iron.
1.4 Attainment of surfaces that are free of iron, metallic deposits, and other contamination depends on a combination of proper design, fabrication methods, cleaning and descaling, and protection to prevent recontamination of cleaned surfaces. Meaningful tests to establish the degree of cleanness of a surface are few, and those are often difficult to administer and to evaluate objectively. Visual inspection is suitable for the detection of gross contamination, scale, rust, and particulates, but may not reveal the presence of thin films of oil or residual chemical films. In addition, visual inspection of internal surfaces is often impossible because of the configuration of the item. Methods are described for the detection of free iron and transparent chemical and oily deposits.
1.5 This practice provides definitions and describes good pratices for cleaning, descaling, and passivation of stainless steel parts, but does not provide tests with acceptance criteria to demonstrate that the passivation procedures have been successful. For such tests, it is appropriate to specify one of the practices listed in Specification A 967.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. (For more specific safety precautions see , , Section , , and .)
|austenitic stainless steels; cleaning; corrosion; corrosive service applications; descaling; ferritic stainless steels; martensitic stainless steels; pickling; stainless steels; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality)||TRUE/A380|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.14|01.03|||MP7|||||A380|Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling, and Passivation of Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems|A380||
This practice covers the standard recommendations and precautions for cleaning, descaling, and passivating of new stainless steel parts, assemblies, equipment, and installed systems. Consideration shall be given in the design of parts, equipment, and systems that will require cleaning to minimize the presence of areas in which dirt, or cleaning solutions might become trapped, and to provide for effective circulation and removal of cleaning solutions. Materials shall be precleaned. Scales shall be removed through chemical descaling, acid pickling, and mechanical descaling. Degreasing and general cleaning shall be accomplished by immersion in, swabbing with, or spraying with alkaline, emulsion, chelate, acid, solvent, or detergent cleaners or a combination of these; by vapor degreasing; by ultrasonics using various cleaners; by steam, with or without a cleaner; or by high-pressure water-jetting. Recommended cleaning practices shall be followed for welds and weld-joint areas, specially critical applications, installed systems and post-erections. The following shall be used as the basis for cleanness acceptability: Visual inspection; wipe tests; residual pattern; water-break test; free iron test such as water-wetting or drying; high-humidity test; and copper sulfate test. Precision inspection shall be performed by solvent-ring test, black light inspection, atomizer test, and ferroxyl test. Precaution shall always be practiced to minimize iron contamination, in reuse of cleaning and pickling solution, in water rinsing, in circulation of cleaning solutions and rinse water, in protection of cleaned surfaces, for safety, and disposal of used solutions and water.
|A380|Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling, and Passivation of Stainless...|10.1520/A0380-06 43347|Active|A381|2005-10-01|96(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use With High-Pressure Transmission Systems|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers straight seam, double-submerged-arc-welded steel pipe (Note 1) suitable for high-pressure service, 16 in. (406 mm) and larger in outside diameter, with wall thicknesses from 5/16 to 1 1/2 in. (7.9 to 38 mm). The pipe is intended for fabrication of fittings and accessories for compressor or pump-station piping. Pipe ordered to this specification shall be suitable for bending, flanging (vastoning), corrugating, and similar operations.

Note 1-A comprehensive listing of standardized pipe dimensions is contained in ANSI B36.10.

Note 2-The term "double welded" is commonly used in the gas and oil transmission industry, for which this pipe is primarily intended, to indicate welding with at least two weld passes, of which one is on the outside of the pipe and one on the inside. For some sizes of the pipe covered by this specification, it becomes expedient to use manual welding, in which case the provisions of Note 3 shall be followed.
1.2 Nine classes of pipe, based on minimum yield point requirements, are covered as indicated in Table 1.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The metric equivalents of inch-pound units may be approximate.

1.4 The following hazard caveat applies to the test methods portion, Sections 9 and 10, only. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|arc welded steel pipe; steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A381|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A381|Standard Specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use With High-Pressure Transmission Systems|A381||
This specification covers metal-arc-welded steel pipe for use with high pressure transmission systems. The pipe is intended for fabrication of fittings and accessories for compressor or pump-station piping. The required chemical compositions for carbon steel, and the tensile properties of finished pipes are presented. Mechanical testing requirements namely transverse body tension test and transverse weld tension test shall be performed on each length of pipe from each lot of 100 lengths, and transverse guided-bend weld test cut from a length of pipe from each lot of 50 length, also hydrostatic test from each length of pipes shall be performed. A radiographic examination shall also be performed to ensure that the welding equipment is consistently producing the required quality.
|A381|Standard Specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use With...|10.1520/A0381-96R05 54246|Active|A384/A384M|2007-05-01|07|Practice|Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot-Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 Steel assemblies and subassemblies fabricated by welding, such as composite structural members, sash, weldments, etc., that are to be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, are subject to warpage and distortion of the material due to the heating and cooling integral to the galvanizing operation, particularly when it is necessary for the assembly to be dipped more than once to coat the entire surface.
1.2 This specification is applicable in either inch pounds or SI units. Inch pounds and SI units are not necessarily exact equivalents. Within the text of this specification and where appropriate, SI units are shown in parentheses.
|coatings-zinc; galvanized coatings; steel products-metallic coated; zinc coatings-steel products; ICS Number Code 25.220.20 (Surface treatment)||TRUE/A384|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.13|01.06|||MP7|||||A384A384M|Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot-Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies|A384||
This specification deals with safeguarding against warpage and distortion during hot-dip galvanizing of steel assemblies. Common distorted and warped members of assemblies are sheets or plates assembled by welding or riveting. The following can cause warpage and distortion: use of nonsymmetrical sections such as channels; use of checkered plate; not properly vented overlapping joint for two pieces of steel; and too large assembly for a particular galvanizing kettle. Suggested corrections for panel fabrication are detailed.
|A384|Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During...|10.1520/A0384_A0384M-07 69304|Active|A385/A385M|2009-05-01|09|Practice|Standard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot-Dip)|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This practice covers the precautions that should be taken to obtain high-quality hot-dip galvanized coatings.

1.2 Where experience on a specific product indicates a relaxing of any provision, the mutually acceptable change shall be a matter for agreement between the manufacturer and purchaser.

1.3 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 385) or in SI units (as A 385M). Inch-pound units and SI units are not necessarily exact equivalents. Within the text of this specification and where appropriate, SI units are shown in brackets. Each system shall be used independently of the other without combining values in any way.
|coatings-zinc; galvanized coatings; steel products-metallic coated; zinc coatings-steel products; Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings; Iron products (general)--zinc-coated (hot-dip galvanized); Quality assurance (QA)--metals; Steel forgings; Steel hardware--zinc coatings; Steel plate (zinc-coated (galvanized)); Steel strip--zinc coatings; Structural steel (SS); Wax coatings; Zinc-coated steel castings; Zinc-coated steel products; ICS Number Code 25.220.40 (Metallic coatings)||TRUE/A385|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A05.13|01.06|||MP7|||||A385A385M|Standard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot-Dip)|A385||
This practice covers the precautions that should be taken to obtain high-quality galvanized coatings. Assemblies should consist of elements of similar chemistry and surface condition. Whenever different analyses of steel or different surfaces of steel are united in an assembly the galvanized finish is not generally uniform in appearance. These differences include excessively rusted surfaces, pitted surfaces, machined surfaces, cast iron especially with sand inclusion, cast steel, malleable iron, hot-rolled steel, and cold-rolled steel. All oil or grease should be removed from both the sheet steel and wire or rod before rolling. Welding flux residues shall be removed by standard galvanizing cleaning techniques and are best removed at the gun. All fabricated assemblies shall be so designed with vent and drain holes such that no air is trapped during immersion of the assemblies into cleaning solutions or molten zinc. Moving parts such as handles or hinges should be galvanized separately and assembled after galvanizing. All markings shall remain legible after galvanizing. When an assembly of steel parts or an individual steel part has been designed and fabricated with critical dimensions and must be subsequently hot-dip galvanized, the designer should be aware that the hot-dip galvanizing process chemical cleaning to prepare the surfaces for coating and this may alter the critical dimensions.
|A385|Standard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot-Dip)|10.1520/A0385_A0385M-09 49792|Active|A387/A387M|2006-10-01|06a|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Chromium-Molybdenum|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers chromium-molybdenum alloy steel plates intended primarily for welded boilers and pressure vessels designed for elevated temperature service.
1.2 Plates are available under this specification in several grades having different alloy contents as follows:/p>
1.3 Each grade except Grades 21L, 22L, and 91 is available in two classes of tensile strength levels as defined in the Tensile Requirements tables. Grades 21L and 22L are available only as Class 1. Grade 91 is available only as Class 2.
Grade 911, previously covered by this specification, is now covered by Specification A 1017/A 1017M.
1.4 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents. Therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|alloy steel; alloy steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessels; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A387|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A387A387M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Chromium-Molybdenum|A387||
This specification covers chromium-molybdenum alloy steel plates for welded boilers and pressure vessels designed for elevated temperature service. Materials considered under this specification are available in grades 2, 12, 11, 22, 22L, 21, 21L, 5, 9 and 91. The steel materials shall be killed and shall be thermally treated. The steel specimens shall undergo heat analysis and product analysis and shall conform to the chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, molybdenum, nickel, vanadium, columbium, boron, nitrogen, aluminum, titanium, and zirconium. The steel specimens shall also undergo tension tests and shall conform to the required values of tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation.
|A387|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,...|10.1520/A0387_A0387M-06A 68594|Active|A388/A388M|2009-05-01|09|Practice|Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Steel Forgings|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This practice covers the examination procedures for the contact, pulse-echo ultrasonic examination of steel forgings by the straight and angle-beam techniques. The straight beam techniques include utilization of the DGS (Distance Gain-Size) method. See Appendix X3.

1.2 This practice is to be used whenever the inquiry, contract, order, or specification states that forgings are to be subject to ultrasonic examination in accordance with Practice A 388/A 388M.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.4 This specification and the applicable material specifications are expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation [SI units], the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.5 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. |angle beam examination; back-reflection; DGS; reference-block; straight beam examination; ultrasonic; Forgings; Heavy steel materials/applications; Steel forgings; Ultrasonic testing--steel; ICS Number Code 77.040.20 (Non-destructive testing of metals); 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A388|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A388A388M|Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Steel Forgings|A388|
This practice shall be used when ultrasonic inspection is required by the order or specification for inspection purposes where the acceptance of the forging is based on limitations of the number, amplitude, or location of discontinuities, or a combination thereof, which give rise to ultrasonic indications.

The ultrasonic quality level shall be clearly stated as order requirements.
|
This practice covers the examination procedures for the contact, pulse-echo ultrasonic examination of heavy steel forgings by the straight and angle-beam techniques. An ultrasonic, pulsed, reflection type of instrument shall be used and shall provide linear presentation for at least 75% of the screen height. The 5% linearity referred to is descriptive of the screen presentation of amplitude. The electronic apparatus shall contain an attenuator, search units, transducers, couplants, reference blocks, and DGS scales. The forging shall be machined to provide cylindrical surfaces for radial examination in the case of round forgings. The ends of the forgings shall be machined perpendicular to the axis of the forging for the axial examination. Faces of disk and rectangular forgings shall be machined flat and parallel to one another. The procedures to be performed are as follows: ultrasonic examination of the forgings; straight-beam examination with establishment of the instrument sensitivity and calibration either by the reflection, reference-block technique, or DGS method; and angle-beam examination used for rings and hollow forgings.
|A388|Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Steel Forgings|10.1520/A0388_A0388M-09 64709|Active|A389/A389M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Alloy, Specially Heat-Treated, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers alloy steel castings, which have been subjected to special heat treatment, for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts (Note 1) intended primarily for high-temperature service.

1.2 The high-temperature properties of the materials covered in this specification are dependent upon special heat treatment that is required. Although the high-temperature properties are not specified, they are implied by control of chemistry, heat treatment, and room-temperature properties.

1.3 Two grades of ferritic alloy steel are covered (Note 2). Selection will depend on the design and service conditions, mechanical properties, and high-temperature characteristics.
Note 1—Carbon steel castings for pressure-containing parts are covered by Specification A 216/A 216M. Alloy steel castings are covered by Specification A 217/A 217M.

Note 2—The grades covered by this specification represent materials that are generally suitable for assembly with other castings or wrought steel parts by fusion welding. It is not intended to imply that these grades possess equal degrees of weldability; therefore, it is the responsibility of the purchaser to establish for himself a suitable welding technique. Since these grades possess varying degrees of suitability for resistance to oxidation and for high-temperature service, it is also the responsibility of the purchaser to determine which grade shall be furnished, due consideration being given to the requirements of the applicable construction codes.

1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|steel castings; alloy steel; pressure containing parts; high temperature applications; Alloy steel castings--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel castings; Pressure vessel steel castings--specifications; Steel castings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A389|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A389A389M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Alloy, Specially Heat-Treated, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service|A389||
This guide specifies standard specification for alloy steel castings, which have been subjected to special heat treatment, for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for high-temperature service. All castings shall receive a heat treatment proper to their design and chemical composition. Heat treatment shall be performed before machining except in instances when reheat treating is necessary. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, molybdenum, and vanadium. Steel used for the castings shall conform to the required tensile properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. When methods involving high temperature are used in the removal of discontinuities, casting shall be preheated to at least the minimum temperatures.
|A389|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Alloy, Specially Heat-Treated,...|10.1520/A0389_A0389M-08 48086|Active|A390|2006-06-15|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Poultry Fence Fabric (Hexagonal and Straight Line)|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers zinc-coated fence fabric intended for enclosure of poultry, or to prevent entry into special areas. It is available in three styles as:
1.1.1 Poultry Netting consisting of a mesh of woven wire with openings hexagonal in shape,
1.1.2 Poultry-and-Garden Fence Fabric consisting of a series of horizontal (line) wires with vertical (stay) wires wrapped around the line wires, forming rectangular openings, and
1.1.3 Chick Fence Fabric similar to poultry-and-garden fabric except that the wires at the bottom of the fabric are placed at a closer spacing.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in brackets are for information only.
|fence fabric; fencing material; steel wire; steel wire products ; woven wire; zinc coated; zinc-coatings; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A390|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A390|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Poultry Fence Fabric (Hexagonal and Straight Line)|A390||
This specification covers zinc-coated fence fabric intended for enclosure of poultry, or to prevent entry into special areas. It is available in three styles as: poultry netting; poultry-and-garden fence fabric; and chick fence fabric. The zinc used for the coating shall be any grade of zinc conforming to the specified requirements. Wire tests shall be made to conform to the specified requirements.
|A390|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Poultry Fence...|10.1520/A0390-06 58536|Active|A391/A391M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Grade 80 Alloy Steel Chain|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers Grade 80 heat-treated alloy steel chain for such applications as slings, lifting assemblies, and load binding.
Note 1—This specification does not cover alloy steel chain for pocket wheel applications.

1.2 The Grade designation is ¹/₁₀ of the minimum breaking strength in newtons divided by two times the nominal cross-sectional area of the chain in square millimetres.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or in other units shall be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.
|alloy steel chain; chain; Grade 80; steel chain; Alloy steel chain--specifications; Chain; Grade 80 alloy steel; Steel chain--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A391|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A01.27|01.05|||MP7|||||A391A391M|Standard Specification for Grade 80 Alloy Steel Chain|A391||
This specification deals with Grade 80 heat-treated alloy steel chain for applications such as slings, lifting assemblies, and load binding. The alloy steel chain shall be made to a fully-killed fine austenitic grain process. Alloy steel chain may be made by the electric welding or gas welding process. The material shall be heat treated which includes quenching and tempering. Material's composition shall conform to the chemical requirements for carbon, phosphorous, sulfur, nickel, chromium, and molybdenum. The material shall conform to the mechanical property requirements for breaking force and elongation and to the dimensional requirements for the appropriate size chain. All chain shall be tested to at least the proof load.
|A391|Standard Specification for Grade 80 Alloy Steel Chain|10.1520/A0391_A0391M-07 55052|Active|A392|2007-07-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers zinc-coated steel chain-link fence fabric, zinc coated either before or after weaving.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|chain link fence; steel; coatings; zinc (galvanized); fence/fencing materials; chain link; zinc coated (galvanized) iron and steel articles; zinc coated (galvanized) steel chain link fence fabric; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A392|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||F14.40|01.06|||MP7|||||A392|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric|A392||
This specification covers zinc-coated (galvanized) steel chain-link fence fabric, zinc coated either before or after weaving. The wire shall be woven throughout in the form of approximately uniform square mesh, having parallel sides and horizontal and vertical diagonals of approximately uniform dimensions. The top and bottom of the fabric shall be knuckled or twisted. A typical diamond count for each standard height is given. Chain-link fabric shall conform to the requirements specified for (1) mesh size, (2) wire size, (3) fabric height, (4) selvage, (5) zinc coating weight (Class 1or Class 2), and (6) breaking strength. The standard length of rolls and sampling requirements for testing are specified as well.
|A392|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric|10.1520/A0392-07 65812|Active|A394|2008-12-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Transmission Tower Bolts, Zinc-Coated and Bare|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of hexagon and square-head zinc-coated steel bolts and atmospheric corrosion-resistant bolts, in nominal thread diameters of ¹/₂ ⁵/₈, ¾, ⁷/₈ and 1 in. for use in the construction of transmission towers, substations, and similar steel structures. The various types of bolts covered in this specification are:

1.1.1 Type 0—Hot-dip zinc-coated bolts made of low or medium carbon steel.

1.1.2 Type 1—Hot-dip zinc-coated bolts made of medium carbon steel, quenched and tempered.

1.1.3 Type 2—Withdrawn in 2005.

1.1.4 Type 3—Bare (uncoated), quenched and tempered bolts made of weathering steel.

1.2 Annex A1 of this specification covers hot-dip zinc-coated steel ladder bolts, step bolts, and support-equipment bolts.

1.3 Nuts and washers that are supplied under this specification that are hot-dip zinc coated shall be in accordance with 4.4.

1.4 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789.

1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

1.6 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only to the test methods portion, Section 11, of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|bolts; carbon steel; steel; transmission tower; weathering steel
; Bolting materials; Hexagon-head bolts; Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings--specifications; Square-head bolts; Steel bolting materials--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bolting materials--specifications; Substations; Transmission systems; Weathering steels; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs); 29.240.20 (Power transmission and distribution lines)||TRUE/A394|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A394|Standard Specification for Steel Transmission Tower Bolts, Zinc-Coated and Bare|A394||
This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of hexagon and square-head zinc-coated steel bolts and atmospheric corrosion-resistant bolts for use in the construction of transmission towers, substations, and similar steel structures. The following types of bolts are: Type 0 includes hot-dip zinc-coated bolts made of low or medium carbon steel, Type 1 includes hot-dip zinc-coated bolts made of medium carbon steel, quenched and tempered, Type 2, and Type 3 includes bare, quenched, and tempered bolts made of weathering steel. Steel for the manufacture of bolts shall be made by any of the following processes: open-hearth, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen. Type 1 bolts produced from medium carbon steel shall be quenched in a liquid medium from above the austenizing temperature. Type 1 bolts produced from medium carbon steel to which chromium, nickel, molybdenum, or boron were intentionally added shall be quenched only in oil from above the austenitizing temperature. Type 3 bolts shall be quenched only in oil from above the austenitizing temperature. Cold-headed Type 0 bolts shall be stress relief annealed before zinc coating to remove cold work effects such that the hardness measured anywhere on the surface or through the cross-section shall meet the requirement specified. Different tests shall be conducted in order to determine the following mechanical properties of bolts: hardness, tensile strength, and shear strength.
|A394|Standard Specification for Steel Transmission Tower Bolts, Zinc-Coated and...|10.1520/A0394-08 70913|Active|A395/A395M|2009-05-01|99(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures|8|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers ductile iron castings for pressure-retaining parts for use at elevated temperatures. Castings of all grades are suitable for use up to 450°F. For temperatures above 450°F and up to 650°F, only Grade 60–40–18 castings are suitable (Note 1).

1.2 Valves, flanges, pipe fittings, pumps, and other piping components are generally manufactured in advance and supplied from stock by the manufacturer, jobber, or dealer.

1.3 For supplemental casting requirements, Specification A 834 may be utilized.

1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

Note 1—For service other than as specified in this section, reference should be made to Specification A 536 for Ductile Iron Castings.
|casting; ductile iron; mechanical properties; pressure-retaining; pressure test; tensile strength; tension testing; yield strength; Ductile iron castings--specifications; Elevated temperature service applications--steel; Pressure pipelines/piping systems--specifications; Pressure-retaining parts; Pressure vessel iron; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A395|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A395A395M|Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures|A395||
This specification covers standard requirements for ductile iron castings for pressure-retaining parts for use at elevated temperatures. Castings are classified by grades based on mechanical property requirements. These iron castings shall meet the specified values of tensile strength, yield strength, elongation and hardness. Chemical analysis shall be performed wherein the casting shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, silicon, and phosphorous. The material shall meet the required tensile properties, hardness, and microstructure. The iron casting shall undergo pressure test after machining. The thickness of any repaired section in relation to the size of the plug used shall be indicated. The minimum radius of repaired sections of cylinders or cones in relation to the size of plug used shall not exceed the prescribed limit. Other defective areas may also be repaired by plugging provided the minimum ligament between plugs in adjacent areas shall not be less than twice the distance from the nearest plug. Three Y-blocks shall be utilized as test coupons. The material shall undergo the following test methods: tension test, chemical analysis, yield strength test, and hardness test.
|A395|Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining...|10.1520/A0395_A0395M-99R09 46267|Active|A400|2006-03-01|69(2006)|Practice|Standard Practice for Steel Bars, Selection Guide, Composition, and Mechanical Properties|9|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This practice covers the selection of steel bars according to section and to the mechanical properties desired in the part to be produced. This is not a specification for the procurement of steel. Applicable procurement specifications are listed in Section .
1.2 Several steel compositions intended for various sections and mechanical property requirements are presented in . The criteria for placing a steel composition in one of the three general class designations, Classes P, Q, and R (described in Section ) are as follows:
1.2.1 Classes P and Q should be capable of developing the mechanical properties shown in by liquid quenching from a suitable austenitizing temperature, and tempering at 800F (427C) or higher. A hardness indicated by tests made at a location shown in , A, B, or C, is taken as evidence that a composition is capable of meeting other equivalent mechanical properties shown in the tables. Normal good shop practices are assumed, with control of austenitizing and tempering temperatures, and mild agitation of the part in the quenching bath.
1.2.2 Class Rshould be capable of developing the mechanical properties shown in as hot rolled, by cold drawing, or by cold drawing with additional thermal treatment. The locations for obtaining tension tests are described in .
1.3 It is not implied that the compositions listed in the tables are the only ones satisfactory for a certain class and mechanical property requirement. Steels with lower alloy contents are often satisfactory through the use of special processing techniques.
1.4 The values stated in inch-pund units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A400|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A400|Standard Practice for Steel Bars, Selection Guide, Composition, and Mechanical Properties|A400|
If the desired mechanical properties are as described in 4.1.1 for material identified as Classes P-1 through P-7, or in 4.1.2 for material identified as Classes Q-1 through Q-7, the strength level desired can be based on hardness or the equivalent tensile or yield strength as shown in Tables 1-4. If the desired mechanical properties are as set forth in 4.1.3 for material identified as Classes R-1 through R-6, the strength level is based on yield strength as shown in Tables 5 and 6.

The user, after determining the mechanical property requirements of the critical section (that carrying the greatest stress) of the part, should select the composition or compositions from Tables 1-6 that fulfills these requirements and is most suitable for processing.
||A400|Standard Practice for Steel Bars, Selection Guide, Composition, and...|10.1520/A0400-69R06 29934|Active|A401/A401M|2003-09-10|03|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Chromium-Silicon Alloy|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers round chromium-silicon alloy steel spring wire having properties and quality intended for the manufacture of springs resistant to set when used at moderately elevated temperatures. This product is not meant to be used for high cycle fatique applications (see Specification A 877/A 877M). This wire shall be provided either in the annealed and cold-drawn or oil-tempered condition as specified by the purchaser.
1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the inch-pound units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other.
|annealed chromium-silicon alloy; oil; springs; tempered; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A401|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A401A401M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Chromium-Silicon Alloy|A401||
This specification covers round chromium-silicon alloy steel spring wire having properties and quality intended for the manufacture of springs resistant to set when used at moderately elevated temperatures. This product is not meant to be used for high cycle fatigue applications. Either ingot or strand cast steel may be made by any commercially accepted steel making process. The steel shall conform on heat and product analysis to the chemical composition requirements prescribed for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and chromium. Annealed and cold drawn or oil-tempered wires shall conform to the specified mechanical properties including tensile strength. Requirements for tension and wrap tests as well as metallurgical requirements for etched surface testing and decarburization are detailed.
|A401|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Chromium-Silicon Alloy|10.1520/A0401_A0401M-03 58364|Active|A403/A403M|2007-11-01|07a|Specification|Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers wrought stainless steel fittings for pressure piping applications.
1.2 Several grades of austenitic stainless steel alloys are included in this specification Grades are designated with a prefix, WP or CR, based on the applicable ASME or MSS dimensional and rating standards, respectively.
1.3 For each of the WP stainless grades, several classes of fittings are covered, to indicate whether seamless or welded construction was utilized. Class designations are also utilized to indicate the nondestructive test method and extent of nondestructive examination (NDE). is a general summary of the fitting classes applicable to all WP grades of stainless steel covered by this specification. There are no classes for the CR grades. Specific requirements are covered elsewhere.
1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
1.6 This specification does not apply to cast steel fittings. Austenitic stainless steel castings are covered in Specifications A 351/A 351M, A 743/A 743M, and A 744/A 744M.
|austenitic stainless steel; corrosive service applications; pipe fittings; steel; piping applications; pressure containing parts; stainless steel fittings; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A403|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A403A403M|Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings|A403||
This specification covers the standard for wrought austenitic stainless steel fittings for pressure piping applications. The material for fittings shall consist of forgings, bars, plates, or seamless or welded tubular products. Forging or shaping operations shall be performed by hammering, pressing, piercing, extruding, upsetting, rolling, bending, fusion welding, machining, or by a combination of two or more of these operations. All fittings shall undergo heat-treatment. Chemical and product analyses shall be performed and shall conform to the required chemical composition in carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, molybdenum, and titanium. Tension test shall be done on the fitting material to determine the tensile properties such as yield strength and tensile strength. Fittings supplied under this specification shall be examined visually for surface discontinuities, surface checks, and mechanical marks.
|A403|Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping...|10.1520/A0403_A0403M-07A 54105|Active|A407|2007-05-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Cold-Drawn, for Coiled-Type Springs|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers round, cold-drawn, steel spring wire having properties and quality intended for the manufacture of the following types of upholstery springs:
1.1.1 Type A - Coiled (Marshall pack),
1.1.2 Type B - Coiled and knotted,
1.1.3 Type C - Coiled and knotted (offset style),
1.1.4 Type D - Coiled and hooked (single and cross helicals),
1.1.5 Type E - Coiled and hooked (short tension-regular tensile strength),
1.1.6 Type F - Coiled and hooked (short tension-high tensile strength),
1.1.7 Type G - Regular lacing,
1.1.8 Type H - Automatic lacing,
1.1.9 Type I - Zig-zag (U-formed),
1.1.10 Type J - Square-formed, and
1.1.11 Type K - Sinuous for furniture spring units.
1.2 These types of upholstery springs are used in the manufacture of automotive seat springs, furniture springs, bed spring units, mattresses, furniture cushions, and automobile seats. This wire is not intended for the manufacture of mechanical springs.
|coiled-type; cold-drawn; sinuous; springs; square-formed; upholstery; wire ; zig-zag||TRUE/A407|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A407|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Cold-Drawn, for Coiled-Type Springs|A407|||A407|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Cold-Drawn, for Coiled-Type Springs|10.1520/A0407-07 66314|Active|A409/A409M|2008-12-15|08a|Specification|Standard Specification for Welded Large Diameter Austenitic Steel Pipe for Corrosive or High-Temperature Service|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers straight seam or spiral seam electric-fusion-welded, light-wall, austenitic chromium-nickel alloy steel pipe for corrosive or high-temperature service. The sizes covered are NPS 14 to 30 with extra light (Schedule 5S) and light (Schedule 10S) wall thicknesses. Table shows the wall thickness of Schedule 5S and 10S pipe. Pipe having other dimensions may be furnished provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification.

1.2 Several grades of alloy steel are covered as indicated in Table 1.

1.3 Optional supplementary requirements are provided. These call for additional tests to be made, and when desired shall be stated in the order, together with the number of such tests required.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.
Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as nominal diameter, size, and nominal size.

TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements

UNS Designa-
tions^A
Composition, %

Car-
bon,
max
Man-
ganese,
max
Phos-
phorus,
max
Sulfur,
max
Sili-
con
Nickel
Chromium
Molyb-
denum
Tita-
nium
Colum-
bium
Cerium
Other Elements

TP201 S20100 0.15 5.5–7.5 0.060 0.030 1.00 16.0–18.0 3.5–5.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . N 0.25

TP201LN S20153 0.03 6.4–7.5 0.045 0.015 0.75 16.0–17.5 4.0–5.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . N 0.10–0.25,
Cu 1.00

TP304 S30400 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 max 8.0–11.0 18.0–20.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TP304L S30403 0.035 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 max 8.0–12.0 18.0–20.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TP309Cb S30940 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 max 12.0–16.0 22.0–24.0 . . . . . . . . . Cb 10 × C min, 1.10 max

TP309S S30908 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 max 12.0–15.0 22.0–24.0 . . . . . . . . .

TP310Cb S31040 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 max 19.0–22.0 24.0–26.0 . . . . . . . . . Cb 10 × C min, 1.10 max

TP310S S31008 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 max 19.0–22.0 24.0–26.0 . . . . . . . . .

TP316 S31600 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 max 10.0–14.0 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 . . . . . . . . .

TP316L
S31603
0.035
2.00
0.045
0.030
1.00 max
10.0–14.0
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
. . . . . . . . .
. . .

TP317
S31700
0.08
2.00
0.045
0.030
1.00 max
11.0–15.0
18.0–20.0
3.0–4.0
. . . . . . . . . ...

. . . S31727 0.030 1.00 0.030 0.030 1.00 max 14.5–16.5 17.5–19.0 3.8–4.5 . . . . . . . . . N 0.15–0.21
Cu 2.8–4.0

. . . S32053 0.030 1.00 0.030 0.010 1.00 max 24.0–26.0 22.0–24.0 5.0–6.0 . . . . . . . . . N 0.17–0.22

TP321 S32100 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 max 9.00–12.0 17.0–20.0 . . . ^B . . . . . . . . .

TP347 S34700 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 max 9.00–12.0 17.0–19.0 . . . . . . ^C . . . . . .

TP348 S34800 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 max 9.00–12.0 17.0–19.0 . . . . . . ^D . . . . . .

. . . S31254
0.020
1.00
0.030
0.010
0.80 max
17.5–18.5
19.5–19.5
6.0–6.5
. . . . . . . . . Cu 0.50–1.00
N 0.18–0.22

. . .
S30815
0.05–0.10
0.80
0.040
0.030
1.40–2.00
10.0–12.0
20.0–22.0
. . . . . . . . . 0.03–0.08
N 0.14–0.20

. . . S31725
0.030
2.00
0.045
0.030
1.00 max
13.5–17.5
18.0–20.0
4.0–5.0
. . . . . . . . . N 0.020 max

. . . S31726
0.030
2.00
0.045
0.030
1.00 max
14.5–17.5
17.0–20.0
4.0–5.0
. . . . . . . . . N 0.10–0.20

. . .
S34565
0.030
5.0–7.0
0.030
0.010
1.00 max
16.0–18.0
23.0–25.0
4.0–5.0
. . . 0.10 max
. . . N 0.40–0.60

. . . N08367 0.030 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 max 23.5–25.5 20.0–22.0 6.0–7.0 . . . . . . . . . Cu 0.75 max
Ni 0.18–0.25

. . . S20400 0.030 7.0–9.0 0.45 0.030 1.00 max 1.50–3.00 15.0–17.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . N 0.15–0.30
^A New designation established in accordance with ASTM E 527 and SAE J1086.

^B The titanium content shall be not less than 5 times the carbon content and not more than 0.70 %.

^C The columbium plus tantalum content shall be not less than 10 times the carbon content and not more than 1.10 %.

^D The columbium plus tantalum content shall be not less than 10 times the carbon content and not more than 1.10 %. The tantalum content shall be 0.10 % maximum, CO 0.20 % maximum.
|Austenitic stainless steel pipe--specifications; Chromium-nickel-alloy steel--specifications; Corrosive service applications--pipe (steel); Electric-fusion-welded steel pipe; High-temperature service applications--steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A409|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A409A409M|Standard Specification for Welded Large Diameter Austenitic Steel Pipe for Corrosive or High-Temperature Service|A409||
This guide covers standard specification for straight seam or spinal seam electric-fusion-welded, light-wall, austenitic chromium-nickel alloy steel pipe for corrosive or high-temperature service. The sizes covered shall include NPS 14 to 30 with extra light (Schedule 5S) and light (Schedule 10S) wall thickness. Several grades of alloy steel shall be covered and shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, titanium, columbium, cerium, and other elements. The chemical composition of the welding filler metal shall also conform to the requirements of the applicable AWS specification for the corresponding grade. Tensile properties of the plate or sheet used in making the pipe shall conform to the prescribed values of tensile strength and yield strength. Mechanical tests such as tension test and transverse guided-bend weld test shall be conducted. Pressure or nondestructive electric test shall also be performed.
|A409|Standard Specification for Welded Large Diameter Austenitic Steel Pipe...|10.1520/A0409_A0409M-08A 61432|Active|A411|2008-05-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Low-Carbon Steel Armor Wire|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers zinc-coated low-carbon steel wire for use in armoring for protection against damage of submarine and underground cables used for communication, control, or power purposes.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|armor wire; zinc coated steel armor wire; Armos wire--specifications; Carbon steel wire--specifications; Communications--specifications; Damage control; Power generating facilities--specifications; Zinc-coated steel wire--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A411|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A411|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Low-Carbon Steel Armor Wire|A411||
This specification covers zinc-coated low-carbon steel wire for use in armoring for protection against damage of submarine and underground cables used for communication, control, or power purposes. The base metal shall be open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace steel, ingot or continuous cast. The wire shall be furnished in coils of one continuous length. Welds made prior to final wire drawing shall be permitted. Mechanical properties such as tensile strength and elongation shall be measured. Also, weight and adherence of the coating shall be determined.
|A411|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Low-Carbon Steel Armor...|10.1520/A0411-08 58537|Active|A413/A413M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Chain|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel chain for such applications as railroad cars, construction, industrial uses, load binding, and general purposes other than overhead lifting.
Note 1—This specification does not cover carbon steel chain for sprocket applications.

1.2 Three classes of carbon steel chain are covered:

1.2.1 Grade 30—Proof coil chain.

1.2.2 Grade 43—High test chain.

1.2.3 Grade 70—Transport chain.

1.3 The Grade designation is ¹/₁₀ of the minimum breaking strength in newtons divided by two times the nominal cross-sectional area of the chain in square millimetres.

1.4 The values stated in either acceptable metric units or in other units shall be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.
|chain; steel chain; Building materials/applications--specifications; Carbon steel chain--specifications; Carbon steel railroad materials--specifications; Chain; Railroad steel materials; Steel chain--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A413|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|B,D,M|||||A01.27|01.05|||MP7|||||A413A413M|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Chain|A413||
This specification covers carbon steel chain for such applications as railroad cars, construction, industrial uses, load binding, and general purposes other than overhead fitting. The three classes of carbon steel chains covered here include Grade 30 (proof coil chain), Grade 43 (high test chain), and Grade 70 (transport chain). The dimensional requirements of the chain with respect to the appropriate grade and size are presented. The mechanical testing requirements for the steel includes, proof testing, breaking force testing, and elongation testing. One test for breaking strength and elongation shall be made from each lot. The elongation and breaking force tests may be performed at the same time on the same test specimen.
|A413|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Chain|10.1520/A0413_A0413M-07 53913|Active|A414/A414M|2007-05-15|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, for Pressure Vessels|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot-rolled carbon steel sheet for pressure vessels involving fusion welding or brazing. Welding and brazing technique is of fundamental importance and shall be in accordance with commercial practices.
1.2 The following grades are included in this specification:
Mechanical Requirements
Grade Yield Strength, min Tensile Strength, min
ksi MPa ksi MPa
A 25 170 45 310
B 30 205 50 345
C 33 230 55 380
D 35 240 60 415
E 38 260 65 450
F 42 290 70 485
G 45 310 75 515
1.3 Hot-rolled carbon steel sheet is generally furnished in cut lengths and to decimal thickness only. Coils may be furnished, provided tension test specimens are taken to represent the middle of the slab as required by 5.1.4. The purchaser should recognize this may require cutting the coils to obtain test samples and results in half-size coils. The sheet is furnished to the following size limits:
Width, in. [mm]
Thickness, in. [mm] Over 12 [Over 300]
0.270 to 0.230 [7.0 to 6.0] sheet (coils only)
Under 0.230 to 0.057 [6.0 to 1.5] sheet
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
1.5 Tolerances are found in General Requirements Specifications A 568/A 568M and A 635/A 635M. The appropriate General Requirements specification is applied based on the thickness and width of the product ordered.
|carbon steel sheet; pressure vessel steels; steel sheet; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A414|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.19|01.03|||MP7|||||A414A414M|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, for Pressure Vessels|A414||
This specification covers hot-rolled carbon steel sheet for pressure vessels involving fusion welding or brazing. Tensile and yield strengths shall be determined after a tension test of the sheets. The material shall be furnished without removing the hot-rolled oxide or scale. When required, the material may be specified to be pickled or blast cleaned. When specified to be pickled or blast cleaned, the material shall be furnished oiled. When required, pickled or blast-cleaned material may be specified to be furnished dry.
|A414|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, for Pressure Vessels|10.1520/A0414_A0414M-07 46759|Active|A416/A416M|2006-04-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire for Prestressed Concrete|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers two types and two grades of seven-wire, uncoated steel strand for use in pretensioned and post-tensioned prestressed concrete construction. The two types of strand are low-relaxation and stress-relieved (normal-relaxation). Low-relaxation strand shall be regarded as the standard type. Stress-relieved (normal-relaxation) strand will not be furnished unless specifically ordered, or by arrangement between purchaser and supplier. Grade 1725 [250] and Grade 1860 [270] have minimum ultimate strengths of 1725 MPa [250 ksi] and 1860 MPa [270 ksi], respectively, based on the nominal area of the strand.
1.2 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the inch-pound units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
1.3 The supplementary requirements in S1 shall be specified for 15.2-mm [0.600-in.] diameter uncoated seven-wire steel strand if needed for applications in prestressed ground anchors.
|prestressed concrete; seven-wire strand (tendon); steel wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete)||TRUE/A416|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A416A416M|Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire for Prestressed Concrete|A416||
This specification deals with the standard types and grade requirements of seven-wire, uncoated steel strands for use in the construction of pre-tensioned and post-tensioned pre-stressed concrete. The two types of strand are low-relaxation and stress-relieved (normal relaxation). The base metal shall be made of carbon steel and shall undergo stranding and continuous thermal and mechanical treatment. Mechanical testing methods shall be performed to determine the breaking strength, yield strength, elongation, and stress relaxation properties wherein the strand shall conform to the required mechanical attributes of the product. Final products shall be furnished on reels or in reelless packs for packaging and marked with two strong tags for identification. The requirements specified herein shall also be applicable for pre-stressed ground anchor construction.
|A416|Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire for...|10.1520/A0416_A0416M-06 68595|Active|A418/A418M|2009-05-01|09|Test Method|Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Turbine and Generator Steel Rotor Forgings|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This practice for ultrasonic examination covers turbine and generator steel rotor forgings covered by Specifications A 469/A 469M, A 470/A 470M, A 768/A 768M, and A 940/A 940M. This standard shall be used for contact testing only.

1.2 This practice describes a basic procedure of ultrasonically inspecting turbine and generator rotor forgings. It does not restrict the use of other ultrasonic methods such as reference block calibrations when required by the applicable procurement documents nor is it intended to restrict the use of new and improved ultrasonic test equipment and methods as they are developed.

1.3 This practice is intended to provide a means of inspecting cylindrical forgings so that the inspection sensitivity at the forging center line or bore surface is constant, independent of the forging or bore diameter. To this end, inspection sensitivity multiplication factors have been computed from theoretical analysis, with experimental verification. These are plotted in Fig. 1 (bored rotors) and Fig. 2 (solid rotors), for a true inspection frequency of 2.25 MHz, and an acoustic velocity of 2.30 × 10⁵ in./s [5.85 × 10⁵ cm/s]. Means of converting to other sensitivity levels are provided in Fig. 3. (Sensitivity multiplication factors for other frequencies may be derived in accordance with X1.1 and X1.2 of Appendix X1.)

1.4 Considerable verification data for this method have been generated which indicate that even under controlled conditions very significant uncertainties may exist in estimating natural discontinuities in terms of minimum equivalent size flat-bottom holes. The possibility exists that the estimated minimum areas of natural discontinuities in terms of minimum areas of the comparison flat-bottom holes may differ by 20 dB (factor of 10) in terms of actual areas of natural discontinuities. This magnitude of inaccuracy does not apply to all results but should be recognized as a possibility. Rigid control of the actual frequency used, the coil bandpass width if tuned instruments are used, and so forth, tend to reduce the overall inaccuracy which is apt to develop.

1.5 This practice for inspection applies to solid cylindrical forgings having outer diameters of not less than 2.5 in. [64 mm] nor greater than 100 in. [2540 mm]. It also applies to cylindrical forgings with concentric cylindrical bores having wall thicknesses of 2.5 [64 mm] in. or greater, within the same outer diameter limits as for solid cylinders. For solid sections less than 15 in. [380 mm] in diameter and for bored cylinders of less than 7.5 in. [190 mm] wall thickness the transducer used for the inspection will be different than the transducer used for larger sections.

1.6 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided for use at the option of the purchaser. The supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the purchase order or contract.

1.7 This practice is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units; however, unless the purchase order or contract specifies the applicable M specification designation (SI units), the inch-pound units shall apply. The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the practice, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard.

1.8 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Note—Sensitivity multiplication factor such that a 10 % indication at the forging bore surface will be equivalent to a ¹/₈ in. [3 mm] diameter flat bottom hole. Inspection frequency: 2.0 or 2.25 MHz. Material velocity: 2.30 × 10⁵ in./s [5.85 × 10⁵ cm/s].
FIG. 1 Bored Forgings

Note—Sensitivity multiplication factor such that a 10 % indication at the forging centerline surface will be equivalent to a ¹/₈ in. [3 mm] diameter flat bottom hole. Inspection frequency: 2.0 or 2.25 MHz. Material velocity: 2.30 × 10⁵ in./s [5.85 × 10⁵ cm/s].
FIG. 2 Solid Forgings

FIG. 3 Conversion Factors to Be Used in Conjunction with Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 if a Change in the Reference Reflector Diameter is Required

|generator material; nondestructive tests; rotors, turbine, or generator; steel forgings; steel forgings—alloy; turbine materials; ultrasonic examination; ultrasonic examination method; Amplifier calibration; Forgings (turbine rotors/disks/shafts); Generator materials--turbine rotors and shafts; Steel forgings (turbine); Ultrasonic testing--steel ; ICS Number Code 77.040.20 (Non-destructive testing of metals); 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A418|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A418A418M|Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Turbine and Generator Steel Rotor Forgings|A418|
This practice shall be used when ultrasonic inspection is required by the order or specification for inspection purposes where the acceptance of the forging is based on limitations of the number, amplitude, or location of discontinuities, or a combination thereof, which give rise to ultrasonic indications.

The acceptance criteria shall be clearly stated as order requirements.
||A418|Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Turbine and Generator...|10.1520/A0418_A0418M-09 53170|Active|A420/A420M|2007-03-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Temperature Service|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers wrought carbon steel and alloy steel fittings of seamless and welded construction, covered by the latest revision of ASME B16.9, ASME B16.11, MSS-SP-79, MSS-SP-83, and MSS-SP-95. Fittings differing from these ASME and MSS standards shall be furnished in accordance with Supplementary Requirement S58 of Specification A 960/A 960M. These fittings are for use in pressure piping and pressure vessel service at low temperatures.
1.2 Optional supplementary requirements are provided for fittings where a greater degree of examination is desired. When desired, one or more of these supplementary requirements shall be specified in the order.
1.3 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other.
|pipe fittings; piping applications; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel service; temperature service applications, low; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A420|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A420A420M|Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Temperature Service|A420||
This specification covers wrought carbon steel and alloy steel pipe fittings of seamless and welded construction for use in pressure piping and pressure vessel service at low temperatures. Materials shall consist of forgings, bars, plates, seamless or fusion welded tubular products with filler metal added, and shall be produced by open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace process. Forging or forming operations shall be performed by one or a combination of two or more of the following procedures: hammering, pressing, piercing, extruding, upsetting, working, bending, fusion-welding, or machining. All welding shall be completed prior to the austenitizing heat treatment, which shall be executed in the normalized, normalized and tempered, annealed, or quenched and tempered conditions. Steel specimens shall conform to required values of chemical composition, tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, wall thickness, and Charpy V-notch impact value. All fusion-welded butt joints shall undergo radiographic examination, while hydrostatic testing of fittings is not required in this specification. Repair welding shall be permissible for parts made to dimensional standards.
|A420|Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and...|10.1520/A0420_A0420M-07 39787|Active|A421/A421M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Uncoated Stress-Relieved Steel Wire for Prestressed Concrete|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers two types of uncoated stress-relieved round high-carbon steel wire commonly used in prestressed linear concrete construction, as follows:
1.1.1 Type BA wire is used for applications in which cold-end deformation is used for anchoring purposes (Button Anchorage), and
1.1.2 Type WA wire is used for application in which the ends are anchored by wedges, and no cold-end deformation of the wire is involved (Wedge Anchorage).
1.2 Supplement I describes low relaxation wire and relaxation testing for that product.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the inch-pound units are shown in parentheses. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.
|cold-drawn wire; prestressed concrete; steel wire (tendon); stress-relieved wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete); 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A421|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A421A421M|Standard Specification for Uncoated Stress-Relieved Steel Wire for Prestressed Concrete|A421||
This specification covers two types of uncoated stress-relieved round high-carbon steel wire commonly used in prestressed linear concrete construction. These two types are the type BA used for applications in which cold-end deformation is used for anchoring purposes and type WA wire which is used for application in which the ends are anchored by wedges, no cold-end deformation of the wire is involved. Required tensile strength, yield strength and elongation shall be evaluated using stress-relaxation test. Heat analysis shall be used to determine the percentage of specified elements especially sulfur and phosphorus to meet the required chemical composition.
|A421|Standard Specification for Uncoated Stress-Relieved Steel Wire for...|10.1520/A0421_A0421M-05 36634|Active|A423/A423M|2004-09-01|95(2004)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Electric-Welded Low-Alloy Steel Tubes|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, seamless and electric-resistance welded, low-alloy steel tubes for pressure containing parts such as economizers or other applications where corrosion resistance is important.

1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are 1/2 to 5 in. [12.7 to 127 mm] in outside diameter and 0.035 to 0.500 in. [0.9 to 12.7 mm] inclusive, in minimum wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than 1/4 in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.

1.4 An optional supplementary requirement is provided and, when desired, shall be so stated in the order.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|seamless steel tube; steel tube; alloy; welded steel tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A423|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A423A423M|Standard Specification for Seamless and Electric-Welded Low-Alloy Steel Tubes|A423||
This specification covers standards for minimum-wall-thickness, seamless, and electric-resistance welded low-alloy steel tubes to be used for pressure containing parts, that is economizers, and for other corrosion resistant applications. Steel tubes shall either be processed to hot or cold finish. All tubes shall be normalized or given such heat treatment as may be necessary to conform to the requirements of this specification. Chemical composition shall adhere to specified carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, copper, chromium, nickel, and molybdenum contents. Tension, flattening, flaring, flange, hardness, reverse flattening, and hydrostatic tests shall be performed. Tubes when inserted in the boiler shall stand expanding and bending without showing cracks or flaws. Tubes shall also conform to tensile strength, yield strength, hardness, and elongation requirements.
|A423|Standard Specification for Seamless and Electric-Welded Low-Alloy Steel...|10.1520/A0423_A0423M-95R04 67966|Active|A424/A424M|2009-04-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, for Porcelain Enameling|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers sheet steel in coils and cut lengths for porcelain enameling. The compositions and processing of these steels are such that articles for porcelain enameling may be fabricated from them and, under proper conditions, enameled. The steels are furnished as Type I, Type II, and Type III. Type I and Type II are supplied in two designations, Commercial Steel and Drawing Steel. Type III steel is interstitial-free and does not require a designation.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.3 Tolerances are found in General Requirements Specifications A 568/A 568M and A 635/A 635M. The appropriate General Requirements specification is applied based on the thickness and width of the product ordered.
|commercial steel; decarburization; drawing steel; enameling; interstitial free steel; porcelain; Cover coat enamels; Ground coat enamels; Porcelain enamel products; Steel sheet--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A424|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.19|01.03|||MP7|||||A424A424M|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, for Porcelain Enameling|A424||
This specification covers standard requirements for sheet steel in coils and cut lengths for porcelain enameling. Heat analysis of Type I, Type II, and Type III steels shall conform to the prescribed chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and others. However, an exception is made on carbon, since heat analysis of carbon is not appropriate for Type I. The material shall also conform to the required mechanical properties such as bending and formability.
|A424|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, for Porcelain Enameling|10.1520/A0424_A0424M-09 58995|Active|A426/A426M|2008-02-04|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers centrifugally cast alloy steel pipe intended for use in high-temperature, high-pressure service.

1.2 Several grades of ferritic steels are covered. Their compositions are given in Table 1.

1.3 Supplementary Requirements S1 through S12 are provided. The supplementary requirements provide for additional tests of an optional nature and when desired shall be so stated in the order (Section 4).

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of each other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|alloy steel; centrifugal; ferritic; high-temperature service; pipe; stainless steel; steel castings; Centrifugally cast steel pipe--specifications; Ferritic steel pipe--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel pipe; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A426|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A426A426M|Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|A426|||A426|Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe...|10.1520/A0426_A0426M-08 58405|Active|A427|2007-11-01|02(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Wrought Alloy Steel Rolls for Cold and Hot Reduction|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers homogeneous wrought hardened alloy steel rolls for use in cold or hot reduction of flat rolled ferrous and nonferrous products.
|cold and hot reduction; wrought alloy steel rolls; Iron products (general); Rolled ferrous/nonferrous products; Steel; Steel reduction; Steel rolls; Wrought steel--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.99 (Other iron and steel products)||TRUE/A427|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A427|Standard Specification for Wrought Alloy Steel Rolls for Cold and Hot Reduction|A427||
This specification deals with carbon and alloy steel forgings (including gas bottles) for use in thin-walled pressure vessels. Covered here are the following grades of steel forgings: Grade A; Grade B; Grade C; Grade D; Grade E, Classes 55, 65, and 70; Grade F, Classes 55, 65, and 70; Grade G, Classes 55, 65, and 70; Grade H, Classes 55, 65, and 70; Grade J, Classes 55, 65, and 70; Grade K; Grade L; Grade J, Class 110; and Grade M, Classes 85 and 100. Materials shall be manufactured by melting procedures, and optionally heat treated by normalization, normalization and tempering, or liquid-quenching and tempering. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein steel specimens shall conform to required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, and vanadium. Steel materials shall also undergo bending, flattening and hardness tests and shall conform to required values of tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and hardness. Forgings shall be subjected to magnetic particle examination as well.
|A427|Standard Specification for Wrought Alloy Steel Rolls for Cold and Hot...|10.1520/A0427-02R07 50160|Active|A428/A428M|2006-11-01|06|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Aluminum-Coated Iron or Steel Articles|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This test method covers procedures for determining the weight [mass] of coating on aluminum-coated iron or steel sheets and wire, and on other aluminum-coated iron and steel articles.
1.2 The final results determined by this test method shall be expressed in inch-pound units or SI units, depending on the units used in the material specification to which the results are to be compared. Certain portions of the procedure involving determination of specimen weight [mass] have traditionally been performed in SI units, and corresponding inch-pound units are not included.
1.3 For sheet products, the final results are expressed as either coating weight [mass] total both sides, or coating weight [mass] separately on each side, depending on the specified requirements.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For a specific precautionary statement, see Note 1.
|aluminum coating; coating weight [mass]; steel sheets; steel wire; ICS Number Code 25.220.40 (Metallic coatings)||TRUE/A428|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A05.07|01.06|||MP7|||||A428A428M|Standard Test Method for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Aluminum-Coated Iron or Steel Articles|A428|
This test method provides a standard method of determining the weight [mass] of coating for comparison with specification requirements. A coating of aluminum on iron or steel articles provides protection against corrosion by forming a relatively inert barrier. Specifications for aluminum-coated articles occasionally provide for different classes (weights) [masses] of coating so that the purchaser can select the coating weight [mass] most suited to his needs. The heavier coating will provide greater protection against mechanical damage which may break the coating.
||A428|Standard Test Method for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Aluminum-Coated Iron...|10.1520/A0428_A0428M-06 46930|Active|A434|2006-05-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Hot-Wrought or Cold-Finished, Quenched and Tempered|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot-wrought and cold-finished quenched and tempered alloy steel bars.
1.2 Hot-wrought bars are available in three strength level classes designated BB, BC, and BD, and cold-finished bars in two strength level classes designated BB and BC. The bars are available in the conditions specified in subject to the size limitations shown.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|alloy steel bars; cold-finished steel bars; hot-wrought steel bars; quenched and tempered steel bars; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A434|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A434|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Hot-Wrought or Cold-Finished, Quenched and Tempered|A434||
This specification covers hot-wrought and cold-finished quenched and tempered alloy steel bars. The steel materials shall be melt processed by using open-heart, basic oxygen, or electric furnace and shall conform to the austenitic grain size requirement. Tension tests shall be performed wherein the steel specimens shall conform to the required values of yield strength, tensile strength, and elongation.
|A434|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Hot-Wrought or...|10.1520/A0434-06 52524|Active|A435/A435M|2007-03-01|90(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Steel Plates|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers the procedure and acceptance standards for straight-beam, pulse-echo, ultrasonic examination of rolled fully killed carbon and alloy steel plates, 1/2 in. [12.5 mm] and over in thickness. It was developed to assure delivery of steel plates free of gross internal discontinuities such as pipe, ruptures, or laminations and is to be used whenever the inquiry, contract, order, or specification states that the plates are to be subjected to ultrasonic examination.
1.2 Individuals performing examinations in accordance with this specification shall be qualified and certified in accordance with the requirements of the latest edition of ASNT SNT-TC-1A or an equivalent accepted standard. An equivalent standard is one which covers the qualification and certification of ultrasonic nondestructive examination candidates and which is acceptable to the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents, therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|ICS Number Code 77.040.20 (Non-destructive testing of metals)||TRUE/A435|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,N,B|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A435A435M|Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Steel Plates|A435||
This specification covers the standard procedure and acceptance for straight-beam, pulse-echo, ultrasonic examination of rolled fully killed carbon and alloy steel plates. The equipment shall be of the pulse-echo straight beam type. Nondestructive examination of the material shall be conducted in an area free of operations that interfere with proper functioning of the equipment. The test shall be done by one of the following methods: direct contact, immersion, or liquid column coupling. Ultrasonic examination shall be made on either major surface of the plate. Grid scanning shall be continuous along perpendicular grid lines or shall be continuous along parallel paths, transverse to the major plate axis, or shall be continuous along parallel paths, parallel to the major plate axis, or smaller centers. Any discontinuity indication causing a total loss of back reflection which cannot be contained within a circle is unacceptable.
|A435|Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Steel...|10.1520/A0435_A0435M-90R07 49995|Active|A436|2006-10-01|84(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Austenitic Gray Iron Castings|6|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers austenitic gray iron castings that are used primarily for their resistance to heat, corrosion, and wear. Austenitic gray iron is characterized by uniformly distributed graphite flakes, some carbides, and the presence of sufficient alloy content to produce an austenitic structure.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|austenitic; gray iron castings; high-nickel; ICS Number Code 77.080.10 (Irons); 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A436|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A436|Standard Specification for Austenitic Gray Iron Castings|A436||
This specification covers austenitic gray iron castings that are used primarily for their resistance to heat, corrosion, and wear. The types of castings covered here are: Type 1, Type 1b, Type 2, Type 2b, Type 3, Type 4, Type 5, and Type 6. The materials shall be manufactured by melting in any furnace that produces castings which includes cupolas, air furnaces, electric furnaces, crucible furnaces, and so forth. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, silicon, manganese, nickel, copper, chromium, sulfur, and molybdenum. The materials shall undergo a nonmagnetic test which is based on the material's attraction to a small steel horseshoe-type magnet and a magnetic permeability test in the event that nonmagnetic castings are specified. Tension tests shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required tensile strength and Brinell hardness.
|A436|Standard Specification for Austenitic Gray Iron Castings|10.1520/A0436-84R06 46034|Active|A437/A437M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel Turbine-Type Bolting Material Specially Heat Treated for High-Temperature Service|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers alloy-steel bolting material specially heat treated for high-temperature service, such as steam turbine, gas turbine, and similar uses. This material requires special processing and should not be used in general-purpose applications. The term "bolting material," as used in this specification, covers rolled or forged bars, bolts, nuts, screws, washers, studs, and stud bolts. The bars shall be hot wrought. The material may be further processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing.
1.2 The high-temperature properties of the material covered by this specification are dependent upon special heat treatment, which is required. Although the high-temperature properties are not specified, they are implied by control of the chemistry, heat treatment, and room-temperature properties of the material. Note 1High-temperature tests shall not be required, unless made a matter of agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
1.3 Three levels of bolting strength are covered, designated Grades B4B, B4C, and B4D. Selection will depend on the design and the stresses and service for which the product is to be used. Note 2When ordering material under this specification, or when incorporating this specification as a reference in any individual specification, the purchaser must designate the steel by identification symbol or analysis, or both, and definitely specify the minimum mechanical properties required as selected from .
1.4 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided for use at the option of the purchaser. The supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the purchase order or contract.
1.5 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|bolts-steel; chromium alloy steel; fasteners-steel; marking on fasteners; nuts-steel; steel bars-alloy; steel bolting material; temperature service applications-high; turbine materials; ICS Number Code 21.060.01 (Fasteners in general)||TRUE/A437|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A437A437M|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel Turbine-Type Bolting Material Specially Heat Treated for High-Temperature Service|A437||
This specifications covers alloy-steel bolting material specially heat treated for high-temperature service, such as steam turbine, gas turbine, and similar uses. The grades of steels covered here are: Grade B4B, Grade B4C, and Grade B4D. Steels of Grades B4B and B4C shall undergo heating, liquid quenching, reheating, tempering, and air or furnace cooling, respectively. Steels of Grade B4D shall undergo heating, oil quenching, reheating or tempering, and air of furnace cooling, respectively. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, tungsten, aluminum, titanium, and tin. The steels shall undergo tensile, impact, and hardness tests, and shall conform to the following mechanical requirements: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, impact value, Brinell hardness number, and Rockwell hardness number. All bars or forged blanks of starting material shall be subjected to nondestructive inspection using any of the following methods: Eddy current, Magnetic particle inspection (wet or dry), Liquid penetrant inspection, Ultrasonic testing, or Visual testing.
|A437|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel Turbine-Type Bolting Material...|10.1520/A0437_A0437M-06 70914|Active|A439|2009-05-01|83(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Austenitic Ductile Iron Castings|6|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers austenitic ductile iron castings, which are used primarily for their resistance to heat, corrosion, and wear, and for other special purposes.

1.2 Austenitic ductile iron, also known as austenitic nodular iron or austenitic spheroidal iron, is characterized by having its graphite substantially in a spheroidal form and substantially free of flake graphite. It contains some carbides and sufficient alloy content to produce an austenitic structure.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|austenitic; corrosion resistant; ductile iron; mechanical properties; nodular iron; tensile strength; yield strength; Austenitic iron castings--specifications; Ductile iron castings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A439|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A439|Standard Specification for Austenitic Ductile Iron Castings|A439||
This specification covers austenitic ductile iron castings used for their resistance to heat, corrosion and wear. The castings shall be melt processed using cupolas, air furnaces, electric furnaces or crucible furnaces. The iron castings shall undergo magnetic permeability test. Samples taken from test coupons, broken test specimens, or castings shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, silicon, manganese, phosphorus, nickel and chromium. Mechanical tests shall be performed wherein the iron casting specimens shall conform to the required values of tensile strength, yield strength, elongation and Brinell hardness.
|A439|Standard Specification for Austenitic Ductile Iron Castings|10.1520/A0439-83R09 57668|Active|A447/A447M|2007-11-01|93(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Chromium-Nickel-Iron Alloy (25-12 Class), for High-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers iron-base, heat-resisting alloy castings of the 25 % chromium, 12 % nickel class, intended for structural elements, containers, and supports in electric furnaces, petroleum still tube supports, and for similar applications up to 2000°F [1095°C]. The purchaser should inform the manufacturer when the service temperatures are to exceed 1800F [980C].
1.2 In the absence of significant proportions of elements other than those prescribed in Section 4 , the two types of alloys covered by this specification may in general be distinguished as follows:
1.2.1 Type I Alloys characterized by relatively low limiting creep stress at temperatures between 1500 and 2000°F [815 and 1095°C], and relatively high ductility at ordinary temperatures after aging for short periods at temperatures between 1300 and 1500°F [705 and 815°C].
1.2.2 Type II Alloys having relatively high limiting creep stress but which may develop low ductility at ordinary temperatures when aged for short periods at temperatures between 1350 and 1500°F [730 and 815°C].
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|ausenitic stainless steel; high temperature applications; stainless steel; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A447||No_Replacement|0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A447A447M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Chromium-Nickel-Iron Alloy (25-12 Class), for High-Temperature Service|A447||
This specification covers iron-base, heat-resisting alloy castings, intended for structural elements, containers, and supports in electric furnaces, petroleum still tube supports, and for similar applications. The alloys shall be electric-furnace processed and heat treated. The castings shall conform to the required chemical compositions of nickel, chromium, carbon, nitrogen, manganese, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, and iron. The specimens shall undergo tension test after aging and short-time high-temperature tension test and shall conform to the required values of tensile strength and elongation. A stress-rupture test shall also be performed wherein the specimens shall conform to the required values of tensile stress. The specimen shall also conform to the required values of magnetic permeability.
|A447|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Chromium-Nickel-Iron Alloy...|10.1520/A0447_A0447M-93R07 58076|Active|A449|2007-12-01|07b|Specification|Standard Specification for Hex Cap Screws, Bolts and Studs, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105/90 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, General Use|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers quenched and tempered steel hex cap screws, bolts, and studs having a minimum tensile strength of 120 ksi for diameters 1.0 in. and smaller; 105 ksi for diameters over 1.0 in. to 1½ in.; and 90 ksi for diameters 1¾ in. to 3.0 in. inclusive. The term "fasteners" in this specification denotes hex cap screws, bolts, and studs.

1.2 The fasteners are intended for general engineering use.

1.3 The fasteners are furnished in diameters ¼ to 3.0 in. inclusive. They are designated by type denoting chemical composition as follows:

Type
Description

Type I Plain carbon steel, carbon boron steel, alloy steel, or alloy boron steel

Type 2 Withdrawn 2003

Type 3 Weathering steel

1.4 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789 unless otherwise defined in this specification.

1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are provided for information purposes only.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|bolts; carbon steel; hex cap screws; steel; studs; Bolting materials; Carbon steel bolting materials specifications; Steel bolting materials specifications; Studs (materials/applications) specifications ; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A449|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A449|Standard Specification for Hex Cap Screws, Bolts and Studs, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105/90 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, General Use|A449||
This specification2 covers quenched and tempered steel hex cap screws, bolts, and studs having a minimum tensile strength. The fasteners are intended for general engineering use. Type 1 fasteners shall be plain carbon steel, carbon boron steel, alloy steel, or alloy boron steels conforming to the requirements. Type 3 fasteners shall be weathering steel and shall conform to one of the chemical compositions specified. Tensile strength, proof load, hardness tests, and axial tension tests shall be performed to conform with the specified requirements.
|A449|Standard Specification for Hex Cap Screws, Bolts and Studs, Steel, Heat...|10.1520/A0449-07B 58388|Active|A450/A450M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Carbon and Low Alloy Steel Tubes|10|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers a group of requirements which, with the exceptions of 5.3 and Sections6, 7, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24, are mandatory requirements to the following ASTM tubular product specifications:Title of SpecificationASTM DesignationElectric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel and Carbon Manganese Steel Boiler TubesA 178/A 178M Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser TubesA 179/A 179MSeamless Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes for High-Pressure ServiceA 192/A 192M Seamless Medium-Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes A 210/A 210M Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser TubesA 214/A 214M Seamless and Electric-Welded Low-Alloy Steel Tubes A 423/A 423MSeamless Cold-Drawn Carbon Steel Feedwater Heater TubesA 556/A 556MSeamless, Cold-Drawn Carbon Steel Tubing for Hydraulic System ServiceA 822/A 822M These designations refer to the latest issue of the respective specifications.

1.2 One or more of Sections , , , , , , , , , and apply when the product specification or purchase order has a requirement for the test or analysis described by these sections.
1.3 In case of conflict between a requirement of the product specification and a requirement of this general requirement specification only the requirement of the product specification need be satisfied.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation (SI) of the product specification is specified in the order.
|alloy steel tube; austenitic stainless steel; carbon steel tube; general delivery; stainless steel tube; steel tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A450|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A450A450M|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Carbon and Low Alloy Steel Tubes|A450||
This specification covers carbon and low alloy steel tubes. Steel samples shall be melt processed and shall either be ingot cast or strand cast. Heat and product analyses shall be performed on the steel materials. Steel specimens shall also undergo tensile tests and shall conform to required values of yield strength and elongation. Flattening test, reverse flattening test, flaring test, flange test, hardness test, hydrostatic test, air underwater pressure test, and nondestructive tests shall be performed on the steel materials.
|A450|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Carbon and Low Alloy...|10.1520/A0450_A0450M-07 49354|Active|A451/A451M|2006-09-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast Austenitic Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers austenitic alloy steel pipe for use in high-temperature, corrosive, or nuclear pressure service.
1.2 Several grades of austenitic stainless steel are covered as indicated inTable 1.
1.3 Optional supplementary requirements are provided when additional testing may be required.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exactly equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of each other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
Note 1—This specification is not intended to cover centrifugal pipe made from alloys containing more than 0.20 % carbon, such as are covered by Specification A 297.
|austenitic; centrifugally cast; height; high-temperature service; stainless steel; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A451|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.01|||MP7|||||A451A451M|Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast Austenitic Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|A451||
This specification covers the standard for centrifugally cast austenitic alloy steel pipe for use in high-temperature, corrosive, or nuclear pressure service. The pipe shall receive a heat treatment at the required temperature and holding time followed by quenching in water or rapid cool by other means. The pipe shall be machined on the inner and outer surfaces and shall conform to specified roughness value. Heat and product analysis shall be done to determine the chemical composition and shall conform to the required carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, columbium, tantalum, and nitrogen contents. Hydrostatic and tension tests shall be performed and shall conform to the required tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation.
|A451|Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast Austenitic Steel Pipe for...|10.1520/A0451_A0451M-06 64565|Active|A453/A453M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Temperature Bolting Materials, with Expansion Coefficients Comparable to Austenitic Stainless Steels|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades of bolting materials with ten classes of yield strength ranging from 50 to 120 ksi [345 to 827 MPa] for use in high-temperature service such as fasteners for pressure vessel and valve flanges. The material requires special processing and is not intended for general purpose applications. The term “bolting material,” as used in this specification, covers rolled, forged, or hot-extruded bars; bolts, nuts, screws, washers, studs, and stud bolts. Headed bolts and rolled threads may be supplied.
Note 1—Other bolting materials are covered by Specification A 193/A 193M and Specification A 437/A 437M.

1.2 Supplementary Requirement S 1 of an optional nature is provided. This shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the order.

1.3 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.4 The values stated in either SI or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard.
^REFERENCE:
ASTM Standards:
A 193/A 193M Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications

A 437/A 437M Specification for Alloy-Steel Turbine-Type Bolting Material Specially Heat Treated for High-Temperature Service

A 962/A 962M Specification for Common Requirements for Steel Fasteners or Fastener Materials, or Both, Intended for Use at Any Temperature from Cryogenic to the Creep Range

E 139 Test Methods for Conducting Creep, Creep-Rupture, and Stress-Rupture Tests of Metallic Materials

F 1470 Guide for Fastener Sampling for Specified Mechanical Properties and Performance Inspection
|bolts–steel; fasteners–steel; marking; nuts–steel; precipitation hardening steels; pressure vessel service; revision letter; steel bars–alloy; steel bolting material; steel flanges; steel values; temperature service applications–high; year date; Flanges/fittings/valves/parts--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel bolting applications; Pressure vessel steel bars--specifications; Steel bolting materials--specifications; Udimet alloy; ICS Number Code 21.060.01 (Fasteners in general)||TRUE/A453|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A453A453M|Standard Specification for High-Temperature Bolting Materials, with Expansion Coefficients Comparable to Austenitic Stainless Steels|A453||
This specification covers standards for Grade 660 (Class A, B, C, and D) , Grade 651 (Class A and B), Grade 662 (Class A and B), and Grade 665 (Class A and B) of bolting materials for use in high-temperature service such as fasteners, for pressure vessels and valve flanges. Bolting materials in this specification covers rolled, forged, or hot-extruded bars, and also bolts, nuts, screws, washers, studs, and stud bolts. Materials shall adhere to specified contents of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, titanium, columbium, aluminum, vanadium, boron, and copper. Materials shall be subjected to tension, stress-rupture, and hardness tests. Materials shall conform to yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, reduction of area, Brinell hardness, and Rockwell hardness requirements. Hardening and solution treatment requirements for each material class are also given.
|A453|Standard Specification for High-Temperature Bolting Materials, with...|10.1520/A0453_A0453M-04 60019|Active|A455/A455M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, High-Strength Manganese|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-tensile strength carbon-manganese steel plates intended for welded pressure vessels.

1.2 This steel is usually made to a semi-killed or capped deoxidation practice; however, at the purchaser's or the steel producer's option, the steel may be made silicon-killed or aluminum-killed.

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification shall be ¾in. [20 mm].

1.4 For plates produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 20/A 20M apply.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|Carbon steel plate--specifications; Manganese alloy steel plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A455|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A455A455M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, High-Strength Manganese|A455||
This specification covers high-tensile strength carbon-manganese steel plates intended for welded pressure vessels. Plates are normally supplied in the as-rolled condition. The plates may be ordered normalized or stress relieved, or both. The steel shall conform to the chemical composition requirements. The plates, as represented by the tension test specimens, shall conform to the mechanical property requirements.
|A455|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel,...|10.1520/A0455_A0455M-03R07 64576|Active|A456/A456M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Magnetic Particle Examination of Large Crankshaft
Forgings|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This is an acceptance specification for the magnetic particle inspection of forged steel crankshafts having main bearing journals or crankpins 4 in. [200 mm] or larger in diameter.

1.2 There are three classes, with acceptance standards of increasing severity:

1.2.1 Class 1.

1.2.2 Class 2 (originally the sole acceptance standard of this specification).

1.2.3 Class 3 (formerly covered in Supplementary Requirement S1 of Specification A 456 – 64 (1970)).

1.3 This specification is not intended to cover continuous grain flow crankshafts (see Specification A 983/A 983M); however, Specification A 986/A 986M may be used for this purpose.
Note 1—Specification A 668/A 668M is a product specification which may be used for slab-forged crankshaft forgings that are usually twisted in order to set the crankpin angles, or for barrel forged crankshafts where the crankpins are machined in the appropriate configuration from a cylindrical forging.

1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.5 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch units.
|acceptance criteria; barrel forged crankshaft; crankshaft forgings; magnetic particle examination; nondestructive examination ; slab forged crankshaft; Acceptance criteria/testing--metals/alloys; Crankshafts; Magnetic particle inspection; Railroad steel materials--forgings; Shipbuilding steel materials (crankshafts); Steel forgings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A456|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A456A456M|Standard Specification for Magnetic Particle Examination of Large Crankshaft
Forgings|A456||
This test method deals with the acceptance criteria for the magnetic particle examination of forged steel crankshafts and forgings having large main bearing journal or crankpin diameters. Covered here are three classes of forgings, which shall be evaluated under two areas of inspection, namely: major critical areas, and minor critical areas. During inspection, magnetic particle indications shall be classified as: surface indications, which include nonmetallic inclusions or stringers, open or twist cracks, flakes, or pipes; open or pinpoint indications; and non-open indications. Procedures for dimpling, depressing, inspection, and product marking are also mentioned.
|A456|Standard Specification for Magnetic Particle Examination of Large...|10.1520/A0456_A0456M-08 61433|Active|A459|2008-05-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Flat Steel Armoring Tape|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers requirements for zinc-coated flat steel tape in coils for use as interlocking armor and flat armor for electrical cables. The zinc-coated tape is produced with three classes of zinc coating weight.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|Armoring tape--specifications; Steel armoring tape; Steel tape; Zinc-coated steel products; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A459|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.11|01.06|||MP7|||||A459|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Flat Steel Armoring Tape|A459||
This specification covers zinc-coated flat steel tape in coils for use as interlocking armor and flat armor for electric cables. The zinc-coated tape is produced with three classes of zinc coating weight. The zinc-coated tape shall be furnished in coils of one continuous length, with not more than an average of one weld/50 lb [23 kg]. The tensile strength shall be determined on longitudinal specimens consisting of the full width of the tape when practical, or a straight specimen cut or sheared from the center of the tape. The elongation shall be determined as the permanent increase in length, after failure of a marked section of the tape specimen originally 10 in. in length. The tape shall be capable of being bent flat on itself, either lengthwise or crosswise, without indication of failure. During the visual inspection, 1 sample coil shall random be selected from every 10 coils in the first 100 coils of the lot and 1 sample coil shall random be selected for every additional 35 coils, but not less than 3 coils from the entire lot. The weight of coating shall be determined by the hydrochloric acid-antimony chloride method. The zinc coating shall remain adherent without flaking or spalling when the tape is subjected to a 180 bend over a mandrel of required diameter.
|A459|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Flat Steel Armoring Tape|10.1520/A0459-08 35105|Active|A460|2004-05-01|94(2004)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Copper-Clad Steel Wire Strand|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers copper-clad steel wire strand composed of a number of round steel, copper-clad wires, for use as guys, messengers, span wires, and for similar purposes where electrical conductance is not a requirement.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in brackets are for information only.
|coatings-metallic; copper clad materials; steel wire-copper clad; steel wire strand||TRUE/A460|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A460|Standard Specification for Copper-Clad Steel Wire Strand|A460||
This specification covers copper-clad steel wire strand composed of a number of round steel, copper-clad wires, for use as guys, messengers, span wires, and for similar purposes where electrical conductance is not a requirement. The strand is classified based on the minimum breaking strength and number of wires in the strand. Each wire in the strand shall be composed of a steel core made from steel produced by commercially-accepted steel-making process, with a substantially uniform and continuous copper cladding thoroughly bonded to it throughout. Each wire in the strand shall be of such quality that, when drawn to a specified size and when fabricated into strand, the finished copper-clad steel wire strand shall have the prescribed properties and characteristics. Strands of varying minimum breaking strength shall conform to the prescribed package size of coils or reels. The minimum thickness of the copper cladding on wires taken from the finished strand shall not be less than the specified values. Mechanical properties like breaking strength and elongation shall be determined. Torsion test and wrap test shall also be conducted on the test specimens.
|A460|Standard Specification for Copper-Clad Steel Wire Strand|10.1520/A0460-94R04E01 69136|Active|A463/A463M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated, by the Hot-Dip Process|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers aluminum-coated steel sheet in coils and cut lengths available with two types of aluminum coating applied by the hot-dip process, with several coating weights [masses].

1.2 Product furnished under this specification shall conform to the applicable requirements of the latest issue of Specification A 924/A 924M, unless otherwise provided herein.

1.3 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 463) or SI units [as A 463M]. Values in inch-pound and SI units are not necessarily equivalent. Within the text, SI units are shown in brackets. Each system shall be used independently of the other.

1.4 Unless the order specifies the “M” designation (SI units), the product shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.5 The text of this standard references notes and footnotes which provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes (excluding those in tables and figures) shall not be considered as requirements of the standard.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|aluminum-coated steel; coatings—aluminum; metallic coatings; steel sheet—aluminum coated
; Alloy steel sheet/strip--specifications; Aluminum-coated steel sheet--specifications; Composition analysis--metals/alloys; Hot-dip processed coatings--specifications; Metallic steel sheet--secifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A463|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A05.11|01.06|||MP7|||||A463A463M|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated, by the Hot-Dip Process|A463||
This specification covers aluminum-coated steel sheet in coils and cut lengths available with two types of aluminum coating applied by the hot-dip process, with several coating weights. The heat analysis of the base metal shall conform to the requirements specified. Structural steel and high strength low alloy steel shall conform to the mechanical property requirements. Coating weight and bend tests shall be made to conform to the requirements specified.
|A463|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated, by the Hot-Dip...|10.1520/A0463_A0463M-09 58538|Active|A466/A466M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Weldless Chain|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers weldless chain suitable for applications where a light and flexible chain is required. The material may be steel, brass, or bronze.

1.2 Seven classes of chain are covered:

1.2.1 Class SL—Single-loop chain.

1.2.2 Class DL—Double-loop chain.

1.2.3 Class SH—Sash chain.

1.2.4 Class SF—Plumbers' chain.

1.2.5 Class SJ—Single-jack chain.

1.2.6 Class DJ—Double-jack chain.

1.2.7 Class RG—Register chain.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or in other units shall be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.
|steel chain; weldless steel chain; Plumbers' (safety) chain; Register chain; Sash chain; Single-jack chain; Steel chain--specifications; Weldless steel chain; Carbon steel chain--specifications; Double-jack/-loop chain; Flat-link chain; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A466|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.27|01.05|||MP7|||||A466A466M|Standard Specification for Weldless Chain|A466||
This specification covers weldless chain suitable for applications where a light and flexible chain is required. The material may be steel, brass, or bronze. The chain shall conform to the dimensional requirements as specified. Breaking force test shall be made to conform to the minimum requirements specified.
|A466|Standard Specification for Weldless Chain|10.1520/A0466_A0466M-07 58539|Active|A467/A467M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Machine and Coil Chain|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers welded carbon steel machine chain and coil chain. Although these chains are not intended for pocket wheel use, they can be used for pocket and sprocket wheel use. This chain shall never be used for overhead lifting applications.

1.2 There are two classes each of machine and coil chain:

1.2.1 Class MS—Machine, straight-link steel chain,

1.2.2 Class MT—Machine, twist-link steel chain,

1.2.3 Class CS—Coil, straight-link chain, and

1.2.4 Class CT—Coil, twist-link steel chain.

1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units shall be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.
|steel chain; Carbon steel chain--specifications; Chain; Coil chain; Machine chain; Steel chain--specifications; Welded steel materials/applications--specifications ; ICS Number Code 21.220.30 (Chain drives and their components)||TRUE/A467|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A01.27|01.05|||MP7|||||A467A467M|Standard Specification for Machine and Coil Chain|A467||
This specification covers welded carbon steel machine chain and coil chain. Although these chains are not intended for pocket wheel use, they can be used for pocket and sprocket wheel use. There are two classes each of machine and coil chain: class MS which are machine, straight-link steel chains; class MT which are machine, twist-link steel chains; class CS which are coil, straight-link chains; and class CT, which are coil, twist-link steel chains. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen process. Classes MS, MT, CS, and CT shall be electric welded. All chain in classes MS and CS shall be subjected to proof test and all chain classes shall undergo a breaking force test.
|A467|Standard Specification for Machine and Coil Chain|10.1520/A0467_A0467M-07 52883|Active|A469/A469M|2007-03-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Vacuum-Treated Steel Forgings for Generator Rotors|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers vacuum-treated basic electric steel forgings for generator rotors.
1.2 Supplementary requirements are provided, both in this standard and in Specification A 788/A 788M, for use when additional testing, inspection or processing is required by the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as standards. Within the text and tables, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
1.4 Unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|generator rotor forgings; steel forgings; vacuum-treated steel ; vertical heat treatment; yield strength at 0.02 % offset; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A469|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A469A469M|Standard Specification for Vacuum-Treated Steel Forgings for Generator Rotors|A469||
This specification covers vacuum-treated basic electric steel forgings for use in generator rotors. Steel materials shall be manufactured by vacuum degassing, heat treatment, rough machining, and boring. Heat and product analyses shall be carried out to examine conformation of the specimens with chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, and antimony. Forgings shall also go through tension, impact, and Charpy V-notch tests, and shall conform with the following tensile and notch toughness requirements: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, FATT₅₀, and Charpy absorbed energy. Nondestructive test methods such as ultrasonic and internal inspection shall be performed.
|A469|Standard Specification for Vacuum-Treated Steel Forgings for Generator...|10.1520/A0469_A0469M-07 49497|Active|A470/A470M|2005-09-01|05e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Vacuum-Treated Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Turbine Rotors and Shafts|8|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers vacuum-treated carbon and alloy steel forgings for turbine rotors and shafts.
1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|steel forgings; turbine rotors; turbine shafts; vacuum-treated steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A470|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|D,M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A470A470M|Standard Specification for Vacuum-Treated Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Turbine Rotors and Shafts|A470||
This specification covers vacuum-treated carbon and alloy steel forgings for turbine rotors and shafts. Materials shall be manufactured and treated by: melting process via basic electric-furnace; secondary melting process via electrode-electroslag or vacuum-arc remelting; vacuum degassing; forging process via hot mechanical working; heat treatment via double-normalizing and tempering, or normalizing, quenching and tempering; and rough machining and axial boring. Tension and impact tests shall be done to evaluate the conformance of steel forgings with the following mechanical properties: tensile strength and toughness, notch toughness, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area. Chemical composition conformances shall also be assessed by heat and product analyses. Nondestructive tests, such as ultrasonic and internal examination, and stability tests shall also be performed. Retreatments may be executed one or more times, but not more than three additional times, if results of the mechanical tests do not conform to specified requirements.
|A470|Standard Specification for Vacuum-Treated Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings...|10.1520/A0470_A0470M-05E01 68146|Active|A471/A471M|2009-04-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Vacuum-Treated Alloy Steel Forgings for Turbine Rotor Disks and Wheels|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers vacuum-treated alloy steel forgings intended for use as turbine rotor disks and wheels.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.3 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|FATT requirement; steel forgings; turbine rotor disks; turbine rotor wheels; vacuum-treated low alloy steel; Generator materials--turbine; Steel forgings (turbine)--specifications; Turbine rotors/shafts; Vacuum treated steel forgings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A471|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A471A471M|Standard Specification for Vacuum-Treated Alloy Steel Forgings for Turbine Rotor Disks and Wheels|A471||
This specification covers vacuum-treated alloy steel forgings intended for use as turbine rotor disks and wheels. The steel shall be made by the basic electric-furnace process. The molten steel shall be vacuum treated using either the vacuum stream degassing process, vacuum-lift process or ladle degassing process prior to or during the pouring of the ingot in order to remove objectionable gases, particularly hydrogen. The forgings shall receive their hot mechanical work under a press, hammer, or mill of sufficient power to work the metal throughout its section. Before reheating for heat treatment, the forging shall be allowed to cool in a manner to prevent damage and to accomplish transformation. The forgings shall be heated to a suitable temperature for a sufficient length of time for complete austenitization and shall be tempered to develop the specified properties. The forgings shall be preliminarily machined on all surfaces prior to heat treatment and shall be stress relieved after machining. To measure some mechanical properties, the specimens shall be subjected to tension test, impact test, and hardness test. A non-destructive test like an ultrasonic inspection shall be made on all available surfaces to demonstrate freedom from detrimental internal indications.
|A471|Standard Specification for Vacuum-Treated Alloy Steel Forgings for...|10.1520/A0471_A0471M-09 56155|Active|A472/A472M|2007-09-01|07|Test Method|Standard Specification for Heat Stability of Steam Turbine Shafts and Rotor Forgings|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers the determination of heat stability of steam turbine shafts and rotor forgings to ensure stability at operating temperature. This specification is not ordinarily applicable to generator rotor forgings.
1.2 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound unit and in SI units; however, unless the purchase order or contract specifies the applicable M specification designation (SI units), the inch-pound units shall apply. The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the specification, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard.
1.3 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided for use at the option of the purchaser. The supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the purchase order or contract.
1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|emissivity; heat stability; rotor forgings; steam turbines; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A472|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A472A472M|Standard Specification for Heat Stability of Steam Turbine Shafts and Rotor Forgings|A472||
This measurement method covers the procedures for the standard practice of determining the heat stability of steam turbine and rotor forgings to ensure stability at operating temperature. Surface and test band preparation, and heating and cooling procedures prior to stability measurements are detailed. Interpretation of the results of cold and hot measurements is also described.
|A472|Standard Specification for Heat Stability of Steam Turbine Shafts and...|10.1520/A0472_A0472M-07 68717|Active|A473|2009-05-01|01(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Forgings|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers austenitic, austenitic-ferritic, ferritic, and martensitic stainless steel forgings for general use, and for low- or high-temperature service.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|austenitic stainless steel; austenitic-ferritic duplex stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; stainless steel forgings; Steel forgings--specifications; Austenitic stainless steel forgings--specifications; Martensitic stainless steel forgings--specifications; Stainless steel forgings--specifications; Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings); ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A473|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A473|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Forgings|A473||
This specification covers austenitic, austenitic-ferritic, ferritic, and martensitic stainless steel forgings for general use, and for low- or high-temperature service. The different solution heat treatment and annealing treatment received by the steel material are presented in details. The steel shall conform to the specified chemical composition and room temperature mechanical requirements. The forgings shall be produced with prolongations for testing, unless otherwise specified. The number of and procedure for tension test for forgings depending on their weight are presented. The tension test specimens shall be taken from the test prolongations or from the forgings.
|A473|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Forgings|10.1520/A0473-01R09 62187|Active|A474|2008-05-01|03(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Wire Strand|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers five grades of aluminum-coated, steel wire strand, composed of a number of round, steel wires, with aluminum coatings, for use as guys, messengers, span wires, and for similar purposes.

1.2 The five grades covered are as follows:

1.2.1 Utilities,

1.2.2 Common,

1.2.3 Siemens-Martin,

1.2.4 High-Strength, and

1.2.5 Extra High-Strength.

1.3 Minimum breaking strengths of strand for each grade are specified in Table 1.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|aluminum-coated steel wire strand; wire strand; Aluminum-coated steel wire--specifications; Steel wire strand--specifications; ICS Number Code 29.060.10 (Wires)||TRUE/A474|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A474|Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Wire Strand|A474||
This specification covers five grades of aluminum-coated, steel wire strand composed of a number of round, steel wires, with aluminum coatings, for use as guys, messengers, span wires, and for similar purposed. The five grades are as follows: (1) utilities; (2) common; (3) Siemens-Martin; (4) high-strength; and (5)extra high-strength. The base metal shall be steel made by any commercially steel making process, The ingot or pig aluminum used for coating shall conform to the required impurity limits of copper and iron. All wires shall be stranded with uniform tension. Physical tests shall be performed wherein the steel wire strands shall conform to the required values of breaking strength. The steel specimens shall also conform to the required values of elongation, diameter and weight of coating.
|A474|Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Wire Strand|10.1520/A0474-03R08 70915|Active|A475|2009-05-01|03(2009)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers five grades of zinc-coated, steel wire strand, composed of a number of round, steel wires, with four weights of zinc coatings, suitable for use as guys, messengers, span wires, and for similar purposes.

1.2 The five grades covered are as follows:

1.2.1 Utilities,

1.2.2 Common,

1.2.3 Siemens-Martin,

1.2.4 High-Strength, and

1.2.5 Extra High-Strength.

1.2.6 Minimum breaking strengths of strand for each grade are described in Section 7.

1.3 The four weights of zinc coatings are: Class 1 and Classes A, B, and C. Minimum weights of zinc coatings are described in Section 10.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|steel wire strand; wire; zinc-coated steel wire strand; Electrical power systems--specifications; Steel wire strand--specifications; Transmission lines (electric); Zinc-coated steel wire--specifications; ICS Number Code 29.060.10 (Wires)||TRUE/A475|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A475|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand|A475||
This specification covers five grades of zinc-coated, steel wire strand, composed of a number of round, steel wires, with four weights of zinc coatings, suitable for use as guys, messengers, span wires, and for similar purposes. The five grades covered are as follows: utilities, common, Siemens-Martin, high-strength, and extra high-strength. The base metal shall be steel made by any commercially accepted steel making process and of such quality and purity that, when drawn to the size of wire specified and coated with zinc, the finished strand and the individual wires shall be of uniform quality and have the properties and characteristics as prescribed in this specification. Strands shall have a left lay and all wires shall be stranded with uniform tension and be sufficiently close. The finished strand shall meet the requirements according to the specified approximate weight per unit length of strand against minimum breaking strength, elongation, and ductility of steel. The zinc-coated wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix without cracking or delaminating the zinc coating. Joints in the wires composing the strand shall be either the brazed-lap type or electric-butt-welded type shall be coated with zinc after completion so that the joints have protection from corrosion equivalent to that of the zinc-coated wire itself.
|A475|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand|10.1520/A0475-03R09E01 44675|Active|A476/A476M|2005-11-01|00(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings for Paper Mill Dryer Rolls|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers ductile iron castings for use in pressure containing paper mill dryer rolls at temperatures up to 450F [230C].
1.2 No precise quantitative relationship can be stated between the properties of the iron in various locations of the same casting or between the properties of a casting and those of a test specimen cast from the same iron (see ).
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A476|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A476A476M|Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings for Paper Mill Dryer Rolls|A476||
This specification covers ductile iron castings for use in pressure containing paper mill dryer rolls. The castings shall be stress relieved through heat treatment and shall undergo chemical analysis and conform to the required chemical composition in total carbon, silicon, phosphorus, and sulfur. Tension test specimens shall be obtained from test coupons poured from the same iron as the castings represented and shall conform to the prescribed mechanical properties such as yield strength, tensile strength, and elongation. Hardness test shall be conducted on the material and shall meet the required Brinell hardness value.
|A476|Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings for Paper Mill Dryer Rolls|10.1520/A0476_A0476M-00R05 60122|Active|A478|2008-03-01|97(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Weaving and Knitting Wire|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers the more commonly used types of round stainless steel wire intended especially for weaving and knitting.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|knitting wire; stainless steel; weaving wire; Chromium-nickel-alloy steel--specifications; Stainless steel wire--specifications; Steel wire (chromium alloy)--specifications; Weaving wire ; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality); 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A478|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A478|Standard Specification for Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Weaving and Knitting Wire|A478||
This specification covers the commonly used types of round stainless steel wire intended especially for weaving and knitting. The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition specified. Wire shall be furnished in one of the following conditions: annealing, bright annealing, or cold drawing. The material shall conform to the requirements as to mechanical properties. The types of finish procurable are as follows: pickled finish and bright finish.
|A478|Standard Specification for Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Weaving and...|10.1520/A0478-97R08 64710|Active|A479/A479M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for Use in Boilers and Other Pressure Vessels|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot- and cold-finished bars of stainless steel, including rounds, squares, and hexagons, and hot-rolled or extruded shapes such as angles, tees, and channels for use in boiler and pressure vessel construction.
Note 1—There are standards covering high nickel, chromium, austenitic corrosion, and heat-resisting alloy materials. These standards are under the jurisdiction of ASTM Subcommittee B02.07 and may be found in Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol 02.04.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.3 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|austenitic stainless steel; austenitic-ferritic duplex stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; pressure-containing parts; pressure vessel service; stainless steel bars; stainless steel shapes; temperature service applications—high
; Boilers; High-temperature service applications--steel bars; Pressure vessel steel bars--specifications; Stainless steel bars/billets--specifications; Steel bars and shapes--specifications; Steel bars/shapes/wires; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A479|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A479A479M|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for Use in Boilers and Other Pressure Vessels|A479||
This specification covers hot- and cold-finished bars of stainless steel, including rounds, squares, and hexagons, and hot-rolled or extruded shapes such as angles, tees, and channels for use in boiler and pressure vessel construction. Four grades of the stainless steel are available which includes austenitic, austenitic-ferritic, ferritic, and martensitic grades. Mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and hardness shall be determined for the specimens subjected to normalized, tempered, annealed, and quenched conditions. The austenitic stainless steels shall be subjected to heat treatment and shall undergo corrosion test.
|A479|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for Use in...|10.1520/A0479_A0479M-08 68183|Active|A480/A480M|2009-04-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip|24|51.00|51.00|61.20||
1.1 This specification covers a group of general requirements that, unless otherwise specified in the purchase order or in an individual specification, shall apply to rolled steel plate, sheet, and strip, under each of the following specifications issued by ASTM: Specifications A 167, A 176, A 240/A 240M, A 263, A 264, A 265, A 666, A 693, A 793, and A 895.

1.2 In the case of conflict between a requirement of a product specification and a requirement of this specification, the product specification shall prevail. In the case of conflict between a requirement of the product specification or a requirement of this specification and a more stringent requirement of the purchase order, the purchase order shall prevail. The purchase order requirements shall not take precedence if they, in any way, violate the requirements of the product specification or this specification; for example, by waiving a test requirement or by making a test requirement less stringent.

1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets, except that when A 480M is specified, Annex A3 shall apply for the dimensional tolerances and not the bracketed SI values in Annex A2. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.

1.4 This specification and the applicable material specifications are expressed in both inch-pound and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation [SI units], the material shall be furnished in inch-pound units.
|austenitic stainless steel; duplex stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; stainless steel; stainless steel plate; stainless steel sheet; stainless steel strip; General delivery requirements--steel; Stainless steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; Steel plate--specifications; Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; Steel strip; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A480|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A480A480M|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip|A480||
This specification covers general requirements for flat-rolled stainless and heat-resisting steel plate, sheet, and strip. The steel shall be made by one of the following processes: electric-arc, electric-induction, or other suitable processes. Heat and product analyses shall conform to the chemical requirements for each of the specific elements. The material shall undergo mechanical tests such as tension test, hardness test, and bend test. Special tests like intergranular corrosion test, permeability test, Charpy impact testing and tests for detrimental intermetallic phases in wrought duplex stainless steels shall be also be performed when required.
|A480|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless...|10.1520/A0480_A0480M-09 40452|Active|A481|2005-05-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Chromium Metal|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers two grades of chromium metal designated as A and B.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|chromium; chromium metal; ICS Number Code 77.120.40 (Nickel, chromium and their alloys)||TRUE/A481|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A481|Standard Specification for Chromium Metal|A481||
This specification covers the standard requirements for several grades of chromium metal. Materials shall undergo chemical analysis procedures and shall adhere to specified chemical composition requirements. The metals shall also adhere to standard sizes, tolerances, and friability ratings according their grades.
|A481|Standard Specification for Chromium Metal|10.1520/A0481-05 40453|Active|A482|2005-05-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferrochrome-Silicon|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of ferrochrome-silicon.
|ferrochrome; ferrochrome silicon; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A482|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A482|Standard Specification for Ferrochrome-Silicon|A482||
This specification covers ferrochrome-silicon of Grades A and B. Chemical analysis shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of chromium, carbon, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus, nitrogen, manganese, nickel, vanadium, copper, molybdenum, columbium, tantalum, cobalt, aluminum, titanium, zirconium, arsenic, lead, tin, zinc, boron, antimony, silver, and bismuth.
|A482|Standard Specification for Ferrochrome-Silicon|10.1520/A0482-05 36635|Active|A483|2004-10-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Silicomanganese|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers three grades of silicomanganese designated A, B, and C.
|ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A483|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A483|Standard Specification for Silicomanganese|A483||
This specification covers standards for silicomanganese of Grades A, B, and C. Materials shall conform to manganese, silicon, carbon, phosphorus, and sulfur contents, as well as supplemental requirements of arsenic, tin, lead, chromium, nickel, and molybdenum. The material shall also conform to standard sizes and tolerances.
|A483|Standard Specification for Silicomanganese|10.1520/A0483-04 64711|Active|A484/A484M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Stainless Steel Bars, Billets, and Forgings|12|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers general requirements that shall apply to wrought stainless steel bars, shapes, forgings, and billets or other semi-finished material (except wire) for forging, under the latest revision of each of the following ASTM specifications: A 276, A 314, A 458, A 473, A 477, A 479/A 479M, A 564/A 564M, A 565/A 565M, A 582/A 582M, A 638/A 638M, A 705/A 705M, and A 831/A 831M.

1.2 In the case of conflict between a requirement of a product specification and a requirement of this specification, the product specification shall prevail. In the case of conflict between a requirement of the product specification or a requirement of this specification and a more stringent requirement of the purchase order, the purchase order shall prevail. The purchase order requirements shall not take precedence if they, in any way, violate the requirements of the product specification or this specification; for example, by waiving a test requirement or by making a test requirement less stringent.

1.3 The requirements for introduction of new materials in specifications referencing this specification are given in Annex A1.

1.4 General requirements for flat-rolled stainless steel products other than bar are covered in Specification A 480/A 480M.

1.5 General requirements for wire products in coils are covered in Specification A 555/A 555M.

1.6 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.7 Unless the order specifies an “M” designation, the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
|general delivery requirements; stainless steel bars; stainless steel billets; stainless steel forgings; stainless steel shapes; General delivery requirements--steel; Hot wrought steel bars--specifications; Stainless steel bars/billets--specifications; Stainless steel forgings--specifications; Steel bars--specifications; Steel bars and billets--specifications; Steel bars/forgings/forging stock--specifications; Steel billets--specifications; Steel forgings--specifications ; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality)||TRUE/A484|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A484A484M|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Stainless Steel Bars, Billets, and Forgings|A484||
This specification covers general requirements that shall apply to wrought stainless steel bars, shapes, forgings, and billets or other semi-finished materials, except wire, for forging. The materials shall be furnished in one of the following conditions: (1) hot-worked; (2) hot-worked and annealed; (3) hot-worked, annealed and cold-worked; or (4) hot-worked, annealed, and heat-treated. Product analysis tolerances shall be performed wherein the specimens shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, titanium, cobalt, columbium, tantalum, copper, aluminum, nitrogen, tungsten, vanadium, and selenium. The materials shall be heat treated and austenitic stainless steels and austenitic-ferritic grades shall be furnished in the solution annealed condition and shall conform to the required values of temperature, permitted annealing procedure, quenching, and rapid cooling.
|A484|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Stainless Steel Bars,...|10.1520/A0484_A0484M-08 28503|Active|A485|2003-04-10|03|Specification|Standard Specification for High Hardenability Antifriction Bearing Steel|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high hardenability modifications of high-carbon bearing quality steel to be used in the manufacture of antifriction bearings.
1.2 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided and when desired shall be so stated in the order.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|hardenability; antifriction; bearing; steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality)||TRUE/A485|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.28|01.05|||MP7|||||A485|Standard Specification for High Hardenability Antifriction Bearing Steel|A485||
This specification covers high hardenability modifications of high-carbon bearing quality steel to be used in the manufacture of antifriction bearings. The grades of steels covered here are: Grade 1, Grade 2, Grade 3, Grade 4, Grade B2, Grade B3, Grade B4, Grade B5, Grade B6, Grade B7, and Grade B8. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, titanium, copper, molybdenum, oxygen, and aluminum. The steels shall undergo normalizing followed by spheroidize annealing before heating for end quenching. Test for hardenability shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required Brinell and Rockwell hardness.
|A485|Standard Specification for High Hardenability Antifriction Bearing Steel|10.1520/A0485-03 57519|Active|A487/A487M|2007-11-01|93(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings Suitable for Pressure Service|6|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers low-alloy steels and martensitic stainless steels in the normalized and tempered, or quenched and tempered, condition suitable for pressure-containing parts. The weldability of the classes in this specification varies from readily weldable to weldable only with adequate precautions, and the weldability of each class should be considered prior to assembly by fusion welding.
1.2 Selection will depend on design, mechanical, and service conditions. Users should note that hardenability of some of the grades mentioned may restrict the maximum size at which the required mechanical properties are obtained.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. Inch-pound units are applicable for material ordered to Specification A 487 and SI units for material ordered to Specification A 487M.
|alloy steel; martensitic stainless steel; pressure containing parts; stainless steel; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A487|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A487A487M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings Suitable for Pressure Service|A487||
This specification covers low-alloy steel and martensitic stainless steels in the normalized and tempered, or quenched and tempered conditions, suitable for pressure-containing parts. All castings shall receive the specified heat treatment requirement: austenitizing temperature, medium, quenching cool, and tempering temperature. Preliminary heat treatment and multiple tempering are permitted. Recording-type pyrometers shall be used to control the furnace temperature. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, boron, and copper. Residual elements include: copper, nickel, chromium, tungsten, molybdenum, and vanadium. Tensile properties of the steel shall conform to the requirements for tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, hardness, and maximum thickness. Product analysis tolerance is specified. Repair by welding may be done.
|A487|Standard Specification for Steel Castings Suitable for Pressure Service|10.1520/A0487_A0487M-93R07 53899|Active|A488/A488M|2007-05-01|07|Practice|Standard Practice for Steel Castings, Welding, Qualifications of Procedures and Personnel|18|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This practice covers the qualification of procedures, welders, and operators for the fabrication and repair of steel castings by electric arc welding.
1.1.1 Qualifications of a procedure and either or both the operator or welder under Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall automatically qualify the procedure and either or both the operator or welder under this practice. P-number designations in the ASME grouping of base metals for qualification may be different than the category numbers listed in Table 1. Refer to Appendix X1 for a comparison of ASTM category numbers with the corresponding ASME P-Number designations.
1.2 Each manufacturer or contractor is responsible for the welding done by his organization and shall conduct the tests required to qualify his welding procedures, welders, and operators.
1.3 Each manufacturer or contractor shall maintain a record of welding procedure qualification tests (Fig. 1), welder or operator performance qualification tests (Fig. 2), and welding procedure specification (Fig. 3), which shall be made available to the purchaser's representative on request.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this practice.
1.5 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|qualifications; steel castings; welding; ICS Number Code 25.160.10 (Welding processes); 25.160.01 (Welding, brazing and soldering in general)||TRUE/A488|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A488A488M|Standard Practice for Steel Castings, Welding, Qualifications of Procedures and Personnel|A488||
This practice covers the qualification of procedures, welders, and operators for the fabrication and repair of steel castings by electric arc welding. The materials are categorized as carbon steel, carbon and carbon-manganese steel, low alloy steel, ferritic stainless steel, martensitic stainless steel, low carbon austenitic stainless steel, unstabilized austenitic stainless steel, austenitic stainless steel, duplex austenitic-ferritic stainless steel, precipitation-hardened austenitic stainless steel, nickel base alloy, steel castings, austenitic manganese. The orientation of the welds with respect to the horizontal and vertical planes of reference is classified into four positions, namely, flat, horizontal, vertical, and overhead. Four types of test shall be conducted in the qualification procedures such as tension test, bend test, Charpy impact test and radiographic test. Guided bend test specimens shall be prepared by cutting the test plate or pipe to form specimens of approximately rectangular cross section. Guided bend test specimens are of three types depending on which surface -side bend, face bend, or root bend is on the convex (outer) side of the bent specimen. A welding procedure must be set up as a new procedure and must be requalified when any of the changes in essential variables, inclusive, are made. Changes other than those listed may be made without requalification, provided the procedure is revised to show these changes. All welders and operators welding castings under this practice shall pass the welder qualification test. The welder or operator successfully performing the procedure qualification test is automatically qualified for performance.
|A488|Standard Practice for Steel Castings, Welding, Qualifications of...|10.1520/A0488_A0488M-07 50036|Active|A489|2004-07-01|04e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Lifting Eyes|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers weldless forged, quenched, and tempered carbon steel threaded lifting eyes (formerly eyebolts) for overhead lifting.
Note 1—Lifting eyes carrying this specification number even though they are liquid quenched and tempered may be processed from carbon steel which, in the composition range permitted by this specification, could have a fracture appearance transition temperature (50 % shear) higher than operating temperatures. Therefore, in order to minimize the possibility of a brittle cleavage failure, these lifting eyes should never be loaded above the proof load, and should not be used when surface discontinuities exist on the lifting eyes.
1.2 The specification includes two types denoting shank pattern and one style denoting shank length (both defined in ASME B 18.15) as follows:
1.2.1 Type 1—Plain pattern (straight shank).
1.2.2 Type 2—Shoulder pattern.
1.2.3 Style B—Short length.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The SI values given in parentheses are for information only.
1.4 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789 unless otherwise defined herein.
|carbon steel; eyebolts; lifting eye; steel; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A489|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,B,CH|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A489|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Lifting Eyes|A489||
This specification covers the chemical, mechanical, grain size, and dimensional requirements for weldless forged, quenched, and tempered carbon steel threaded lifting eyes (formerly pertained to as eyebolts) for overhead lifting. This specification covers two types denoting shank pattern, and one style denoting shank length, as follows: Type 1, plain pattern (straight shank); Type 2, shoulder pattern; and Style B, short length. The lifting eyes shall be manufactured as specified for the melting, forging, heat treatment, and machining processes. The mechanical properties to which the lifting eyes shall adhere are proof, breaking strength, tensile stress and strength, bend strength, impact strength, yield point, elongation, and reduction of area.
|A489|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Lifting Eyes|10.1520/A0489-04E01 66524|Active|A490|2008-12-01|08b|Specification|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers two types of quenched and tempered, alloy steel, heavy hex structural bolts having a tensile strength of 150 to 173 ksi.

1.2 These bolts are intended for use in structural connections. These connections are covered under the requirements of the Specification for Structural Joints Using Specification A 325 or A 490 bolts, approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections; endorsed by the American Institute of Steel Construction and by the Industrial Fastener Institute.

1.3 The bolts are furnished in sizes ¹/₂ to 1½in., inclusive. They are designated by type denoting chemical composition as follows:

Type Description

Type 1 Medium carbon alloy steel

Type 2 Withdrawn in 2002

Type 3 Weathering steel

1.4 This specification provides that heavy hex structural bolts shall be furnished unless other dimensional requirements are specified on the purchase order.

1.5 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789 unless otherwise defined herein.

1.6 For metric bolts, see Specification A 490M Classes 10.9 and 10.9.3

1.7 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement are included in this standard.

1.8 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only to the Test Methods portion, Section 12 of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|bolts; alloy steel; steel; structural; weathering steel
; Alloy steel bolting materials--specifications; Bolted construction materials/applications--specifications; Fasteners (metal)--specifications; Steel bolting materials--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bolting materials--specifications ; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A490|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A490|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength|A490|||A490|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated,...|10.1520/A0490-08B 69018|Active|A490M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Strength Steel Bolts, Classes 10.9 and 10.9.3, for Structural Steel Joints (Metric)|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers two types of quenched and tempered alloy steel, metric heavy hex structural bolts having a tensile strength of 1040 to 1210 MPa.

1.2 These bolts are intended for use in structural connections comparable to those covered under the requirements of the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 and A 490 bolts, approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections; endorsed by the American Institute of Steel Construction and by the Industrial Fastener Institute.

1.3 The bolts are furnished in nominal bolt diameters M12 to M36, inclusive. They are designated by type denoting chemical composition as follows:

Type Description

Type 1 Medium carbon alloy steel

Type 2 Withdrawn in 2002

Type 3 Weathering steel

1.4 This specification is applicable to metric heavy hex structural bolts and alternate designs as established by the Research Council in its publication, Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 and A 490 bolts.

1.5 For inch-pound bolts, see Specification A 490.

1.6 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement are included in this standard.

1.7 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only to the Test Methods portion, Section 13, of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|alloy steel; bolts; metric; SI; steel; structural; weathering steel, Alloy steel bolting materials--specifications; Bolted construction materials/applications--specifications; Fasteners (metal)--specifications; Steel bolting materials--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bolting materials--specifications||TRUE/A490M|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A490M|Standard Specification for High-Strength Steel Bolts, Classes 10.9 and 10.9.3, for Structural Steel Joints (Metric)|A490M||
This specification covers the chemical, mechanical, and metallurgical requirements for two types of heavy hex structural bolts made of quenched and tempered alloy steel and having specified tensile strengths and sizes. These bolts are intended for use in structural connections, and are furnished in nominal bolt diameters M12 through M36. They are designated by type denoting chemical composition as follows: Type 1—medium carbon alloy steel; and Type 3—weathering steel. The bolts shall conform to chemical requirements as examined by heat and product analysis. The bolts shall also be tested, and shall conform accordingly to specified requirements for mechanical properties such as Brinell hardness, Rockwell hardness, microhardness, tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, stress area, tensile load, and proof load; metallurgical properties such as carburization and decarburization; and dimensional properties such that for the head and body, and threads. The bolts shall undergo magnetic particle inspection as well for longitudinal discontinuities and transverse cracks.
|A490M|Standard Specification for High-Strength Steel Bolts, Classes 10.9 and...|10.1520/A0490M-09 56692|Active|A491|2007-09-15|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers aluminum-coated steel chain-link fence fabric, aluminum-coated before weaving.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|aluminum coated (aluminized) iron and steel articles; aluminum coated (aluminized) steel chain link fence fabric; chain link fence; steel; coatings; aluminum (aluminized); fence/fencing materials; chain link; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A491|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||F14.40|01.06|||MP7|||||A491|Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric|A491||
This specification covers the basic physical requirements for steel chain-link fence fabric that are aluminum-coated before weaving. Fabrics conforming to this specification shall meet specified requirements for weave form and typical diamond count, size of mesh, size of wire, height of fabric, selvage, weight of aluminum coating, breaking strength, workmanship and finish, and standard length of rolls.
|A491|Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric|10.1520/A0491-07 68718|Active|A492|2009-05-01|95(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Rope Wire|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers the more commonly used types of round stainless steel wire intended especially for stranding into wire rope.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|austenitic stainless steel; stainless steel rope wire; Stainless steel wire--specifications; Steel wire--specifications; Steel wire rope--specifications; Steel wire strand--specifications ; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A492|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A492|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Rope Wire|A492||
This specification covers the standard for the more commonly used types of round stainless steel wire intended especially for stranding into wire rope. Chemical analysis shall be performed on the steel and the chemical composition shall conform to the required values in carbon, manganese phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, and nitrogen. The material shall also meet the requirements in tensile strength.
|A492|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Rope Wire|10.1520/A0492-95R09 69042|Active|A493|2009-04-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire and Wire Rods for Cold Heading and Cold Forging|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers cold-finished and hot-finished stainless steel wire and wire rods for cold heading or cold forging for applications, such as fasteners, where corrosion resistance is a factor.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|austenitic stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; stainless steel cold forging wire; stainless steel cold heading wire; Cold forging steel; Corrosive service applications--wire; Forgings--specifications; Stainless steel forgings--specifications; Stainless steel wire--specifications; Steel bars/shapes/wires; Steel forgings--specifications; Steel wire--specifications; Steel wire rod--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality); 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A493|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A493|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire and Wire Rods for Cold Heading and Cold Forging|A493||
This specification covers cold-finished and hot-finished stainless steel wire and wire rods for cold heading or cold forging for applications, such as fasteners, where corrosion resistance is a factor. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition requirements. The material shall also conform to the requirements as to mechanical properties. All austenitic grades in the annealed condition or annealed and lightly drafted condition shall be capable of passing the criteria set by this specification.
|A493|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire and Wire Rods for Cold...|10.1520/A0493-09 69019|Active|A494/A494M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers nickel, nickel-copper, nickel-copper-silicon, nickel-molybdenum, nickel-chromium, and nickel-molybdenum-chromium alloy castings for corrosion-resistant service.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|corrosion-resistant applications; nickel; nickel alloy castings; nickel alloys; nickel casting, Corrosive service applications--castings; Nickel--specifications; Nickel alloy castings--specifications; Nickel-chromium-iron alloys--specifications; Nickel-copper alloy steel--specifications; Nickel-copper-silicon; Nickel-molybdenum alloys--specifications; Nickel-molybdenum-chromium alloys--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.150.40 (Nickel and chromium products)||TRUE/A494|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A494A494M|Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy|A494||
This specification covers nickel, nickel-copper, nickel-copper-silicon, nickel-molybdenum, nickel-chromium, and nickel-molybdenum-chromium alloy castings for corrosion resistant service. The castings shall be heat treated. When Class 1 is specified, grades CY40 and M25S shall be supplied in the as-cast condition. When Class 2 is specified, grades CY40 and M25S shall be supplied in the solution treated condition. When Class 3 is specified, grade M25S shall be supplied in the age-hardened condition. The chemical composition requirements of the alloys are presented. The tensile property requirements including the heat treatment procedure for the castings are presented in detail. It is required that one tension test shall be made from each master heat except for grades M25S and CY5SnBiM when the master heat is used to pour the castings. One tension test shall be made from each melt except for grades M25S and CY5SnBiM. Test results shall conform to the specified tensile requirements.
|A494|Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy|10.1520/A0494_A0494M-09 48087|Active|A495|2006-07-01|06|Specification| Standard Specification for Calcium-Silicon Alloys|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers a standard grade of calcium-silicon, a standard grade of calcium-manganese-silicon, a standard grade of calcium-silicon-barium and a standard grade of ferro-calcium-silicon.
|ICS Number Code 77.120.99 (Other non-ferrous metals and their alloys)||TRUE/A495|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A495| Standard Specification for Calcium-Silicon Alloys|A495||
This specification covers a standard grade of calcium-silicon, a standard grade of calcium-manganese-silicon, a standard grade of calcium-silicon-barium and a standard grade of ferro-calcium-silicon. The material shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition specified.
|A495| Standard Specification for Calcium-Silicon Alloys|10.1520/A0495-06 56432|Active|A496/A496M|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers deformed steel wire which has been cold-worked by drawing, rolling, or both drawing and rolling, to be used as produced, or in fabricated form, for the reinforcement of concrete in sizes having nominal cross-sectional areas not less than 6.45 mm² [0.01 in.²].
1.2 Supplement S1 describes high-strength wire, which shall be furnished when specifically ordered. It shall be permissible to furnish high-strength wire in place of regular wire if mutually agreed to by the purchaser and manufacturer.
1.3 The values stated in SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard (The inch-pound units are shown in brackets except in Table 1).
|concrete reinforcement; deformations (indentations); steel wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete)||TRUE/A496|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A496A496M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement|A496||
This specification covers deformed steel wires that have been cold-worked by drawing, rolling, or both drawing and rolling, to be used as produced, or in fabricated form, for the reinforcement of concretes. Deformations shall be spaced along the wire at a substantially uniform distance and its average spacing and height shall be determined. Tension tests shall be used to determine the required tensile properties such as tensile strength and yield strength. Bend test shall be performed to determine if the specimen shall withstand being bent at room temperature through right angle without cracking on the outside of the bent portion.
|A496|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement|10.1520/A0496_A0496M-07 56433|Active|A497/A497M|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers welded wire reinforcement made from cold-worked drawn or rolled deformed wire, or a combination of deformed and non-deformed wires, to be used for the reinforcement of concrete.
Note 1
Welded wire for concrete reinforcement has been described by various terms: welded wire fabric, WWF, fabric, and mesh. The wire reinforcement industry prefers the term "welded wire reinforcement" (WWF) as being more representative of the range of products being manufactured. Therefore, the term "welded wire fabric" has been replaced with the term "welded wire reinforcement" in this specifcation and in other related specifications.
1.2 The values stated in SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|concrete reinforcement; deformed steel wire; reinforced concrete; reinforcing steels; welded wire reinforcement; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete)||TRUE/A497|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A497A497M|Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete|A497||
This specification covers steel-welded wire reinforcements, deformed for concrete reinforcement. The welded wire reinforcement shall be furnished either in flat sheets, or in rolls as specified by the purchaser. The wires shall be assembled, connected to every intersections, and shall be fabricated and finished wherein the wires shall conform to the required specifications. Tensile, bend and weld shear strength tests shall be performed to assure the specimens meet the mechanical property requirements.
|A497|Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for...|10.1520/A0497_A0497M-07 49920|Active|A498|2006-10-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger Tubes with Integral Fins|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers external helical, integral finned, seamless or welded low-carbon steel tubes for use in tubular heat exchangers, surface condensers, evaporators, superheaters, and similar heat-transfer apparatus in unfinned end diameters up to 2 in. (50.8 mm), inclusive.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|carbon steel tube; heat exchanger tube; seamless steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube||TRUE/A498|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A498|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger Tubes with Integral Fins|A498||
This specification covers external helical, integral finned, seamless or welded low-carbon steel tubes for use in tubular heat exchangers, surface condensers, evaporators, superheaters, and similar heat-transfer apparatus in unfinned end diameters. The tube, prior to finning operation or unfinned portions of the finned tube, shall conform to the requirements for tensile properties prescribed in the governing plain-tube specification. Each tube after finning shall be subjected to a pressure test which shall permit easy visual leakage detection.
|A498|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger...|10.1520/A0498-06 60746|Active|A499|2008-03-01|89(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bars and Shapes, Carbon Rolled from “T” Rails|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel bars and shapes produced from standard rail steel. These bars are furnished in the as-wrought condition intended for structural use, or bar and shape uses, where high tensile properties are applicable. These materials are available in two strength levels as Grades 50 and 60.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|carbon steel bars; carbon steel shapes; Carbon steel bars/shapes--specifications; “T” rails; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods); 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A499|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A499|Standard Specification for Steel Bars and Shapes, Carbon Rolled from “T” Rails|A499||
This specification covers the standard for carbon steel bars and shapes rolled from standard rail steel. The material shall be hot wrought from section T rails and shall be produced by hot forming slit railroad rail parts to yield straight lengths. One tension test and one hardness test shall be performed from each lot to determine the mechanical properties and shall conform to the requirement in tensile strength, elongation, Brinell hardness, and Rockwell B hardness.
|A499|Standard Specification for Steel Bars and Shapes, Carbon Rolled from 1.1 This specification covers cold-formed welded and seamless carbon steel round, square, rectangular, or special shape structural tubing for welded, riveted, or bolted construction of bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes.
1.2 This tubing is produced in both welded and seamless sizes with a periphery of 64 in. [1630 mm] or less, and a specified wall thickness of 0.625 in. [16 mm] or less. Grade D requires heat treatment. Note 1 - Products manufactured to this specification may not be suitable for those applications such as dynamically loaded elements in welded structures, etc., where low-temperature notch-toughness properties may be important.
1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
1.4 The text of this specification contains notes and footnotes that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.
|ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A500|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A500A500M|Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes|A500||
This specification covers cold-formed welded and seamless carbon steel round, square, rectangular, or special shape structural tubing for welded, riveted, or bolted construction of bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes. This tubing shall be produced in both welded and seamless sizes and must have the chemical requirements of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and copper. The steel shall be produced by either open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace melting process. When steels of different grades are sequentially strand cast, the steel producer shall identify the resultant transition material and remove it using an established procedure that positively separates the grades. The tubing shall then be made by a seamless or welding process. Welded tubing shall be made from flat-rolled steel by the electric-resistance-welding process. The longitudinal butt joint of welded tubing shall be welded across its thickness in such a manner that the structural design strength of the tubing section is assured. Tension test and flattening test shall be conducted to the specimens. All tubing shall be inspected at the place of manufacture to ensure conformance to the requirements of this specification and must have a workmanlike finish that is free from defects.
|A500|Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel...|10.1520/A0500_A0500M-07 53199|Active|A501|2007-03-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers black and hot-dipped galvanized hot-formed welded and seamless carbon steel square, round, rectangular, or special shape structural tubing for welded, riveted, or bolted construction of bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes.
1.2 Square and rectangular tubing is furnished in sizes 1 to 32 in. (25.4 to 813 mm) across flat sides with wall thicknesses 0.095 to 3.00 in. (2.41 to 76 mm), dependent upon size; round tubing is furnished in NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 (see Note 1) inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thicknesses 0.109 to 1.000 in. (2.77 to 25.40 mm), dependent upon size. Special shape tubing and tubing with other dimensions is permitted to be furnished, provided that such tubing complies with all other requirements of this specification.
Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
1.3 This specification covers the following grades:
1.3.1 Grade A—36000 psi (250 MPa) min yield strength.
1.3.2 Grade B—50000 psi (345 MPa) min yield strength.
1.4 An optional supplementary requirement is provided for Grade B and, when desired, shall be so stated on the order.
1.5 The following precautionary statement pertains only to the test method portion of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
1.6 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard. 1.7 The text of this specification contains notes and footnotes that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.
|steel tube; structural steel tubing; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes); 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A501|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A501|Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing|A501||
This specification covers black and hot-dipped galvanized hot-formed welded and seamless carbon steel square, round, rectangular, or special shape structural tubing for welded, riveted, or bolted construction or bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes. Special shape and dimensions of tubing are permitted to be furnished provided that such tubing comply with all other requirements of this specification. Test specimens shall be in accordance with other ASTM documents enlisted herein. The tubing shall be manufactured either by seamless, furnace-butt welding (continuous welding), electric-resistance welding or submerged arc welding. Testing of the sample specimens shall include one tension test from a length of each of the tubing representing each lot. If any lot fails the mechanical test, it shall be rejected or retested using additional tubing of double the original number from the lot. The lot shall be acceptable if the results of all such retests conform to the specified requirements.
|A501|Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel...|10.1520/A0501-07 28319|Active|A502|2003-07-10|03|Specification|Standard Specification for Rivets, Steel, Structural|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers three grades of steel rivets in diameters from 1/2 to 1 1/2 in. inclusive, for structural fabricating purposes. The grades are as follows:
Grade Description
1 Carbon steel rivets for general purpose use
2 Carbon manganese steel rivets for use with high strength carbon and high strength low alloy structural steels
3 Weathering steel rivets
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|carbon steel; rivets; steel; structural; weathering steel; ICS Number Code 21.060.40 (Rivets)||TRUE/A502||No_Replacement|0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A502|Standard Specification for Rivets, Steel, Structural|A502||
This specification covers the chemical composition, mechanical (Brinell hardness), dimensional, and visual inspection requirements, and associated test methods for steel rivets used for structural fabricating purposes. The steel used to make the rivets shall be manufactured by the open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace process, and the corresponding rivets shall be made by the hot or cold heading process and are expected to be hot driven. The rivets are available in the following grades: Grade 1, carbon steel rivets for general purpose use; Grade 2, carbon manganese steel rivets for use with high strength carbon and high strength low alloy structural steels; and Grade 3, weathering steel rivets.
|A502|Standard Specification for Rivets, Steel, Structural|10.1520/A0502-03 46316|Active|A503/A503M|2006-03-01|01(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Examination of Forged Crankshafts|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This is an acceptance specification for the ultrasonic inspection of forged steel crankshafts having main bearing journals or crankpins 4 in. [100 mm] or larger in diameter.
1.2 This specification covers the testing equipment required and the test procedure to be followed, and it defines the critical and noncritical areas and limits of acceptance.
1.3 This specification is intended to cover both continuous grain flow (CGF) crankshafts for medium and high speed diesel engines as well as solid (slab) forged crankshafts for other applications.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as the standard. Within the text and tables, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
1.5 Unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation, the inch-pound units shall be used.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|contact method; continuous grain flow; crankshafts; forged steel; slab forged; ultrasonic examination; ICS Number Code 21.120.10 (Shafts)||TRUE/A503|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A503A503M|Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Examination of Forged Crankshafts|A503||
This test specification deals with the acceptance specifications for the ultrasonic examination of forged steel crankshafts. This practice is applicable to both solid (slab) forged and continuous grain flow crankshafts. Specimens shall be divided into three volumetric zones, namely: the major critical sections (Zone 1), which includes the heavily loaded areas of the crankpins, webs, and main bearings; the minor critical sections (Zone 2), which includes the balance of the surface areas of the main bearing and crankpin journals and adjacent fillets, flanges, and gear fit areas; and Zone 3, which includes the balance of the crankshaft, and the remaining sections of the webs. The crankshafts shall be examined after heat treatment, but before machining geometric features such as chamfers and oil holes. Acceptance zones and criteria for both types of crankshafts are discussed briefly.
|A503|Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Examination of Forged Crankshafts|10.1520/A0503_A0503M-01R06 60020|Active|A504/A504M|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Wrought Carbon Steel Wheels|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers one-wear, two-wear, and multiple-wear wrought carbon steel wheels for locomotives and cars, designated Classes L, A, B, and C, heat-treated, wheels.

1.2 The service for which the various classes are intended is as follows:

1.2.1 Class B or C wheels shall be used for freight cars in interchange service.

1.2.2 Class B or C wheels are recommended for use on locomotives.

1.2.3 For passenger car service, the various classes are intended generally as follows:

1.2.3.1 Class L—High speed with more severe braking conditions than other classes and light wheel loads.

1.2.3.2 Class A—High speed with more severe braking conditions, but moderate wheel loads.

1.2.3.3 Class B—High speed service with severe braking conditions and heavier wheel loads.

1.2.3.4 Class C—(1) Service with light braking conditions and heavier wheel loads.

1.2.3.5 Class C—(2) Service with heavier braking conditions where off-tread brakes are employed.

1.3 The use of two-wear wheels is recommended for freight car service.

1.4 Supplementary requirements included in Specification A 788/A 788M may be specified by the purchaser for forgings ordered to this specification.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as the standard. Within the text and tables, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.

1.6 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units

1.7 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|freight car wheels; locomotive wheels; passenger car wheels; rail applications; steel wheels; wrought steel; Railroad steel materials--wheels; Shot peening; Wrought steel--specifications; ICS Number Code 43.040.50 (Transmissions, suspensions)||TRUE/A504|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A504A504M|Standard Specification for Wrought Carbon Steel Wheels|A504||
This specification deals with one-wear, two-wear, and multiple-wear wrought carbon steel wheels for locomotives and cars. The classes of steel wheels according to passenger car service covered here are: Class L, which are for high speed services with more severe braking conditions than other classes and light wheel loads; Class A, which are for high speed services with more severe braking conditions, but moderate wheel loads; Class B, which are for high speed services with severe braking conditions and heavier wheel loads; Class C (1), which are for services with light braking conditions and heavier wheel loads; and Class C (2), which are for services with heavier braking conditions where off-tread brakes are employed. Class B and C wheels shall be used for freight cars in interchange service, and are recommended for use on locomotives. Wheels shall be treated by rim-quenching and shot peening, and shall be finished by rough boring and machining. Heat analysis and rim hardness measurement procedures shall be performed to evaluate the conformance of wheel specimens with chemical composition and Brinell hardness requirements, respectively. Materials shall also go through nondestructive ultrasonic and magnetic particle examinations. Finally, customary product marking procedures shall be followed.
|A504|Standard Specification for Wrought Carbon Steel Wheels|10.1520/A0504_A0504M-08 39526|Active|A505|2005-03-01|00(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements for|11|43.00|43.00|||
1.1 This specification covers a group of common requirements that, unless otherwise specified in the material specification, apply to hot-rolled and cold-rolled alloy steel sheet and strip under each of the following specifications: A 506, A 507, and A 873/A 873M.
1.2 In case of any conflict in requirements, the requirements of the individual material specification shall prevail over those of this general specification.
1.3 The purchaser may specify additional requirements which do not negate any of the provisions of this general specification or of the individual material specification. Such additional requirements, the acceptance of which are subject to negotiation with the supplier, must be included in the order information (see ).
1.4 For purposes of determining conformance with this specification and the various material specifications referenced in , values shall be rounded to the nearest unit in the right-hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting values in accordance with the rounding provisions of Test Methods and Definitions A 370 and Test Methods, Practices, and Terminology A 751.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A505|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.19|01.03|||MP7|||||A505|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements for|A505||
This specification covers hot-rolled and cold-rolled alloy steel sheet and strip. The steel materials shall be melt processed, hot rolled, cold rolled, and heat treated. Cast or heat analysis and product analysis shall be performed wherein the specimens shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, copper, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, tungsten, and aluminum. The steel materials shall conform to the required metallurgical structure and yield strength. The types of edges procurable in the steel materials are as follows: (1) mill edge; (2) cut edge; (3) square edge; and (4) rounded edge.
|A505|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Alloy, Hot-Rolled and...|10.1520/A0505-00R05 44242|Active|A506|2005-12-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy and Structural Alloy Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot-rolled and cold-rolled alloy and structural alloy-steel sheet and strip. Alloy steel is furnished to chemical composition requirements and is intended primarily for general or miscellaneous use where bending and moderate forming is a requirement. Structural alloy steel is furnished to chemical composition requirements and to specific mechanical property requirements which may include tension tests, hardness tests, or other commonly accepted mechanical tests.
1.2 If material of a higher degree of uniformity of internal soundness and freedom from surface imperfections is required, reference should be made to Specification A 507.
1.3 Alloy and structural alloy-steel sheet and strip are not produced to internal cleanliness requirements. Normally surface imperfections are not objectionable, and a good finish is not a prime requirement.
1.4 The formability of structural alloy steel decreases with increasing yield strength or hardness. Therefore, product design in relation to the mechanical properties of the grade used must be considered.
1.5 The material covered by this specification may be furnished in several conditions: heat treatments, surface conditions, and edges, as specified herein, in coils or cut lengths.
1.6 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. SI units are provided for information only.
|alloy steel sheet; alloy steel strip; cold-rolled alloy steel; hot-rolled alloy steel; standard alloy steel; structural alloy steel||TRUE/A506|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.19|01.03|||MP7|||||A506|Standard Specification for Alloy and Structural Alloy Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled|A506||
This specification covers the standard for hot-rolled and cold-rolled alloy and structural alloy-steel sheet and strip. The material shall be furnished in several conditions: heat treatments such as hot-rolling and cold rolling; surface conditions; and edges, as specified herein, in coils or cut lengths. Heat analysis shall be performed on the material and shall conform to the required chemical compositions for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, copper, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, and vanadium. Materials in the annealed, normalized, or normalized-and-tempered condition shall be capable of meeting the longitudinal bend test requirements. Two tension tests and two hardness tests shall be made from coupons obtained from each heat (cast) and heat treatment lot.
|A506|Standard Specification for Alloy and Structural Alloy Steel, Sheet and...|10.1520/A0506-05 45753|Active|A507|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Drawing Alloy Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot-rolled and cold-rolled drawing alloy-steel sheet and strip. Material of this quality is produced principally for applications involving severe cold plastic deformation such as deep drawn or severely formed parts. This steel is produced by a closely controlled steel-making practice designed to assure internal soundness, relative uniformity of chemical composition, and freedom from injurious imperfections.
1.2 The material covered by this specification may be furnished in several conditions, heat treatments, surface finishes, and edges, as specified herein, in coils or cut lengths.
|alloy steel with improved formability; cold-rolled alloy steel; deep drawn alloy steel; drawing alloy steel sheet; drawing alloy steel strip; forming alloy steel; hot-rolled alloy steel; special soundness alloy steel||TRUE/A507|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.19|01.03|||MP7|||||A507|Standard Specification for Drawing Alloy Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled|A507||
This specification covers hot-rolled and cold-rolled drawing alloy steel sheets and strips for applications involving severe cold plastic deformation such as deep drawn or severely formed parts. Materials may be furnished in several conditions, heat treatments, surface finishes, and edges, as specified herein, in coils or cut lengths. Unless otherwise specified, specimens shall be heat treated by spheroidize annealing. Materials shall be tested and conform to specified values of chemical composition, metallurgical structure or microstructure, tensile strength, elongation, and Rockwell hardness. Unless otherwise specified, hot-rolled specimens shall be surface finished by descaling and oiling, and furnished with mill edge. While, cold-rolled specimens shall have a commercial dull matte surface finish and be oiled, and furnished with cut edge for sheets, and No. 3 edge for strips.
|A507|Standard Specification for Drawing Alloy Steel, Sheet and Strip,...|10.1520/A0507-06 43204|Active|A508/A508M|2005-10-01|05b|Specification|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Vacuum-Treated Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessels|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers quenched and tempered vacuum treated carbon and alloy steel forgings for pressure vessels such as those used in reactor systems. Specifically, it covers forgings for vessel closures, shells, flanges, tube sheets, rings, heads, and similar parts.
1.2 All grades are considered weldable under proper conditions. Welding technique is of fundamental importance, and it is presupposed that welding procedure and inspection will be in accordance with approved methods for the grade of material used.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as standards. Within the text and the tables, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
1.4 Unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
Note 1—Grades 1 and 1A are composed of different chemistries but have the same mechanical requirements.|chromium-molybdenum steel; nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy steels; pressure vessel service; quenched and tempered steels; steel forgings—alloy; steel forgings—carbon; vacuum-treated steels; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A508|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A508A508M|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Vacuum-Treated Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessels|A508||
This specification covers quenched and tempered vacuum-treated carbon and alloy steel forgings for pressure vessels, such as those used in reactor systems, specifically, vessel closures, shells, flanges, tube sheets, rings, heads, and similar parts. Steels shall be manufactured by basic electric-furnace process except when secondary ladle refining or remelting process is employed, and shall be vacuum treated prior to or during the pouring of the ingot. Materials shall also go through preliminary heat treatment and quenching for mechanical properties. Heat and product analyses shall be executed to evaluate the conformance of the forgings with specified chemical requirements. Tension and Charpy impact tests shall also be performed to examine the conformance of steel specimens with the following mechanical properties: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area. Nondestructive inspection procedures, such as magnetic particle examination, and longitudinal wave and angle beam ultrasonic examination, shall also be carried out. Repair welding may be permitted at the option of the purchaser.
|A508|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Vacuum-Treated Carbon and...|10.1520/A0508_A0508M-05B 65976|Active|A510|2008-11-15|08|Specification|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers general requirements for carbon steel wire rods and uncoated coarse round wire in coils or straightened and cut lengths.

1.2 In case of conflict, the requirements in the purchase order, on the drawing, in the individual specification, and in this general specification shall prevail in the sequence named.
Note 1—A complete metric companion to this specification has been developed—Specification A 510M; therefore, no metric equivalents are presented in this specification.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement are included in this standard.
|carbon; carbon steel; coarse round wire; general; grain size; straightened and cut; weld; wire; wire rods; Carbon steel wire--specifications; Coarse round steel wire; General delivery requirements--steel; Steel wire rod--specifications; Welded steel wire--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A510|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A510|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel|A510||
This specification deals with the general requirements for carbon steel wire rods and uncoated coarse round wire in coils, or straightened and cut lengths. The steel shall be made by the electric-furnace, basic-oxygen, or other similar commercially accepted steel making process. The steel may be either ingot cast or strand cast. The chemical compositions for steel are specified by ranges or limits for carbon and other elements. Grain size shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of a reference material. The diameter, length and out-of-roundness of the coarse round wire and straightened and cut wire shall not vary from that specified by more than that prescribed. Mechanical tests for rods are commonly made on samples taken from the ends of coils after removing enough rings to clear any non-uniformity in the controlled cooling process. In the case of wire, tests are commonly made on samples taken from the ends of coils, thereby not impairing the usefulness of the whole coil.
|A510|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse...|10.1520/A0510-08 65977|Active|A510M|2008-11-15|08|Specification|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel [Metric]|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers general requirements for carbon steel wire rods and uncoated coarse round wire in coils or straightened and cut lengths.

1.2 In case of conflict, the requirements in the purchase order, on the drawing, in the individual specification, and in this general specification shall prevail in the sequence named.
Note 1—This metric specification is equivalent to Specification A 510, and is compatible in technical content.

1.3 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement are included in this standard.
|carbon; coarse round wire; general; metric; straightened and cut; weld; wire rods; Carbon steel wire--specifications; Coarse round steel wire; General delivery requirements--steel; Steel wire rod--specifications; Welded steel wire--specifications ; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A510M|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A510M|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel [Metric]|A510M||
This specification covers the general requirements for carbon steel wire rods and uncoated coarse round wire in coils or straightened and cut lengths. Chemical compositions are specified by ranges or limits for carbon and other elements. The grades commonly specified for carbon steel wire rods and coarse round wire are presented. Grain size, when specified, and the mechanical properties enumerated in individual specifications shall be determined in accordance with reference test materials.
|A510M|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse...|10.1520/A0510M-08 58540|Active|A511/A511M|2008-01-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers seamless stainless tubing for use in mechanical applications where corrosion-resistant or high-temperature strength is needed. The grades covered are listed in Table 1 and Table 2.

1.2 This specification covers seamless cold-finished mechanical tubing and seamless hot-finished mechanical tubing in sizes up to 12¾ in. [325 mm] in outside nominal diameter (for round tubing) with wall thicknesses as required.

1.3 Tubes shall be furnished in one of the following shapes, as specified by the purchaser: round, square, rectangular, or special.

1.4 Optional supplementary requirements are provided and when desired, shall be stated in the order.

1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in square brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other.|austenitic stainless steel; mechanical tubing; seamless steel tube; stainless steel tube; steel tube; Corrosive service applications--tube (steel); High-temperature service applications--steel tube; Mechanical tubing--specifications; Seamless steel tube--specifications; Stainless steel tube--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes); 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A511|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A511A511M|Standard Specification for Seamless Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing|A511||
This specification covers seamless stainless tubing for use in mechanical applications where corrosion-resistant or high-temperature strength is needed. The steel may be cast in ingots or may be strand cast. When steel of different grades is sequentially strand cast, identification of the resultant transition material is required. The tubes shall be made by a seamless process and by either cold working or hot working as specified. Seamless steel tubing is a tubular product made without a welded seam. It is usually manufactured by hot working steel and then cold finishing the hot-worked tubing to produce the desired shape, dimensions and properties All austenitic tubes shall be furnished in the annealed condition. An analysis of each heat of steel shall be made to determine the percentages of the elements specified. If secondary melting processes are employed, the heat analysis shall be obtained from one remelted ingot or the product of one remelted ingot of each primary melt.
|A511|Standard Specification for Seamless Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing|10.1520/A0511_A0511M-08 49986|Active|A512|2006-10-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn Buttweld Carbon Steel Mechanical Tubing|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers cold-drawn buttweld carbon steel tubes for use as mechanical tubing.
1.2 This specification covers round, square, rectangular, and special shape mechanical tubing.
1.3 Round tube size ranges covered are outside diameters up to 3 1/2 in. (88.9 mm) and wall thickness from 0.035 to 0.500 in. (0.89 to 12.70 mm).
1.4 Optional supplementary requirements are provided and, when desired, shall be so stated in the order.
1.5 The values stated in inch-pound-units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|carbon steel tube; mechanical tubing; steel tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A512|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A512|Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn Buttweld Carbon Steel Mechanical Tubing|A512||
This specification covers cold-drawn buttweld carbon steel tubes for use as round, square, rectangular or special shape mechanical tubing. The carbon steel can be made unless a specific type of melting process is required by the purchaser. Heat and product analysis shall be made to determine the specified percentages of chemical elements to which steel tubes shall conform to. The tubing shall be free of injurious defects and shall have a workmanlike finish. Unless otherwise specified, both outside and inside surfaces of the tubing shall be coated with a film of rust-retarding oil before shipping.
|A512|Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn Buttweld Carbon Steel Mechanical...|10.1520/A0512-06 65346|Active|A513|2008-10-01|08a|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing|17|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers electric-resistance-welded carbon and alloy steel tubing for use as mechanical tubing.

1.2 This specification covers mechanical tubing made from hot- or cold-rolled steel.

1.3 This specification covers round, square, rectangular, and special shape tubing.

Type
Size Range
(Round Tubing)

Electric-Resistance-Welded Tubing from Hot-Rolled Steel
outside diameter from ½
to 15 in. (19.0 to 381.0 mm)

wall from 0.065 to 0.650 in.
(1.65 to 16.50 mm)

Electric-Resistance-Welded Tubing from Cold-Rolled Steel
outside diameter from ³/₈to 12 in.
(9.92 to 304.8 mm)

wall from 0.022 to 0.134 in. (0.71
to 3.40 mm)

1.4 Optional supplementary requirements are provided and when desired, shall be so stated in the order.

1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|alloy steel tube; carbon steel tube; mechanical tubing; resistance welded steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube; Alloy steel tube--specifications; Carbon steel tube--specifications; Electric-resistance-welded (ERW) steel tube--specifications; Mechanical tubing--specifications; Resistance-welded steel tube; Welded steel tube--specifications ; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A513|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A513|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing|A513||
This specification covers round, square, rectangular, and special shape electric-resistance-welded carbon and alloy steel mechanical tubing produced by hot- or cold-rolling. The types of tubing covered here are: Type 1a, as-welded from hot-rolled steel (with mill scale); Type 1b, as-welded from hot-rolled pickled and oiled steel (mill scale removed); Type 2, as-welded from cold-rolled steel; Type 3, sink-drawn hot-rolled steel; Type 4, sink-drawn cold-rolled steel; Type 5, drawn over a mandrel; and Type 6, special smooth inside diameter. Heat and product analyses shall be made to determine the percentages of chemical elements, to which the steel specimens shall conform to. Tubing shall be free of injurious defects and shall have a workmanlike finish. When specified, tubing shall be coated with a film of rust retarding oil before shipping.
|A513|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon and Alloy...|10.1520/A0513-08A 42994|Active|A514/A514M|2005-09-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Yield-Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers quenched and tempered alloy steel plates of structural quality in thicknesses of 6 in. [150 mm] and under intended primarily for use in welded bridges and other structures.
Note 1—All grades are not available in a maximum thickness of 6 in. [150 mm]. See Table 1 for thicknesses available in each grade.
1.2 When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|alloy; bridges; high-yield-strength; plates; quenched; steel; structural steel; tempered; welded construction; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A514|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A514A514M|Standard Specification for High-Yield-Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding|A514||
This specification covers high-yield, quenched, and tempered alloy steel plates for use in welded bridges and other structures. Plates shall be subjected to heat treatment to conform to the tensile and hardness requirements for thickness, tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, and Brinell hardness. Heat and product analysis shall conform to the chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, titanium, zirconium, copper, boron, and columbium. Conformance to required mechanical properties shall be determined by tension and hardness tests.
|A514|Standard Specification for High-Yield-Strength, Quenched and Tempered...|10.1520/A0514_A0514M-05 60021|Active|A515/A515M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon-silicon steel plates primarily for intermediate- and higher-temperature service in welded boilers and other pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available in three grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade U.S. [SI] Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]

60 [415] 60–80 [415–550]

65 [450] 65–85 [450–585]

70 [485] 70–90 [485–620]

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements; however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification as follows:

Grade U.S. [SI] Maximum Thickness, in. [mm]

60 [415] 8 [200]

65 [450] 8 [200]

70 [485] 8 [200]

1.4 For plates produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 20/A 20M apply.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|Carbon steel plate--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel plate/sheet; Intermediate-temperature service applications--steel plate; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A515|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A515A515M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service|A515||
This specification covers carbon-silicon steel plates primarily for intermediate- and higher-temperature service in welded boilers and other pressure vessels. Plates are available in three grades having different strength levels: Grade 60; Grade 65; and Grade 70. The steel shall be killed and made to a coarse austenitic grain size practice. The steel shall conform to the chemical requirements specified. Tension test shall be made to conform to the requirements specified.
|A515|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for...|10.1520/A0515_A0515M-03R07 45606|Active|A516/A516M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate- and Lower-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel plates intended primarily for service in welded pressure vessels where improved notch toughness is important.
1.2 Plates under this specification are available in four grades having different strength levels as follows:
1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements; however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification as follows:
1.4 For plates produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results of Specification A 20/A 20M apply.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|carbon steel; carbon steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates for pressure vessels; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A516|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A516A516M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate- and Lower-Temperature Service|A516||
This specification covers carbon steel plates intended primarily for service in welded pressure vessels where improved notch toughness is important. According to different strength levels, the plates are available in four grades: Grades 55, 60, 65, and 70. The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to fine austenitic grain size requirements. The mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation shall be determined by a tension test for the plates.
|A516|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for...|10.1520/A0516_A0516M-06 46918|Active|A517/A517M|2006-05-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, High-Strength, Quenched and Tempered|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-strength quenched and tempered alloy steel plates intended for use in fusion welded boilers and other pressure vessels.
1.2 This specification includes a number of grades as manufactured by different producers, but all having the same mechanical properties and general characteristics.
1.3 The maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification shall be as follows:
Grade Thickness
A, B 1.25 in. [32 mm]
H, S 2 in. [50 mm]
P 4 in. [100 mm]
F 2.50 in. [65 mm]
E, Q 6 in. [150 mm]
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other without combining values in any way.
|alloy steel; boilers; high-strength; impact tested; plates; pressure vessels; quenched; tempered; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A517|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A517A517M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, High-Strength, Quenched and Tempered|A517||
This specification covers standard requirements for high-strength quenched and tempered alloy steel plates intended for use in fusion welded boilers and other pressure vessels. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to the fine austenitic grain size requirement. Heat and product analyses shall be conducted wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, boron, vanadium, titanium, zirconium, copper, and columbium. Tensile properties of the steel plate shall meet the specified values for tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. The material shall undergo mechanical tests such as tension test and transverse Charpy V-notch impact test.
|A517|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,...|10.1520/A0517_A0517M-06 64920|Active|A518/A518M|2008-10-01|99(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Iron Castings|6|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers high-silicon cast iron castings intended for corrosion-resistant service.

1.2 This specification covers three grades as shown in Table 1. Selection of grade depends on the corrosive service to be experienced by the casting. All three grades are suited for application in severe corrosive environments. However, Grade 2 is particularly suited for application in strong chloride environments, and Grade 3 is recommended for impressed current anodes.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.4 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only to the test method portion, Section 9, of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
TABLE 1 Chemical Composition

Element
Composition, Weight %

Grade 1
Grade 2
Grade 3

Carbon 0.65–1.10 0.75–1.15 0.70–1.10

Manganese 1.50, max 1.50, max 1.50, max

Silicon 14.20–14.75 14.20–14.75 14.20–14.75

Chromium 0.50, max 3.25–5.00 3.25–5.00

Molybdenum 0.50, max 0.40–0.60 0.20, max

Copper 0.50, max 0.50, max 0.50, max
|Cast iron--specifications; Corrosive service applications--castings; Fusion-hydrochloric acid dehydration method; High-silicon cast iron; Interlaboratory testing; Referee methods; Silicon--corrosion-resistant; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A518|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A518A518M|Standard Specification for Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Iron Castings|A518||
This specification covers standards for high-silicon iron castings of Grades 1, 2, and 3 intended for severe environment corrosion-resistant services. The alloy shall be produced by any melting and casting process, or combination of processes that will be capable of meeting the specified contents of carbon, manganese, silicon, chromium, molybdenum, and copper. Reference analysis methods are given for each chemical component. Transverse bend test and hydrostatic test shall be performed. Material shall conform to minimum load at center and minimum deflection at center requirements.
|A518|Standard Specification for Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Iron Castings|10.1520/A0518_A0518M-99R08 49921|Active|A519|2006-10-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing|13|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of carbon and alloy steel seamless mechanical tubing. The grades are listed in Tables 1-3. When welding is used for joining the weldable mechanical tube grades, the welding procedure shall be suitable for the grade, the condition of the components, and the intended service.
1.2 This specification covers both seamless hot-finished mechanical tubing and seamless cold-finished mechanical tubing in sizes up to and including 12 3/4 in. (323.8 mm) outside diameter for round tubes with wall thicknesses as required.
1.3 The tubes shall be furnished in the following shapes, as specified by the purchaser: round, square, rectangular, and special sections.
1.4 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided and when desired shall be so stated in the order.
1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|alloy steel tube; carbon steel tube; mechanical tubing; seamless steel tube; steel tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes); 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A519|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A519|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing|A519||
This specification covers for several grades of carbon and alloy steel mechanical tubing, either hot-finished or cold-finished. The steel used in the mechanical tubing may be cast in ingots or may be strand cast. When steel of different grades is sequentially strand cast, identification of the resultant transition material is required. The seamless tubing is a tubular product made without a welded seam. It is usually manufactured by hot working steel, and if necessary, by subsequently cold finishing the hot-worked tubular product to produce the desired shape, dimensions and properties. The tubes shall be furnished in the following shapes: round, square, rectangular and special sections. Heat analysis shall be made to determine the percentages of the elements specified. If secondary melting processes are used, the heat analysis shall be obtained from one remelted ingot or the product of one remelted ingot of each primary melt. The tubing shall be coated with a film of oil before shaping to retard rust when specified
|A519|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical...|10.1520/A0519-06 49169|Active|A521/A521M|2006-09-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel, Closed-Impression Die Forgings for General Industrial Use|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers untreated and heat-treated steel, closed-impression die forgings (Note 1) for general industrial use. Note 1—For the definition of a forging, refer General Requirements Specification A 788/A 788M.
1.2 The Grades of forgings are as follows, the choice depending on design and stress or service to be imposed:
1.2.1 Grade CA Untreated, carbon steel forgings,
1.2.2 Grades CC, CC1, and CE Annealed, normalized and tempered, carbon steel forgings,
1.2.3 Grade CF Normalized and tempered carbon steel forgings,
1.2.4 Grade CF1 Double normalized and tempered carbon steel forgings,
1.2.5 Grade CG Quenched and tempered, or normalized, quenched and tempered carbon steel forgings,
1.2.6 Grade AA Annealed, normalized, or normalized and tempered alloy steel forgings,
1.2.7 Grades AB and AC Normalized and tempered alloy steel forgings, and
1.2.8 Grades AD, AE, AF, AG, and AH Normalized, quenched, and tempered alloy steel forgings.
1.3 Unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation, the forgings shall be furnished with the inch-pound units.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text and tables, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|alloy steel; carbon steel; closed die; forging tolerances; heat treated; impression die; Steel Forgings; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A521|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A521A521M|Standard Specification for Steel, Closed-Impression Die Forgings for General Industrial Use|A521||
This specification covers untreated and heat-treated steel closed-impression die forgings for general industrial use. The Grades of forgings are as follows: Grades CA, CC, CC1, CE, CF, CF1, CG, AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AG, and AH. These Grades shall be annealed, normalized, tempered and quenched. The manufactured forgings shall be free from harmful surface discontinuities, roughness, excessive scale, and fins which are indications of overheating, burning, or other injurious conditions. A tensile test shall be done in order to determine the yield strength of the heat-treated forgings. The forgings shall be furnished in a scale-free condition and may be cleaned by acid pickling, grit blasting, sand blasting, or other abrasive method.
|A521|Standard Specification for Steel, Closed-Impression Die Forgings for...|10.1520/A0521_A0521M-06 53021|Active|A522/A522M|2007-03-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled 8 and 9% Nickel Alloy Steel Flanges, Fittings, Valves, and Parts for Low-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers 8 and 9 % nickel-alloy steel forged or rolled flanges, fittings, valves, and parts intended for use in welded pressure vessels for low-temperature service. The specification is applicable to forgings with maximum section thickness of 3 in. [75 mm] in the double normalized and tempered condition and 5 in. [125 mm] in the quenched and tempered condition. Forgings under this specification are intended for service at operating temperatures not lower than -320 °F [-196 °C] for Type I or -275 °F [-170 °C] for Type II or higher than 250 °F [121 °C].
1.2 Material under this specification is available in two types having different chemical compositions as follows:
Type Nominal Nickel Content, %
I 9
II 8

1.3 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|low temperature applications; nickel alloy steel; pipe fittings; steel; piping applications; pressure containing parts; steel flanges; steel forgings; alloy; steel valves; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A522|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A522A522M|Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled 8 and 9% Nickel Alloy Steel Flanges, Fittings, Valves, and Parts for Low-Temperature Service|A522||
This specification covers the 8 and 9% nickel-alloy steel forged or rolled flanges, fittings, valves, and parts intended for use in welded pressure vessels for low-temperature service. Two types of materials are specified according to the chemical composition: type I and type II. Materials for forgings shall consist of ingots, or either forged or rolled blooms, billets, or bars. Except for all types of flanges, elbows, return bends, tees, and header tees, other parts including NPS 4 may be machined from hot-rolled or forged bar. The steel shall conform to the specified chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and nickel. The following methods of heat treatment shall be used: quenched and tempered and double normalized and tempered. Two tests shall be done to meet the mechanical requirements of the material: tension test and Charpy impact test.
|A522|Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled 8 and 9% Nickel Alloy Steel...|10.1520/A0522_A0522M-07 44014|Active|A523|2005-10-01|96(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Plain End Seamless and Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure Pipe-Type Cable Circuits|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers seamless and electric-resistance-welded steel pipe used as conduit for the installation of high-pressure pipe-type electrical cables in NPS 4 to NPS 12, inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thicknesses 0.219 to 0.562 in., depending on size. Pipe having other dimensions (Note 0) may be furnished, provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification.
Note 2
The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
Note 0
A comprehensive listing of standardized pipe dimensions is contained in ANSI B36.10.
1.2 Pipe ordered under this specification is suitable for welding and for forming operations involving flaring, belling, and bending.
1.3 Pipe for this purpose shall be furnished in Grade A or Grade B as specified in the purchase order. Grade A is more suitable for forming operations involving bending, flaring, or belling and this grade is normally preferred. This provision is not intended to prohibit the cold bending, flaring, or belling of Grade B pipe.
1.4 &inch-pound-units;
The following hazard caveat applies to the test method portion, Section , of this specification:This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A523|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A523|Standard Specification for Plain End Seamless and Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure Pipe-Type Cable Circuits|A523||
This specification covers seamless and electric-resistance-welded steel pipe used as conduit for the installation of high-pressure pipe-type electrical cables in NPS 4 to NPS 12, inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thicknesses 0.219 to 0.562 in., depending on size. The steel shall be made by one or more of the following processes: open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace. Tensile strength tests, flattening test, hydrostatic tests shall be made for the materials to conform the requirements as specified. If the results of the mechanical tests do not conform to requirements specified, retests shall be made.
|A523|Standard Specification for Plain End Seamless and...|10.1520/A0523-96R05 44015|Active|A524|2005-10-01|96(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures|8|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers seamless carbon steel pipe intended primarily for service at atmospheric and lower temperatures, NPS 1/8 to 26 inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thickness as given in ANSI B36.10. Pipe having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification. Pipe ordered to this specification shall be suitable both for welding, and for bending, flanging, and similar forming operations.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size".
1.3 The following hazard caveat applies to the test methods portion, Section 16, only. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|steel pipe-carbon steel; pipe-carbon steel, seamless (for atmospheric/lower temperatures); ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A524|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A524|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures|A524||
This specification covers seamless carbon steel pipe intended primarily service at atmospheric and lower temperatures. The steel shall be killed steel made by one or more of the following processes: open-hearth, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen. The steel shall be made to fine grain practice and may be cast in ingots or may be strand cast. All hot-finished and cold-drawn pipe shall be heat treated and be cooled in air or in the cooling chamber of a controlled atmosphere furnace. The steel shall be subjected to flattening, hydrostatic, bend, and tensile tests. A retest shall be conducted if a specimen breaks in an inside or outside surface flaw.
|A524|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and...|10.1520/A0524-96R05 39661|Active|A529/A529M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of Structural Quality|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon-manganese steel shapes, plates, and bars of structural quality for use in riveted, bolted, or welded construction of buildings and for general structural purposes.
1.2 Material under this specification is available in two grades:Grade Yield Strength,ksi [MPa] Thickness 50 [345] 50 [345] Plates to 1 in. [25 mm] thickto 14 in. [355 mm] wideBars to 31/2 in. [90 mm] Shapes with flange or leg thickness to 11/2 in. [40 mm] inclusive55 [380] 55 [380] Plates to 1 in. [25 mm] thick to 14 in. [355 mm] wideBars to 3 in. [75 mm] Shapes with flange or leg thickness to 11/2 in. [40 mm] inclusive

1.3 When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other.
|bars; bolted construction; carbon; frames; metal building systems; plates; riveted construction; shapes; steel; structural steel; trusses; welded construction; ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A529|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A529A529M|Standard Specification for High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of Structural Quality|A529||
This specification covers high-strength carbon-manganese steel shapes, plates, and bars of structural quality for use in riveted, bolted, or welded construction of buildings and for general structural purposes. Materials considered here are available in Grades 50 [345] and 55 [380]. Steel specimens shall be killed, and as such, be affirmed in the corresponding test report. Heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, copper, columbium, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, and vanadium. Steel specimens shall also undergo tensile tests and shall conform to required values of tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation.
|A529|Standard Specification for High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of...|10.1520/A0529_A0529M-05 36772|Active|A530/A530M|2004-10-01|04a|Specification|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers a group of requirements which, with the exceptions of Section 5.3, Section 13, Section 20, and Section 21, are mandatory requirements to the ASTM pipe product specifications noted below unless the product specification specifies different requirements, in which case the requirement of the product specification shall prevail.
1.2 Sections 5.3 or 20 are mandatory if the product specification has a requirement for product analysis or flattening tests.
1.3 Section 21 is mandatory if the product specification has a hydrostatic test requirement without defining the test parameters.
1.4 Section 13 is for information only.
1.5 In case of conflict between a requirement of the product specification and a requirement of this general requirement specification, only the requirement of the product specification need be satisfied. These designations refer to the latest issue of the respective specifications.
Title of Specification ASTM Designation
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service A 106
Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use With High-Pressure Transmission Systems A 381
Centrifugally Cast Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service A 426
Centrifugally Cast Austenitic Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service A 451
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures A 524
Centrifugally Cast Iron-Chromium-Nickel High-AlloyTubing for Pressure Application at High Temperatures A 608
Centrifugally Cast Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service A 660
Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures A 671
Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures A 672
Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for High-Pressure Service at High Temperatures A 691
Centrifugally Cast Ferritic/Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe for Corrosive Environments A 872
1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation (SI) of the product specification is specified in the order.
Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
|alloy steel pipe; carbon steel pipe; general delivery requirements; steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A530|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A530A530M|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe|A530||
This specification covers a general requirements for specialized carbon and alloy steel pipe. Tensile tests, tension tests, flattening tests, hydrostatic tests and ultrasonic tests shall be made to conform to the requirements specified. If the mechanical results do not conform to the requirements specified, retests shall be made. Defects in seamless pipe shall be repaired by welding.
|A530|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Specialized Carbon and...|10.1520/A0530_A0530M-04A 46317|Active|A531/A531M|2006-03-01|91(2006)|Practice|Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Turbine-Generator Steel Retaining Rings|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This practice covers the procedures to be followed when performing ultrasonic shear and longitudinal wave tests on turbine-generator retaining rings with an inside diameter to wall thickness ratio equal to or greater than 5:1 and with wall thicknesses from 1 to 4 in. (25 to 102 mm).
1.2 Although this practice describes methods of ultrasonically testing retaining rings by either the contact or immersion method, it shall not restrict the use of improved inspection methods as they are developed. It is recognized that techniques for examination and evaluation may be chosen in order to enhance or improve the results or to accommodate variations in procedures, equipment, or capabilities. Considering these characteristics, forgings may be inspected by a combination of both the contact and the immersion methods, as mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
1.3 This practice and the applicable material specifications are expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation SI units, the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|ICS Number Code 21.060.60 (Rings, bushes, sleeves, collars)||TRUE/A531|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A531A531M|Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Turbine-Generator Steel Retaining Rings|A531||
This test method covers the procedures for the standard practice of performing ultrasonic shear and longitudinal wave examinations on turbine-generator steel retaining rings. A pulsed reflection-type ultrasonic instrument shall be used for the tests. Scanning of steel specimens may be performed by either the contact (stationary) or immersion (rotating) methods, both of which may be executed in either the axial or circumferential directions. Tests shall be performed after specimens have gone through final processing and heat treatment for properties, and the circumferential and axial faces machined flat and parallel to one another. Also prior to testing, surface examinations shall be made for surface roughness and tears, loose scales, machining or grinding particles, paint, and other foreign and extraneous matter. Suitable couplant liquids, capable of conducting ultrasonic vibrations, shall be used to couple the transducer to test surfaces.
|A531|Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Turbine-Generator Steel...|10.1520/A0531_A0531M-91R06 64921|Active|A532/A532M|2008-10-01|93a(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Abrasion-Resistant Cast Irons|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers a group of white cast irons that have been alloyed to secure high resistance to abrasive wear in the applications of the mining, milling, earth-handling, and manufacturing industries.

1.2 Simple and low-alloy white cast irons that consist essentially of iron carbides and pearlite are specifically excluded from this specification.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|abrasion resistant; alloyed cast iron; cast iron; white cast iron; Abrasion resistant iron castings; Cast iron--specifications; Class codes (for metals/alloys); ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A532|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A532A532M|Standard Specification for Abrasion-Resistant Cast Irons|A532||
This specification deals with abrasion-resistant cast irons used for mining, milling, earth-handling, and manufacturing industries. These alloys may be made by melting process and shall have microstructures that consist of carbides, martensite, bainite, austenite, and in exceptional cases, minor amounts of graphite or pearlite. The following conditions for casting will be supplied: as-cast, as-cast and stress relieved, hardened, hardened and stress relieved, or softened for machining. Heat treatment shall be done. The chemical composition of a class and type (that is, Class I, Type A) shall conform to the range of values specified for carbon, manganese, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, copper, phosphorus, and sulfur. Hardness test shall also be made.
|A532|Standard Specification for Abrasion-Resistant Cast Irons|10.1520/A0532_A0532M-93AR08 36203|Active|A533/A533M|2004-09-01|93(2004)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered, Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers manganese-molybdenum and manganese-molybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates for use in the quenched and tempered condition for the construction of welded pressure vessels.
1.2 This specification includes four types of chemical analysis and three classes of strength levels as follows: NominalNominal MolybdenumNickel Content,Content,Type %%A 0.50. . .B 0.500.55C 0.500.85D 0.500.30Class Tensile Strength,ksi [MPa]1 80-100 [550 to 690]2 90-115 [620 to 795]3100-125 [690 to 860]
1.3 The maximum thickness of Class 1 and Class 2 plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements; however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness to 12 in. [300 mm].
1.4 The maximum thickness of Class 3 plates is 21/2 in. [65 mm].
1.5 The minimum nominal thickness of plates of all classes is 0.25 in. [6.5 mm].
1.6 These alloy steel plates in the as-rolled condition are sensitive to cracking during transit and handling, particularly in thicknesses over about 1 or 2 in. [25 or 50 mm]. They should be shipped in the as-rolled conditions only with the mutual agreement of manufacturer and fabricator.
1.7 Plates covered by this specification are often used in the beltline region of nuclear reactor vessels where the material properties may be affected by high levels of radiation. provides some information pertinent to this usage.
1.8 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A533|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A533A533M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered, Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel|A533||
This specification covers manganese-molybdenum and manganese-molybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates for use in welded pressure vessels. The steel materials shall be killed and shall conform to the required values of fine austenitic grain and shall also be heat treated. The steel specimens shall undergo heat analysis and product analysis and shall conform to the chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, molybdenum, and nickel. Tension tests shall be performed wherein the steel specimens shall conform to the required values of tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation.
|A533|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched...|10.1520/A0533_A0533M-93R04E01 33730|Active|A534|2004-03-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Carburizing Steels for Anti-Friction Bearings|4|32.00|32.00|||DESIG: A534 04 ^TITLE: Standard Specification for Carburizing Steels for Anti-Friction Bearings ^SCOPE:
1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers the requirements for carburizing bearing-quality steel to be used in the manufacture of anti-friction bearings.
1.2 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided and when desired shall be so stated in the order.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A534|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.28|01.05|||MP7|||||A534|Standard Specification for Carburizing Steels for Anti-Friction Bearings|A534||
This specification covers standards for carburizing steels to be used in anti-friction bearings. Materials shall conform to carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, copper, oxygen, and aluminum contents. Materials shall adhere to inclusion ratings set for thin and heavy series. Grain size and hardenability requirements shall be followed. Decarburization and surface imperfections of hot-rolled, cold-finished, or annealed bars and tubes shall not exceed specified limits as measured through microscopical methods.
|A534|Standard Specification for Carburizing Steels for Anti-Friction Bearings|10.1520/A0534-04 70916|Active|A536|2009-05-01|84(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers castings made of ductile iron, also known as spheroidal or nodular iron, that is described as cast iron with the graphite substantially spheroidal in shape and essentially free of other forms of graphite, as defined in Terminology A 644.

1.2 No precise quantitative relationship can be stated between the properties of the iron in various locations of the same casting or between the properties of castings and those of a test specimen cast from the same iron (see Appendix X1).

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|casting; ductile iron; nodular iron; spheroidal graphite; Ductile iron castings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A536|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A536|Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings|A536||
This specification covers ductile iron castings, also known as spheroidal or nodular iron, that is described as cast iron with the graphite substantially spheroidal in shape and essentially free of other forms of graphite. Appropriate heat treatment shall be identified according to grades, as follows: a full ferritizing anneal for 60-40-18; a quench and temper, or normalize and temper, or isothermal heat treatment for 100-70-03 and 120-90-02; and as-cast for 65-45-12 and 80-55-06. Castings shall be tested and conform to specified tensile requirements such as tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. When indicated in the contract or purchase order, castings shall also adhere to special requirements like hardness, chemical composition, microstructure, pressure tightness, radiographic soundness, magnetic particle inspection dimensions, and surface finish.
|A536|Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings|10.1520/A0536-84R09 63617|Active|A537/A537M|2008-09-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated, Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers heat-treated carbon-manganese-silicon steel plates intended for fusion welded pressure vessels and structures.

1.2 Plates furnished under this specification are available in the following three classes:

Yield Tensile

Strength, Strength,

Heat Thickness, min, ksi min, ksi

Class Treatment [MPa] [MPa]

1
Normalized
2½ in. and
under
[65 mm and
under]
50

[345]
70

[485]

Over 2½ to 4 in.
[Over 65 to 100
mm]
45
[310]
65
[450]

2
Quenched
and tempered
2½ in. and
under
[65 mm and
under]
60

[415]
80

[550]

Over 2½ to 4 in.
[Over 65 to 100
mm]
55
[380]
75
[515]

Over 4 to 6 in.
[Over 100 to 150
mm]
46
[315]
70
[485]

3
Quenched
and tempered
2½ in. and
under
[65 mm and
under]
55

[380]
80

[550]

Over 2½ to 4 in.
[Over 65 to 100
mm]
50
[345]
75
[515]

Over 4 to 6 in.
[Over 100 to 150
mm]
40
[275]
70
[485]

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification is 4 in. [100 mm] for Class 1 and 6 in. [150 mm] for Class 2 and Class 3.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other without combining values in any way.
|carbon steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates for pressure vessel application; Carbon-manganese steel--specifications; Carbon steel plate--specifications; Fusion-welded materials/applications--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A537|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A537A537M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated, Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel|A537||
This specification covers the standard for heat-treated carbon manganese-silicon steel plates intended for fusion welded pressure vessels and structures. The steel shall be killed and undergo normalization, quenching and tempering. Heat and product analyses shall be performed on the materials and results shall conform to the required values in chemical composition in carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, copper, nickel, chromium and molybdenum. Mechanical testing like tension test shall be done on the plates and shall conform to the required tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation.
|A537|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated,...|10.1520/A0537_A0537M-08 46031|Active|A540/A540M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Special Applications|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers regular and special-quality alloy steel bolting materials which may be used for nuclear and other special applications. Bolting materials as used in this specification cover rolled or forged bars, rotary pierced or extruded seamless tubes, bored bars, or forged hollows from forged or rolled bar segments to be manufactured into bolts, studs, washers, and nuts.
1.2 Several grades of steel are covered. The grade and class shall be specified by the purchaser.
1.3 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided for use when special quality is desired. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made and when desired shall be so stated in the order, together with the acceptance limits required.
1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable" M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|bolts-steel; chromium-molybdenum alloy steel; chromium-molybdenum-vanadium alloy steel; chromium-nickel-molybdenum-vanadium alloy steel; fasteners-steel; nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy steel; nuclear applications; nuts-steel; steel bars-alloy; steel bolting material; tubes-extruded seamless; washers-steel||TRUE/A540|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,N|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A540A540M|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Special Applications|A540||
This specification covers a group of common requirements that shall apply to steel flanges, forged fittings, valves, and parts for piping applications under any of the following individual product specifications. This specification covers regular and special-quality alloy steel bolting materials which may be used for nuclear and other special applications. Bolting materials as used in this specification cover rolled or forged bars, rotary pierced or extruded seamless tubes, bored bars, or forged hollows from forged or rolled bar segments to be manufactured into bolts, studs, washers, and nuts. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, vanadium. Material which is ordered in the liquid-quenched and tempered condition shall be uniformly reheated from a temperature below the cooling transformation range to the proper austenitizing temperature. It shall be quenched in a liquid medium under substantially uniform conditions and then uniformly reheated for tempering. Tensile test, hardness, and impact test shall be measured to conform to the required mechanical properties.
|A540|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Special...|10.1520/A0540_A0540M-06 39688|Active|A541/A541M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessel Components|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers requirements for quenched and tempered carbon and alloy steel forgings for pressure vessel components.
1.2 All grades are considered weldable under proper conditions. Welding technique is of fundamental importance, and it is presupposed that welding procedure and inspection will be in accordance with approved methods for the grade of material used.
Note 1—Grades 1 and 1A have different chemistries but the same mechanical requirements.Designations have been changed as follows:
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as the standard. Within the text and tables, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
1.4 Unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|chromium-molybdenum steel; nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy steel; pressure vessel service; quenched and tempered steel; steel forgings-alloy; steel forgings-carbon; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A541|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A541A541M|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessel Components|A541||
This specification covers quenched and tempered carbon and alloy steel forgings for pressure vessel components. Heat and product analyses shall be performed to evaluate material conformance with chemical composition requirements. Tension and Charpy V-notch tests shall also be carried out to assess material conformance with mechanical property requirements such as, tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, and Charpy value. Sampling of test specimens for mechanical examination shall be done by either one of four methods specified by the purchaser. Repair welding may also be made at the option of the purchaser.
|A541|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Carbon and Alloy Steel...|10.1520/A0541_A0541M-05 36204|Active|A542/A542M|1999-03-10|99(2004)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched-and-Tempered, Chromium-Molybdenum, and Chromium-Molybdenum-Vanadium|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers two types of 21/4 Cr-1 Mo and three types of Cr-Mo-V alloy steel plates for use in the quenched-and-tempered condition, intended for the fabrication of welded pressure vessels and components.
1.2 Material under this specification is available in five types, designated "A," "B," "C,"" D," and "E." Type B is identical to Type A except for restrictive limits for carbon, phosphorus, sulfur, and nickel. The material is also available in five classes having the following strength levels. Type E is available only as Class 4 and 4a.
Class Minimum Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]
1 105 [725]
2 115 [795]
3 95 [655]
4 and 4a 85 [585]
1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements.
1.4 The minimum thickness of plates is limited to 3/16 in. [5 mm].
1.5 The material is intended to be suitable for fusion welding. Welding technique is of fundamental importance and it is presupposed that welding procedures will be in accordance with approved methods.
1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents, therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|Steel plate-chromium alloy; plates-Cr-Mo/Cr-Mo-V alloy steel, quenched/temperred (for pressure; vessels); ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A542|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A542A542M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched-and-Tempered, Chromium-Molybdenum, and Chromium-Molybdenum-Vanadium|A542||
This specification covers pressure vessel plates, alloy steel, quenched-and-tempered, chromium-molybdenum, and chromium-molybdenum-vanadium. As a steel making practice, the steel shall be killed and shall conform to specified fine austenitic grain size requirements. Plate types A, B, C, D, and E shall be heat treated by heating to a suitable austenitizing temperature, holding for a sufficient period of time to attain uniform temperature throughout the thickness, and quenching in a suitable liquid medium by spraying or immersion. The steel shall conform to the required chemical compositions. The required mechanical properties that include tension test requirements and notch toughness requirements are presented in details.
|A542|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,...|10.1520/A0542_A0542M-99R04E01 36205|Active|A543/A543M|2004-09-01|93(2004)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy steel plates for use in the quenched and tempered condition, intended for the fabrication of welded pressure vessels and other pressure equipment. These alloy compositions are normally considered for construction involving plate thicknesses of 2 in. [50 mm] or greater.
1.2 Material under this specification is available in two types, B and C. The material is also available in three classes as follows:Class Minimum Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]1 105 [725]2 115 [795]3 90 [620]
1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements.
1.4 The minimum plate thickness is 3/16 in. [5 mm].
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A543|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A543A543M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum|A543||
This specification covers nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy steel plates for use in the quenched and tempered condition, intended for the fabrication of welded pressure vessels and other pressure equipment. Material under this specification is available in two types, B and C. The material is also available in three classes as follows: Class 1; Class 2; and Class 3. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to the fine austenitic grain size requirement. All plates shall be heat treated by heating to a suitable austenitizing temperature. The steel shall conform to the chemical requirements specified. Tension tests shall be made to meet the required specifications.
|A543|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched...|10.1520/A0543_A0543M-93R04E01 48088|Active|A550|2006-07-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferrocolumbium|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers three grades of ferrocolumbium, designated Low-Alloy Steel Grade, Alloy and Stainless Steel Grade, and High-Purity Grade.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|columbium; ferrocolumbium; tantalum; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A550|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A550|Standard Specification for Ferrocolumbium|A550||
This specification covers three grades of ferrocolumbium, designated low-alloy steel grade, alloy and stainless steel grade, and high-purity grade. The material shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition. Also, the ferrocolumbium shall be available in the sizes and tolerances specified.
|A550|Standard Specification for Ferrocolumbium|10.1520/A0550-06 60022|Active|A551/A551M|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tires for Railway and Rapid Transit Applications|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers seven classes of carbon steel tires for railway and rapid transit use.

1.1.1 Class A—For untreated driving tires for locomotives in passenger service.

1.1.2 Class AHT—For heat-treated driving tires for locomotives in passenger service.

1.1.3 Class B—For untreated driving tires for freight locomotives and tires for locomotive-truck, tender-truck, trailer and car wheels, and miscellaneous service.

1.1.4 Class BHT—For heat-treated driving tires for freight locomotives and tires for trailer wheels.

1.1.5 Class C—For untreated tires for switching locomotives.

1.1.6 Class CHT—For heat-treated driving tires and switching locomotives and tires for locomotive-trucks, tender-trucks, trailer and car wheels, and miscellaneous service.

1.1.7 Class DHT—For heat-treated driving tires for locomotives with light braking conditions, heavily loaded trailer tires, and rapid transit wheels where off-tread brakes are employed.

1.2 Supplementary requirements, including those in the general requirements of Specification A 788/A 788M, are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the order.

1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as standards. Within the text and tables the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.

1.4 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the tires shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|forged wheel tires; locomotive tires; rail applications; rail car tires; Railroad steel materials--wheels; ICS Number Code 45.040 (Materials and components for railway engineering)||TRUE/A551|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05||A551/A551M-08|MP7|||||A551A551M|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tires for Railway and Rapid Transit Applications|A551||
This specification details the standard requirements for carbon steel tires for railway and rapid transit applications. The seven classes of steel tires covered here are: Class A-untreated driving tires for locomotives in passenger service; Class AHT-heat-treated driving tires for locomotives in passenger service; Class B-untreated driving tires for freight locomotives and tires for locomotive-truck, tender-truck, trailer and car wheels and miscellaneous service; Class BHT-heat-treated driving tires for freight locomotives and tires for trailer service; Class C-untreated tires for switching locomotives; Class CHT-heat-treated driving tires and switching locomotives and tires for locomotive-trucks, tender-trucks, trailer and car wheels, and miscellaneous service; and Class DHT-heat-treated driving tires for locomotives with light braking conditions, heavily loaded trailer tires, and rapid transit wheels where off-tread brakes are employed. Tires shall be tested and conform to required chemical composition and Brinell hardness values. Reheat treatment and retests may be done if any of the tires fail to meet the specified property values.
|A551|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tires for Railway and Rapid...|10.1520/A0551_A0551M-08 45607|Active|A553/A553M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered 8 and 9 Percent Nickel|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers 8 and 9 % nickel alloy steel plates for use in the water quenched and tempered condition intended for the fabrication of welded pressure vessels.
1.2 Material under this specification is available in two types having different chemical composition as follows:
Type Nominal NickelContent, %
I II 98
1.3 Plates produced under this specification are subject to impact testing at 320°F [195C] for Type I, and 275ˌF [170°C] for Type II or at such other temperatures as are agreed upon.
1.4 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the material to meet the specified mechanical property requirements; however, current mill practice normally limits this material to 2 in. [50 mm] max.
1.5 This material is susceptible to magnetization. Use of magnets in handling after heat treatment should be avoided if residual magnetism would be detrimental to subsequent fabrication or service.
1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|alloy steel; alloy steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessel applications); ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A553|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A553A553M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered 8 and 9 Percent Nickel|A553||
This specification covers 8 and 9% nickel alloy steel plates for use in the water quenched and tempered condition intended for the fabrication of welded pressure vessels. The materials shall be available in two types, namely Type I and II, having different chemical compositions. The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the material to meet the specified mechanical property requirements. The material is susceptible to magnetization and the use of magnets in handling after heat treatment should be avoided if residual magnetism would be detrimental to subsequent fabrication or service. The steels shall be killed and shall conform to the fine austenitic grain size requirement specified. The plates shall be tempered and hardened by heat treatment. The specimens shall be subjected to tension and Charpy V-notch impact tests.
|A553|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched...|10.1520/A0553_A0553M-06 64566|Active|A554|2008-10-01|08a|Specification|Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers welded stainless steel tubing for mechanical applications where appearance, mechanical properties, or corrosion resistance is needed. The grades covered are listed in Table 1.

1.2 This specification covers as-welded or cold-reduced mechanical tubing in sizes to 16 in. (406.4 mm) outside dimension, and in wall thicknesses 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) and over.

1.3 Tubes shall be furnished in one of the following shapes as specified by the purchaser: round, square, rectangular, or special.

1.4 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided and when desired shall be so stated in the order.

1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.

TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements

Grade
Composition, %

Carbon,
max
Manga-
nese,
max
Phos-
phorus,
max
Sulfur,
max
Silicon,
max
Nickel
Chromium
Molybdenum
Titanium
Columbium + Tantalum

Austenitic

MT-301 0.15 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 6.0–8.0 16.0–18.0 ... ... ...

MT-302 0.15 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 8.0–10.0 17.0–19.0 ... ... ...

MT-304 0.08 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 8.0–11.0 18.0–20.0 ... ... ...

MT-304L 0.035^A 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 8.0–13.0 18.0–20.0 ... ... ...

MT-305 0.12 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 10.0–13.0 17.0–19.0 ... ... ...

MT-309S 0.08 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 12.0–15.0 22.0–24.0 ... ... . . .

MT-309S-Cb 0.08 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 12.0–15.0 22.0–24.0 ... ... ^B

MT-310S 0.08 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 19.0–22.0 24.0–26.0 ... ... ...

MT-316 0.08 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 10.0–14.0 16.0–18.0 2.0–3.0 ... ...

MT-316L 0.035^A 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 10.0–15.0 16.0–18.0 2.0–3.0 ... ...

MT-317 0.08 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 11.0–14.0 18.0–20.0 3.0–4.0 ... ...

MT-321 0.08 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 9.0–13.0 17.0–20.0 ... ^C ...

MT-330 0.15 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 33.0–36.0 14.0–16.0 ... ... ...

MT-347 0.08 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 9.0–13.0 17.0–20.0 ... ... ^B

Ferritic

MT-429 0.12 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 0.50 max 14.0–16.0 ... ... ...

MT-430 0.12 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 0.50 max 16.0–18.0 ... ... ...

MT-430-Ti 0.10 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 0.075 max 16.0–19.5 ... 5 × C min, ...

0.75 max
^A For small diameter or thin walls, or both, where many drawing passes are required, a carbon content of 0.040 % max is necessary in grades MT-304L and MT-316L. Small outside diameter tubes are defined as those less than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in outside diameter and light wall tubes as those less than 0.049 in. (1.24 mm) in average wall thickness.

^B The columbium plus tantalum content shall be not less than ten times the carbon content and not more than 1.00 %.

^C The titanium content shall be not less than five times the carbon content and not more than 0.60 %.
|austenitic stainless steel; mechanical tubing; stainless steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube; Austenitic stainless steel tube--specifications; Corrosive service applications--tube (steel); Mechanical tubing--specifications; Stainless steel tube--specifications; Welded steel tube--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes); 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A554|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A554|Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing|A554||
This guide covers standard specification for welded stainless steel tubing for mechanical applications where appearance, mechanical properties, or corrosion resistance is needed. The tubes shall be made from flat-rolled steel by an automatic welding process without the addition of filler metal. Tubes shall be furnished in one of the following shapes - round, square, rectangular, or special. Heat analysis shall be performed wherein several grades of steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, titanium, columbium, and tantalum.
|A554|Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing|10.1520/A0554-08 68719|Active|A555/A555M|2009-05-01|05(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Stainless Steel Wire and Wire Rods|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers general requirements that shall apply to stainless wire and wire rods. Wire rods are a semifinished product intended primarily for the manufacture of wire. Wire is intended primarily for cold forming, including coiling, stranding, weaving, heading and machining as covered under the latest revision of each of the following ASTM specifications: A 313/A 313M, A 368, A 478, A 492, A 493, A 580/A 580M and A 581/A 581M.

1.2 In case of conflicting requirements, the individual material specification and this general requirement specification shall prevail in the order named.

1.3 General requirements for flat products other than wire are covered in Specification A 480/A 480M.

1.4 General requirements for bar and billet products are covered in Specification A 484/A 484M.

1.5 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.6 Unless the order specifies the applicable metric specification designation, the material shall be furnished in the inch-pound units.
|general delivery requirements; stainless steel wire; stainless steel wire rods; General delivery requirements--steel; Stainless steel wire--specifications; Steel wire--specifications; Steel wire rod--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A555|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A555A555M|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Stainless Steel Wire and Wire Rods|A555||
This specification covers general requirements that shall apply to stainless wire and wire rods. Wire is intended primarily for cold forming, including coiling, stranding, weaving, heading and machining as covered under the required specifications. The material may be furnished in one of the conditions detailed in the applicable material specification, that is, annealed, bright annealed, or cold worked. Intergranular corrosion test, grain size test, tension test, and chemical analysis shall conform to the chemical and mechanical requirements of the material specification.
|A555|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Stainless Steel Wire...|10.1520/A0555_A0555M-05R09 44100|Active|A556/A556M|2005-10-01|96(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Carbon Steel Feedwater Heater Tubes|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, seamless cold-drawn carbon steel tubes including bending into the form of U-tubes, if specified, for use in tubular feedwater heaters.

1.2 The tubing sizes covered shall be 5/8 to 1 ¼-in. [15.9 to 31.8-mm] outside diameter, inclusive, with minimum wall thicknesses equal to or greater than 0.045 in. [1.1 mm].

1.3 Optional supplementary requirements are provided, and when desired, shall be stated in the order.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|feedwater heater tubes; seamless steel tube; steel tube; carbon; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A556|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A556A556M|Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Carbon Steel Feedwater Heater Tubes|A556||
This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, seamless cold-drawn carbon steel tubes including bending into the form of U-tubes for use in tubular feedwater heaters. Mechanical tests shall be made on specimens including: tension test; flattening test; flaring test; hardness test; and hydrostatic test. Each tube shall be tested after the finish heat treatment following the final cold-drawn pass by passing through a nondestructive tester capable of detecting defects on the entire cross section of the tube.
|A556|Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Carbon Steel Feedwater...|10.1520/A0556_A0556M-96R05 40454|Active|A560/A560M|2005-05-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Castings, Chromium-Nickel Alloy|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers chromium-nickel alloy castings intended for heat-resisting and elevated-temperature corrosion applications, such as structural members, containers, supports, hangers, spacers, and the like, in corrosive environments up to 2000°F [1090°C].
1.2 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the test, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|chromium-nickel alloys; corrosion; high temperature applications; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.150.40 (Nickel and chromium products)||TRUE/A560|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A560A560M|Standard Specification for Castings, Chromium-Nickel Alloy|A560||
This guide covers standard specification for chromium-nickel alloy castings intended for heat-resisting and elevated-temperature corrosion applications, such as structural members, containers, supports, hangers, spacers, and the like, in corrosive environments. The alloy for the castings shall be made by electric-arc or induction-furnace process. Heat treatment shall be performed wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus, nitrogen, nitrogen + carbon, iron, titanium, aluminum, columbium, chromium, and nickel. Tensile and Charpy requirements of the alloy used for the casting shall conform to the specified values of tensile strength, yield point, elongation, and unnotched Charpy impact. Mechanical tests like tension test and impact test, if required, shall be made from each melt.
|A560|Standard Specification for Castings, Chromium-Nickel Alloy|10.1520/A0560_A0560M-05 63982|Active|A561|2008-10-01|08|Practice|Standard Practice for Macroetch Testing of Tool Steel Bars|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This practice for macroetch testing has been found to be a useful and reliable method for evaluating the quality of tool steel bars. It is used as a quality control and inspection test to reveal by deep acid etching the macrostructure in specimens cut from bars and to show the presence of such conditions as pipe, cracks, porosity, segregation, or foreign material. The etched surface is generally examined visually, but magnification up to about 10× is occasionally employed.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|ingot structure; macroetch; macrostructure; porosity; segregation; Macroetching; Tool steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A561|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.29|01.05|||MP7|||||A561|Standard Practice for Macroetch Testing of Tool Steel Bars|A561||
This practice covers macroetch testing used for evaluating the quality of tool steel bars. This test shall be used as a quality control and inspection test to reveal by deep acid etching, the macrostructure in specimens cut from bars and to show the presence, absence, and severity of the following internal, surface, or subsurface conditions: pipe, bursts, carbide or alloy segregation, nonmetallic inclusion concentrations, porosity, cracks or thermal flakes, seams, laps, ingot corner segregation, pinholes, foreign material, and ingot pattern. Macroetching may be performed in a vessel of borosilicate glass, porcelain, corrosion-resistant metals, or some other acid resisting material. The etching reagent, specimen sampling, specimen preparation, and testing procedure including etching temperature, etching time, and macroetching technique are detailed.
|A561|Standard Practice for Macroetch Testing of Tool Steel Bars|10.1520/A0561-71R04 45795|Active|A562/A562M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Manganese-Titanium for Glass or Diffused Metallic Coatings|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers titanium-bearing carbon steel plates intended for welded glass lined pressure vessels or other applications where the presence of free-iron carbide would be deleterious to the coating. A minimum specific ratio of titanium to carbon is specified.
1.2 The maximum thickness of plates is limited to 2 in. [50 mm].
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A562|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A562A562M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Manganese-Titanium for Glass or Diffused Metallic Coatings|A562||
This specification covers standard requirements for titanium-bearing carbon steel plates intended for welded glass lined pressure vessels or other applications where the presence of free-iron carbide would be deleterious to the coating. The steel shall be killed and thermally treated to produce the required grain refinement specification. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, copper, and titanium. The steel plate shall conform to tensile requirements such as tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation.
|A562|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel,...|10.1520/A0562_A0562M-06 58077|Active|A563|2007-12-01|07a|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbons and Alloy Steel Nuts|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers chemical and mechanical requirements for eight grades of carbon and alloy steel nuts for general structural and mechanical uses on bolts, studs, and other externally threaded parts.
Note 1—See Appendix X1 for guidance on suitable application of nut grades.

1.2 The requirements for any grade of nut may, at the supplier's option, and with notice to the purchaser, be fulfilled by furnishing nuts of one of the stronger grades specified herein unless such substitution is barred in the inquiry and purchase order.

1.3 Grades C3 and DH3 nuts have atmospheric corrosion resistance and weathering characteristics comparable to that of the steels covered in Specifications A 242/A 242M, A 588/A 588M, and A 709/A 709M. The atmospheric corrosion resistance of these steels is substantially better than that of carbon steel with or without copper addition (see 5.2). When properly exposed to the atmosphere, these steels can be used bare (uncoated) for many applications.
Note 2—A complete metric companion to Specification A 563 has been developed—A 563M; therefore, no metric equivalents are presented in this specification.

1.4 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789 unless otherwise defined herein.
|alloy steel; carbon steel; nuts; steel; weathering steel; Alloy steel bolting materials specifications; Carbon steel bolting materials specifications; Nuts specifications; Weathering steels; ICS Number Code 21.060.20 (Nuts)||TRUE/A563|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A563|Standard Specification for Carbons and Alloy Steel Nuts|A563||
This specification covers the chemical, mechanical, and dimensional requirements for eight grades (Grades O, A, B, C, D, DH, C3, and DH3) of carbon and alloy steel nuts for general structural and mechanical uses on bolts, studs, and other externally threaded parts. Steel materials and nuts shall be manufactured, processed, and formed as appropriate for their respective grades. Each grade of nut shall also conform to individually specified values for chemical composition, hardness, proof load stress, tensile stress areas, nominal size, and style.
|A563|Standard Specification for Carbons and Alloy Steel Nuts|10.1520/A0563-07A 58078|Active|A563M|2007-12-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts [Metric]|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers chemical and mechanical requirements for eight property classes of hex and hex-flange carbon and alloy steel nuts for general structural and mechanical uses on bolts, studs, and other externally threaded parts.
Note 1—Throughout this specification, the term class means property class.
Note 2—Requirements for the four classes 5, 9, 10, and 12 are essentially identical with requirements given for these classes in ISO 898/II. Requirements for Classes 8S and 10S are essentially identical with requirements in an ISO 4775 Hexagon Nuts for High-Strength Structural Bolting with Large Width Across Flats, Product Grade B, Property Classes 8 and 10. Classes 8S3 and 10S3 are not recognized in ISO standards.

1.2 Classes 8S3 and 10S3 nuts have atmospheric corrosion resistance and weathering characteristics comparable to those of the steels covered in Specification A 588/A 588M. The atmospheric corrosion resistance of these steels is substantially better than that of carbon steel with or without copper addition (see 5.2). When properly exposed to the atmosphere, these steels can be used bare (uncoated) for many applications.

1.3 The nut size range for which each class is applicable is given in the table on mechanical requirements.

1.4 Appendix X1 gives guidance to assist designers and purchasers in the selection of a suitable class.

1.5 Appendix X2 gives data on the properties of slotted hex nuts and hex jam nuts.
Note 3—This specification is the metric companion of Specification A 563.

1.6 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789 unless otherwise defined herein.
|alloy steel; carbon steel; metric; nuts; steel; weathering steel; Alloy steel bolting materials specifications; Carbon steel bolting materials specifications; Nuts specifications; Weathering steels ; ICS Number Code 21.060.20 (Nuts)||TRUE/A563M|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,B|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A563M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts [Metric]|A563M||
This specification covers chemical and mechanical requirements for eight property classes of hex and hex-flange carbon and alloy steel nuts for general structural and mechanical uses on bolts, studs, and other externally threaded parts. Materials shall be tested and the individual grades shall conform to specified values of material such as hardness and proof load, chemical, and mechanical requirements. Classes 8S3 and 10S3 nuts have atmospheric corrosion resistance and weathering characteristics comparable to those of the steels. The atmospheric corrosion resistance of these steels is substantially better than that of carbon steel with or without copper addition. When properly exposed to the atmosphere, these steels can be used bare (uncoated) for many applications.
|A563M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts [Metric]|10.1520/A0563M-07 68733|Active|A564/A564M|2009-05-01|04(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers bars and shapes of age-hardening stainless steels. Hot-finished or cold-finished rounds, squares, hexagons, bar shapes, angles, tees, and channels are included; these shapes may be produced by hot rolling, extruding, or forging. Billets or bars for reforging may be purchased to this specification.

1.2 These steels are generally used for parts requiring corrosion resistance and high strength at room temperature, or at temperatures up to 600°F [315°C]; 700°F [370°C] for Type 632; 840°F [450°C] for Type UNS S46910. They are suitable for machining in the solution-annealed condition after which they may be age-hardened to the mechanical properties specified in Section 7 without danger of cracking or distortion. Type XM-25 is machinable in the as-received fully heat treated condition. Type UNS S46910 is suitable for machining in the solution-annealed, cold-worked, and aged-hardened condition.

1.3 Types 631 and 632 contain a large amount of ferrite in the microstructure and can have low ductility in forgings and larger diameter bars. Applications should be limited to small diameter bar.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as standards; within the text and tables, the SI units are shown in [brackets]. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.

1.5 Unless the order specifies an “M'' designation, the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
Note 1—For forgings, see Specification A 705/A 705M.

Note 2—For billets and bars for forging see Specification A 314.

|age-hardening stainless steel; precipitation hardening stainless steel; stainless steel bars; stainless steel shapes; Age-hardening alloys--specifications; Cold-finished steel bars--specifications; Corrosive service applications--bars/rods/shapes; High-temperature service applications--steel bars; Hot-rolled stainless steel bars--specifications; Precipitation-hardening metals/alloys--specifications; Stainless steel bars/billets--specifications; Steel bars and shapes--specifications; Steel bars/shapes/wires; Udimet alloy; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods); 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A564|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,N,CH|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A564A564M|Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes|A564||
This specification covers bars and shapes of age-hardening stainless steels. Hot-finished or cold-finished rounds, squares, hexagons, bar shapes, angles, tees, and channels are included. These shapes may be produced by hot rolling, extruding, or forging. Type 631 and 632 stainless steels contain a large amount of ferrite in the microstructure and can have low ductility in forgings and large diameter bars. Material of types other than XM-16, XM-25, and Type 630 shall be furnished in the solution-annealed condition, or in the equalized and oven-tempered condition. Types 630, XM-16, and XM-25 may be furnished in the solution-annealed or age-hardened condition. Type UNS S46910 shall be furnished in solution annealed, cold-worked or aged-hardened condition. Shapes may be subjected to either Class A or Class C preparation for removal of visible surface imperfections. The material shall be subjected to tension, impact, and hardness tests.
|A564|Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening...|10.1520/A0564_A0564M-04R09 68734|Active|A565/A565M|2009-05-01|05a(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Martensitic Stainless Steel Bars for High-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot-finished and cold-finished martensitic chromium steel bars for high-temperature service. The mechanical properties are developed by suitable heat treatment, as indicated for each alloy.

1.2 Where strength at temperature is a factor, these steels are generally limited to a maximum service temperature of 1200°F [650°C]. For oxidation (scaling) resistance and at low stresses, these steels are useful to 1450°F [790°C].

1.3 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units; however, unless the purchase order or contract specifies the applicable M specification designation (SI units), the inch-pound units shall apply. The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|martensitic stainless steel; stainless steel bars; stainless steel billets; stainless steel forgings; temperature service applications—high; Alloy steel sheet/strip--specifications; Bars/forging/forging stock--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel bars; Hot-rolled steel sheet/strip--specifications; HSLA (high-strength low-alloy) steel bars--specifications; Martensitic stainless steel bars--specifications; Martensitic stainless steel forgings--specifications; Stainless steel bars/billets--specifications; Stainless steel forgings--specifications; Steel bars/forgings/forging stock--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods); 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A565|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A565A565M|Standard Specification for Martensitic Stainless Steel Bars for High-Temperature Service|A565||
This guide covers standard specification for hot-finished and cold-finished martensitic chromium steel bars for high-temperature service. The mechanical properties shall be developed by suitable heat treatment, as indicated for each alloy. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, vanadium, tungsten, nitrogen, aluminum, columbium, and copper. The microstructure shall not contain more than 5% delta-ferrite after full heat treatment. The material shall conform to the required mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, impact strength, and Brinell hardness. The material shall also undergo stress rupture testing using a combination test bar.
|A565|Standard Specification for Martensitic Stainless Steel Bars for...|10.1520/A0565_A0565M-05AR09 68735|Active|A568/A568M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Structural, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements for|28|51.00|51.00|61.20||
1.1 This specification covers the general requirements for steel sheet in coils and cut lengths. It applies to the following specifications that describe carbon steel, structural steel, and high-strength, low-alloy steel (HSLA) furnished as hot-rolled sheet and cold-rolled sheet: Specifications A 414/A 414M, A 424, A 606, A 659/A 659M, A 794, A 1008/A 1008M, A 1011/A 1011M, and A 1039/A 1039M.

1.2 This specification is not applicable to hot-rolled heavy-thickness carbon sheet coils (Specification A 635/A 635M).

1.3 In case of any conflict in requirements, the requirements of the individual material specification shall prevail over those of this general specification.

1.4 For the purposes of determining conformance with this and the appropriate product specification referenced in 1.1, values shall be rounded to the nearest unit in the right hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting values in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.

1.5 Annex A1 lists permissible variations in dimensions and mass (see Note 1) in SI [metric] units. The values listed are not exact conversions of the values listed in the inch-pound tables, but instead are rounded or rationalized values. Conformance to Annex A1 is mandatory when the “M” specification is used.
Note 1—The term weight is used when inch-pound units are the standard. However, under SI the preferred term is mass.

1.6 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.7 This specification and the applicable material specifications are expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
|carbon steel sheet; cold rolled steel sheet; general delivery requirements; high strength low alloy steel; hot rolled steel sheet; steel sheet; structural steel sheet; Alloy steel sheet/strip--specifications; Carbon steel sheet--specifications; Cold-rolled steel sheet/strip--specifications; General delivery requirements--steel; Hot-rolled steel sheet/strip--specifications; HSLA (high-strength low-alloy) steel sheet/strip--specifications; Improved formability steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A568|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.19|01.03|||MP7|||||A568A568M|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Structural, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements for|A568||
This specification covers the general requirements for carbon, structural, and high-strength, low alloy steel sheets in coils and cut lengths. The steel sheets shall be manufactured by hot-rolling, cold-rolling or temper rolling. Cold-rolled sheets shall undergo annealing after being cold reduced to thickness. Products shall undergo cast or heat analysis, product, check, or verification analysis, and sampling. Product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, copper, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, columbium, niobium, titanium, aluminum, and nitrogen. Mechanical properties of the materials shall conform to the following properties: tensile strength, yield strength, and bending strength. Thickness, length, width and flatness tolerances and allowances for cold-rolled and hot-rolled sheets are indicated. Steel may be produced as ingot-cast or strand-cast.
|A568|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Structural, and...|10.1520/A0568_A0568M-09 47864|Active|A571/A571M|2006-06-01|01(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Austenitic Ductile Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-Temperature Service|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers austenitic ductile iron, Type D-2M, Classes 1 and 2, for compressors, expanders, pumps, valves, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for low-temperature service.
1.2 These grades of austenitic ductile iron are characterized by having their graphite substantially in a spheroidal form and free of flake graphite. They are essentially free of carbides and contain sufficient alloy content to produce a stable austenitic matrix down to -423°F; [-252°C] (liquid hydrogen).
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test methods portion, Section 11, of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A571|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A571A571M|Standard Specification for Austenitic Ductile Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-Temperature Service|A571||
This specification covers austenitic ductile iron castings for compressors, expanders, pumps, valves, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for low-temperature service. The castings covered here are Type D-2M, Class 1, Class 2, Class 3, and Class 4. The castings shall be made in the electric-arc furnace, induction furnace, cupola, or any other furnace which is capable of producing castings. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, silicon, manganese, nickel, chromium, and phosphorus. The castings shall undergo tension tests and impact tests, and shall conform to the following mechanical requirements: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, Brinell hardness, and Charpy V-notch.
|A571|Standard Specification for Austenitic Ductile Iron Castings for...|10.1520/A0571_A0571M-01R06 52912|Active|A572/A572M|2007-03-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers five grades of high-strength low-alloy structural steel shapes, plates, sheet piling, and bars. Grades 42 [290], 50 [345], and 55 [380] are intended for riveted, bolted, or welded structures. Grades 60 [415] and 65 [450] are intended for riveted or bolted construction of bridges, or for riveted, bolted, or welded construction in other applications.
1.2 For applications, such as welded bridge construction, where notch toughness is important, notch toughness requirements are to be negotiated between the purchaser and the producer.
1.3 Specification A 588/A 588M shall not be substituted for Specification A 572/A 572M without agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.
1.4 The use of columbium, vanadium, titanium, nitrogen, or combinations thereof, within the limitations noted in Section , is required; the selection of type (1, 2, 3, or 5) is at the option of the producer, unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. (See Supplementary Requirement S90.)
1.5 The maximum thicknesses available in the grades and products covered by this specification are shown in Table 1.
1.6 When the steel is to be welded, a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service is to be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.
1.7 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.
1.8 The text of this specification contains notes or footnotes, or both, that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.
1.9 For structural products produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional tests, of A 6/A 6M apply.
|bars; bolted construction; bridges; buildings; columbium-vanadium; high-strength; low-alloy; plates; riveted construction; shapes; sheet piling; steel; structural steel; welded construction; ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A572|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A572A572M|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel|A572||
This specifiation covers the standard requirements for Grades 42 [290], 50 [345], 55 [380], 60 [415], and 65 [450] of high-strength low-alloy columbium-vanadium structural steel shapes, plates, sheet piling, and bars for applications in bolted, welded, and riveted structures in bridges and buildings. The alloy shall conform to the required contents of columbium, vanadium, titanium, and nitrogen. Permissible values for the product thickness and size is given. Tensile requirements (including yield point, tensile strength, and minimum elongation) and alloy content are also specified. General delivery and test report requirements are also cited.
|A572|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium...|10.1520/A0572_A0572M-07 42637|Active|A573/A573M|2005-09-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Structural Carbon Steel Plates of Improved Toughness|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers structural quality carbon-manganese-silicon steel plates in three tensile strength ranges intended primarily for service at atmospheric temperatures where improved notch toughness is important.
1.2 Plates covered by this specification are limited to a maximum thickness of 1.5 in. [40 mm].
1.3 If the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. See Appendix X 3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other without combining values in any way.
|carbon steel; plates; structural steel; toughness; welded construction; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A573|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A573A573M|Standard Specification for Structural Carbon Steel Plates of Improved Toughness|A573||
This specification covers structural quality carbon-manganese-silicon steel plates in three tensile strength ranges intended primarily for service at atmospheric temperatures where improved notch toughness is important. If the steel is to be welded, a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service shall be utilized. The steel shall be made by fine grain practice. Heat and product analysis shall conform to the chemical composition requirements prescribed for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. The tension test specimen shall conform to the tensile requirements including tensile strength, yield point, and elongation.
|A573|Standard Specification for Structural Carbon Steel Plates of Improved...|10.1520/A0573_A0573M-05 66195|Active|A574|2008-12-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Socket-Head Cap Screws|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers the requirements for quenched and tempered alloy steel hexagon socket-head cap screws, 0.060 through 4 in. in diameter where high strength is required.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement are included in this standard.

Note 1—A complete metric companion to Specification A 574 has been developed—A 574M; therefore no metric equivalents are presented in this specification.

1.3 The following hazard caveat pertains only to the test method portions, sections 5.1, 5.6, 8, and 12, of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|alloy steel; cap screws; socket head; Alloy steel screws--specifications; Head cap screws; Hexagon socket screw; Screws--specifications; Steel screws--specifications ; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A574|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A574|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Socket-Head Cap Screws|A574||
This specification covers the requirements for quenched and tempered alloy steel hexagon socket-head cap screws. The screws shall be fabricated from steel which has been made by the open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace process. The screws shall be fabricated from alloy steel made to a fine grain practice. The screws shall be alloy steel conforming to the chemical composition specified. There shall be no evidence of carburization or total decarburization on the surfaces of the heat-treated screws when measured. Hardness, tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation shall be tested to meet the requirements prescribed.
|A574|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Socket-Head Cap Screws|10.1520/A0574-08 66196|Active|A574M|2008-12-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Socket-Head Cap Screws [Metric]|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers the requirements for quenched and tempered alloy steel hexagon socket-head cap screws, 1.6 mm through 48 mm in diameter having a minimum ultimate tensile strength of 1220 MPa.

1.2 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement are included in this standard.
Note 1—This specification is the metric companion of Specification A 574.

1.3 The following hazard caveat pertains only to the test method portions, sections 5.1, 5.6, 8, and 12, of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|alloy steel; cap screws; socket head; Alloy steel screws--specifications; Head cap screws; Hexagon socket screw; Screws--specifications; Steel screws--specifications; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A574M|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,B|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A574M|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Socket-Head Cap Screws [Metric]|A574M||
This specification covers the requirements for quenched and tempered alloy steel socket-head cap screws. The screws shall be fabricated from steel made to fine grain practice and shall be alloy steel conforming to the chemical composition specified. Different tests shall be conducted in order to determine the following mechanical properties of screws: tensile or wedge strength, proof load, yield strength, elongation, Rockwell hardness, and Vickers hardness.
|A574M|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Socket-Head Cap Screws [Metric]|10.1520/A0574M-08 58406|Active|A575|2007-09-01|96(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers hot-wrought merchant quality carbon steel bars produced to a chemical composition. Merchant quality bars are used for structural and similar miscellaneous bar applications involving moderate cold bending, moderate hot forming, punching, and welding as used in the production of noncritical parts. Moderate cold bending involves a generous bend radius with the axis of the bend transverse to the direction of rolling.

1.2 Special quality hot-wrought carbon steel bars are covered in Specification A 576.

1.3 Some end uses may require one or more of the available designations shown under Supplementary Requirements.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|Carbon steel bars/shapes--specifications; Hot wrought steel bars--specifications; Merchant quality steel bars; M-grade steel bars; Structural steel (SS) bars--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A575|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A575|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades|A575||
This specification covers M-grade hot-wrought merchant quality carbon steel bars produced to a chemical composition. Merchant quality bars are used for structural and similar miscellaneous bar applications involving moderate cold bending, moderate hot forming, punching, and welding as used in the production of noncritical parts. Moderate cold bending involves generous bend radius with the axis of the bend transverse to the direction of rolling. Heat analysis shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition.
|A575|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades|10.1520/A0575-96R07 46245|Active|A576|2006-03-01|90b(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers hot-wrought special quality carbon steel bars. Special quality bar applications include forging, heat treating, cold drawing, machining, and many structural uses. A guide for the selection of steel bars is contained in Practice A 400.
1.2 The bars shall be furnished in the grades specified in . Sections and sizes of bar steel available are covered in Specification A 29/A 29M. Hot-wrought special quality carbon steel bars are produced in cut lengths and coils; the manufacturer should be consulted regarding sections and sizes available in coils, produced to a chemical composition.
1.3 Merchant quality hot-wrought carbon steel bars are covered in Specification A 575.
1.4 Some end uses may require superior surface quality, or special chemical restrictions, metallurgical characteristics, heat treatment, or surface finishes which the purchaser may obtain by designating one or more of the available Supplementary Requirements.
1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard.
|carbon steel bars; hot-wrought steel bars; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A576|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A576|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality|A576||
This specification covers hot-wrought special quality carbon steel bars. Special quality bar applications include forging, heat treating, cold drawing, machining, and many structural uses. The steel shall be made by one or more of the following primary processes: open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric furnace. The heat analysis shall conform to the requirements for chemical composition specified.
|A576|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality|10.1520/A0576-90BR06 52525|Active|A577/A577M|2007-03-01|90(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of Steel Plates|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers an ultrasonic angle-beam procedure and acceptance standards for the detection of internal discontinuities not laminar in nature and of surface imperfections in a steel plate. This specification is intended for use only as a supplement to specifications which provide straight-beam ultrasonic examination. An internal discontinuity that is laminar in nature is one whose principal plane is parallel to the principal plane of the plate.
<>
1.2 Individuals performing examinations in accordance with this specification shall be qualified and certified in accordance with the requirements of the latest edition of ASNT SNT-TC-1A or an equivalent accepted standard. An equivalent standard is one which covers the qualification and certification of ultrasonic nondestructive examination candidates and which is acceptable to the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|ICS Number Code 77.040.20 (Non-destructive testing of metals)||TRUE/A577|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A577A577M|Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of Steel Plates|A577||
This specification covers ultrasonic angle-beam procedure and acceptance standards for the detection of internal discontinuities not laminar in nature and of surface imperfections in a steel plate. This specification is intended for use only as a supplement to specifications which provide straight-beam ultrasonic examination. The ultrasonic frequency for the examination shall be the highest frequency that permits detection of the required calibration notch.
|A577|Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of Steel...|10.1520/A0577_A0577M-90R07 57869|Active|A578/A578M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Rolled Steel Plates for Special Applications|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1.This specification covers the procedure and acceptance standards for straight-beam, pulse-echo, ultrasonic examination of rolled carbon and alloy steel plates, ³/₈ in. [10 mm] in thickness and over, for special applications. The method will detect internal discontinuities parallel to the rolled surfaces. Three levels of acceptance standards are provided. Supplementary requirements are provided for alternative procedures.
1.2 Individuals performing examinations in accordance with this specification shall be qualified and certified in accordance with the requirements of the latest edition of ASNT SNT-TC-1A or an equivalent accepted standard. An equivalent standard is one which covers the qualification and certification of ultrasonic nondestructive examination candidates and which is acceptable to the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
1.4This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|nondestructive testing; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plate for pressure vessel applications; steel plates; ultrasonic examinations; ICS Number Code 77.040.20 (Non-destructive testing of metals)||TRUE/A578|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,N,D|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A578A578M|Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Rolled Steel Plates for Special Applications|A578||
This procedure covers the standard and acceptance standards for straight-beam, pulse-echo, ultrasonic examination of rolled carbon and alloy steel plates. The amplitude linearity of the apparatus to be used shall be checked by positioning the transducer over the depth resolution notch in the IIW or similar block. The inspection shall be performed in an area free of operations that interfere with proper performance of the test. The test shall be performed either by direct contact, immersion, or liquid column coupling. Grid scanning shall be conducted along a continuous perpendicular line on the center. All discontinuities causing complete loss of reflection shall be recorded.
|A578|Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Rolled...|10.1520/A0578_A0578M-07 68275|Active|A579/A579M|2009-04-01|04a(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Superstrength Alloy Steel Forgings|7|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers requirements for forged steel shapes for highly stressed structural members requiring yield strengths in excess of 140 ksi [965 MPa].

1.2 This specification is not intended for applications limited by creep deformation.

1.3 Twenty-seven grades are covered by this specification. Selection will depend upon design, service conditions, and mechanical properties required.

1.4 Supplementary requirements are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the order.

1.5 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.6 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|alloy steel forgings; superstrength; Alloy steel forgings--specifications; Structural steel (SS) forgings--specifications; Superstrength alloy steel forgings; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A579|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A579A579M|Standard Specification for Superstrength Alloy Steel Forgings|A579||
This specification deals with the standard requirements for superstrength alloy steel forgings for highly stressed structural members. Covered here are eight types (twenty-seven grades) of alloy steels, namely: quenched and tempered steels (Grades 11, 12, 12a, 13, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, and 33); air hardened steel (Grade 41); martensitic stainless steels (Grades 51, 52, and 53); No. 1 precipitation hardened stainless steel (Grade 61); No. 2 precipitation hardened stainless steel (Grade 64); No. 3 precipitation hardened stainless steels (Grades 62 and 63); maraging steels (Grades 71, 72, 73, 74, and 75); and miscellaneous steels (Grades 81, 82, 83, and 84). The steels shall be manufactured by melting process and shall be finished by hot-worked forging. Forgings may be furnished in one of the following conditions: stress relieving; annealing; solution treatment; solution treatment and ageing; normalizing; normalizing and tempering; or quenching and tempering. Heat and product analyses shall be employed to assess the conformance of steels with required chemical compositions. Forgings shall examined by tension and Charpy impact tests and conform to required mechanical properties such as yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, reduction of area, minimum room-temperature Charpy V-notch energy absorption, maximum annealed hardness, and section size capability. Nondestructive tests, such as magnetic particle, liquid penetrant, and ultrasonic inspection procedures, shall also be performed.
|A579|Standard Specification for Superstrength Alloy Steel Forgings|10.1520/A0579_A0579M-04AR09 64712|Active|A580/A580M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers stainless steel wire, except the free-machining types. It includes round, square, octagon, hexagon, and shape wire in coils only for the more commonly used types of stainless steels for general corrosion resistance and high-temperature service. For bars in straightened and cut lengths, see Specifications A 276 or A 479/A 479M.
Note 1—For free-machining stainless wire, designed especially for optimum machinability, see Specification A 581/A 581M.

1.2 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|stainless steel; wire; Austenitic stainless steel wire--specifications; Ferritic stainless steel--specifications; Martensitic stainless steel wire--specifications; Stainless steel wire--specifications; Steel wire--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A580|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A580A580M|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire|A580||
This specification covers stainless steel wire, except the free-machining types. It includes round, square, octagon, hexagon, and shape wire in coils only for the more commonly used types of stainless steels for general corrosion resistance and high-temperature service. The steel specimens shall undergo the following conditions: (1) annealed as a final heat treatment; (2) cold worked to higher strength; (3) heat treated to an intermediate temper; or (4) heat treated to a hard temper by austenitizing, quenching, and tempering at a relatively low temperature. The materials shall be cold drawn, annealed, and pickled. The steel wires shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, nitrogen, and other elements such as niobium , vanadium, copper, tantalum, titanium and cobalt. Mechanical test shall be performed wherein in the steel specimens shall conform to the required values of tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. The martensitic grades shall conform to the required values of hardness after heat treatment.
|A580|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire|10.1520/A0580_A0580M-08 69630|Active|A581/A581M|2009-05-01|95b(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Wire and Wire Rods|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers cold-finished wire and hot-finished wire rods in coils. Wire rods are a semi-finished product primarily for the manufacture of wire. Wire includes rounds, squares, hexagons, and special shapes in the more commonly used types of stainless free-machining steels designed especially for optimum machinability and for general corrosion and high-temperature service.
Note 1—For wire other than those of the free-machining types, see Specification A 580/A 580M.

1.2 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as standards; within the text and tables, the SI units are shown in [brackets]. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.

1.3 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|free-machining; free-machining wire; stainless steel; Austenitic stainless steel wire--specifications; Ferritic stainless steel--specifications; Free-machining steel--specifications; Martensitic stainless steel wire--specifications; Stainless steel wire--specifications; Steel wire--specifications; Steel wire rod--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A581|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A581A581M|Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Wire and Wire Rods|A581||
This specification covers the standard for cold-finished wire and hot-finished free-machining stainless steel wire and wire rods in coils. Chemical analysis shall be performed on the steel and shall conform to the chemical composition requirements in carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel and other trace elements. The stainless steel shall undergo mechanical testing and conform to the tensile strength requirement.
|A581|Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Wire and Wire...|10.1520/A0581_A0581M-95BR09 39409|Active|A582/A582M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Bars|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot-finished or cold-finished bars, except bars for forging (Note 1). It includes rounds, squares, and hexagons in the more commonly used types of stainless free-machining steels designed especially for optimum machinability and for general corrosion and high-temperature service. Stainless steel bars other (Note 2) than the free-machining types are covered in a separate specification.
1.2 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as standard: within the text and tables, the SI uits are shown in [brackets]. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents: therefore, each system must be used independent of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
1.3 Unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
Note 1—For bars for reforging, see Specification A314.
Note 2—For non-free machining stainless bars, see Specification A276.
|austenitic stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; free-machining stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; stainless steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A582|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A582A582M|Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Bars|A582||
This specification covers hot-finished or cold-finished bars, except bars for forging, suitable for machining processes. It includes rounds, squares, and hexagons in the more commonly used types of stainless free-machining steels designed especially for optimum machinability and for general corrosion and high-temperature service. Bars may be furnished either hot finished or cold finished in one of the conditions specified. Materials shall adhere to specified chemical composition requirements. At least one hardness testing shall be made midway between surface and center on each lot to determine that the material conforms to hardness requirements. Also, test methods and definition for hardness testing are presented.
|A582|Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Bars|10.1520/A0582_A0582M-05 70918|Active|A586|2009-05-01|04a(2009)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Parallel and Helical Steel Wire Structural Strand|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers zinc-coated steel wire structural strand, for use where a high-strength, high-modulus, multiple-wire tension member is desired as a component part of a structure. The strand is available with parallel or helical wire construction.

1.1.1 The strand is available with several zinc coating classes and with two strength grades, as described in Section 4.

1.2 The strand is furnished with Class A weight zinc-coated wires throughout. It can be furnished with Class B weight or Class C weight zinc-coated outer wires where additional corrosion protection is required.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|structural strand; zinc-coated strand; Helical steel wire strand; Steel wire strand--specifications; Zinc-coated steel wire--specifications ; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A586|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A586|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Parallel and Helical Steel Wire Structural Strand|A586||
This specification covers zinc-coated parallel and helical steel wire structural strands for use where a high-strength, high-modulus, multiple-wire tension member is desired as a component part of a structure. Breaking strength is expressed as Grade 1 or 2, while, coating weight is expressed as Class A, B, or C. Strands shall be furnished with Class A weight zinc-coated wires throughout, but may be furnished with Class B or C weight wires as well where additional corrosion protection is required. The base metal shall be carbon steel manufactured by the open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace process Finished strands and the hard-drawn individual zinc-coated wires shall be coated by the hot-dip or electrolytic process. Specimens shall be tested and conform to values of the following physical requirements: nominal diameter, stress at specified extension under load, tensile strength, total elongation, ductility, and coating weight and adherence.
|A586|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Parallel and Helical Steel Wire...|10.1520/A0586-04AR09E01 44016|Active|A587|2005-10-01|96(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Low-Carbon Steel Pipe for the Chemical Industry|6|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers electric-resistance-welded low-carbon steel pipe intended for use as process lines.
1.2 Pipe ordered under this specification shall be suitable for severe forming operations involving flanging in all sizes and bending to close radii up to and including NPS 4.
1.3 This specification covers NPS 1/2 through 10, plus additional sizes. The corresponding outside diameters and wall thicknesses for NPS 1/ 2 through 10 are listed in , as are the dimensions for the additional sizes.
Note1— The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
1.5 The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test method portion, Sections 6, 12, and 13, of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|carbon steel pipe; chemical industry; electric-resistance-welded steel pipe; steel pipe-carbon steel; steel pipe-electric-resistance-welded; welded steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A587|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A587|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Low-Carbon Steel Pipe for the Chemical Industry|A587||
This specification covers electric-resistance-welded low-carbon steel pipe for use as process lines in chemical industries. The steel shall be aluminum killed steel made by one or more of the following processes: open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace. The steel may be cast in ingots or strand cast and the pipe shall be made by electric resistance welding. Pipe furnished in the as-welded condition shall be normalized at a temperature above the upper critical temperature. Cold-drawn pipe shall be normalized after the final cold-draw pass. The pipes shall undergo the following tests: tensile test, flattening test, reverse flattening test, flange test and nondestructive tests. The nondestructive tests shall include eddy-current test, ultrasonic test, and flux leakage test.
|A587|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Low-Carbon Steel...|10.1520/A0587-96R05 39958|Active|A588/A588M|2005-04-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel, up to 50 ksi [345 MPa] Minimum Yield Point, with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-strength low-alloy structural steel shapes, plates, and bars for welded, riveted, or bolted construction but intended primarily for use in welded bridges and buildings where savings in weight or added durability are important. The atmospheric corrosion resistance of this steel in most environments is substantially better than that of carbon structural steels with or without copper addition (see Note 0). When properly exposed to the atmosphere, this steel is suitable for many applications in the bare (unpainted) condition. This specification is limited to material up to 8 in. [200 mm] inclusive in thickness. Note 0For methods of estimating the atmospheric corrosion resistance of low-alloy steels, see Guide G 101.
1.2 When the steel is to be welded, a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service is to be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.
1.4 The text of this specification contains notes, footnotes, or both, that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.
1.5 For structural products produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 6/A 6M apply.
|atmospheric corrosion resistance; bars; bolted construction; bridges; buildings; durability; high-strength; low-alloy; plates; riveted construction; shapes; steel; structural steel; weight; welded construction; ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A588|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A588A588M|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel, up to 50 ksi [345 MPa] Minimum Yield Point, with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance|A588||
This specification covers high-strength, low-alloy structural steel shapes, plates, and bars for welded, riveted, or bolted construction with atmospheric corrosion resistance. Heat analysis shall be performed wherein the low-alloy structural steel materials shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorous, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, copper, vanadium, and columbium. Steel samples shall also undergo the tensile test and conform to required values of tensile strength, yield point, and elongation.
|A588|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel, up to...|10.1520/A0588_A0588M-05 46301|Active|A589/A589M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon Steel Water-Well Pipe|12|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers four specific types of plain end or threaded and coupled carbon steel pipe for use in water wells.
1.2 Each type of water well pipe shall conform to the following methods of manufacture and grade as specified on the purchase order:
1.2.1 Type I, Drive PipeSeamless or electric-resistance-welded, Grades A and B.
1.2.2 Type II, Water-Well Reamed and Drifted PipeSeamless or electric-resistance-welded, Grades A and B, or furnace-butt welded.
1.2.3 Type III, Driven Well PipeSeamless or electric-resistance-welded, Grades A and B, or furnace-butt welded.
1.2.4 Type IV, Water-Well Casing Pipe Seamless or electric-resistance-welded, Grades A and B, or furnace-butt welded.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or in SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard.
Note 1
The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) and DN (Nominal Diameter) have been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
|carbon steel pipe; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe; water well pipe; welded steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A589|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|D,M|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A589A589M|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon Steel Water-Well Pipe|A589||
This specification covers four specific types of plain end or threaded and coupled carbon steel pipe for use in water wells. Water well pipe are classified into four types according to grads: type I, drive pipe; type II, water-well reamed and drifted pipe; type III, driven well pipe; and type IV, water-well casing pipe. The steel for both seamless and welded pipe shall be made by one of the following processes: open-hearth, electric furnace, or basic-oxygen. Tensile test, tension test, and hydrostatic test shall be required to conform to the requirements specified.
|A589|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon Steel Water-Well Pipe|10.1520/A0589_A0589M-06 68276|Active|A592/A592M|2009-04-01|04(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Strength Quenched and Tempered Low-Alloy Steel Forged Fittings and Parts for Pressure Vessels|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-strength quenched and tempered low-alloy steel forged fittings and parts for pressure vessels. The maximum thickness of forgings under this specification shall be 1½ in. [38 mm] for Grade A, and 4 in. [100 mm] for Grades E and F.
Note 1—These grades are similar to corresponding grades in Specification A 517/A 517M.

1.2 Although no provision is made for supplementary requirements in this standard, the supplementary requirements in Specification A 788/A 788M may be considered by the purchaser.

1.3 Welding technique is of fundamental importance and it is presupposed that welding procedures will be in accordance with approved methods for the class of material used.

1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.5 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|high-strength low-alloy steel; fittings—steel; pressure vessel service; quenched and tempered steel; steel forgings—alloy; Carbon steel forgings--specifications; Pressure vessel steel forgings--specifications; Steel fittings--specifications ; ICS Number Code 23.060.01 (Valves in general)||TRUE/A592|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A592A592M|Standard Specification for High-Strength Quenched and Tempered Low-Alloy Steel Forged Fittings and Parts for Pressure Vessels|A592||
ASTM A592/A592M-04 covers the standard specification for high-strength quenched and tempered low-alloy steel forged fittings and parts used for pressure vessels. The steel shall be made by a melting process and shall be fully killed and fine grained. After forging and before reheating, the forgings shall be cooled to provide substantially complete transformation of austenite. Samples for mechanical test specimens shall be removed after the quenching and tempering heat treatment. The test specimens may be machined from a production forging or from special forged blocks suitably worked and heat treated with the production forgings. Such special blocks shall be obtained from an ingot, slab, or billet from the same heat as the forgings they represent and shall be reduced by forging in a manner similar to that for the products to be represented. The specimens shall undergo tension and Charpy V-notch impact tests.
|A592|Standard Specification for High-Strength Quenched and Tempered Low-Alloy...|10.1520/A0592_A0592M-04R09 46032|Active|A595/A595M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Tubes, Low-Carbon or High-Strength Low-Alloy, Tapered for Structural Use|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers three grades of seam-welded, round, tapered steel tubes for structural use. Grades A and B are of low-carbon steel or high-strength low-alloy steel composition and Grade C is of weather-resistant steel composition.
1.2 This tubing is produced in welded sizes in a range of diameters from 2 3/8 to 30 in. [60 to 762 mm] inclusive. Wall thicknesses range from 0.1046 to 0.375 in. [2.66 to 9.53 mm]. Tapers are subject to agreement with the manufacturer.
1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used indepedently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|carbon steel tube; steel tube; ICS Number Code 77.140.75 (Steel pipes and tubes for specific use)||TRUE/A595|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|D,M|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A595A595M|Standard Specification for Steel Tubes, Low-Carbon or High-Strength Low-Alloy, Tapered for Structural Use|A595||
This specification covers three grades of seam-welded, round, tapered steel tubes for structural use. Grades A and B are of low-carbon steel or high-strength low-alloy steel composition and Grade C is of weather-resistance steel composition. The tube steel shall be hot-rolled aluminum-semikilled or fine-grained killed sheet or plate manufactured by one or more of the following processes: open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace. The tubes shall be made from trapezoidal sheet or plate that is preformed and then seam welded. They shall be brought to final size and properties by roll compressing cold on a hardened mandrel. A tensile test shall be done to determine the yield strength and the ultimate tensile strength of the tubes.
|A595|Standard Specification for Steel Tubes, Low-Carbon or High-Strength...|10.1520/A0595_A0595M-06 66197|Active|A596/A596M|2004-10-01|95(2004)e1|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Direct-Current Magnetic Properties of Materials Using the Ballistic Method and Ring Specimens|8|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This test method covers dc ballistic testing for the determination of basic magnetic properties of materials in the form of ring, toroidal, link, double-lapped Epstein cores, or other standard shapes which may be cut, stamped, machined, or ground from cast, compacted, sintered, forged, or rolled materials. It includes tests for normal induction and hysteresis taken under conditions of steep wavefront reversals of the direct-current magnetic field strength.

1.2 This test method shall be used in conjunction with Practice A 34/A 34M.

1.3 This test method is suitable for a testing range from very low magnetic field strength up to 200 or more Oe [15.9 or more kA/m]. The lower limit is determined by integrator sensitivity and the upper limit by heat generation in the magnetizing winding. Special techniques and short duration testing may extend the upper limit of magnetic field strength.

1.4 Testing under this test method is inherently more accurate than other methods. When specified dimensional or shape requirements are observed, the measurements are a good approximation to absolute properties. Test accuracy available is primarily limited by the accuracy of instrumentation.

1.5 This test method permits a choice of test specimen to permit measurement of properties in any desired direction relative to the direction of crystallographic orientation without interference from external yoke systems.

1.6 The symbols and abbreviated definitions used in this test method appear in Fig. 1 and Sections 5, 6, 9, and 10. For the official definitions see Terminology A 340. Note that the term flux density used in this document is synonymous with the term magnetic induction.

1.7 Warning—Mercury has been designated by EPA and many state agencies as a hazardous material that can cause central nervous system, kidney, and liver damage. Mercury, or its vapor, may be hazardous to health and corrosive to materials. Caution should be taken when handling mercury and mercury-containing products. See the applicable product Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for details and EPA’s website (http://www.epa.gov/mercury/faq.htm) for additional information. Users should be aware that selling mercury or mercury-containing products, or both, in your state may be prohibited by state law.

1.8 The values stated in either customary (cgs-emu and inch-pound) units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within this test method, the SI units are shown in brackets except for the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this method.

1.9 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

Note—
A₁—Multirange ammeter, main-magnetizing current circuit
A₂—Multirange ammeter, hysteresis-current circuit
N₁—Magnetizing (primary) winding
N₂—Flux-sensing (secondary) winding
F—Electronic integrator
R₁—Main current control rheostat
R₂—Hysteresis current control rheostat
S₁—Reversing switch
S₂—Shunting switch for hysteresis current control rheostat
FIG. 1 Basic Circuit Using Ring-Type Cores
|ballistic test; coercive force; direct current; Epstein; induction; magnetic field strength; magnetic test; permeability; residual induction; Ballistic test; Coercive force; D-c magnetic properties; Direct-current ballistic methods; Direct-current permeability; Epstein cores; Hysteresis effects; Induction; Residual induction; Ring test procedures; ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials); 29.100.10 (Magnetic components)||TRUE/A596|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A596A596M|Standard Test Method for Direct-Current Magnetic Properties of Materials Using the Ballistic Method and Ring Specimens|A596|
Test methods using suitable ring-type specimens are the preferred methods of determining the basic magnetic properties of a material caused by the absence of demagnetizing effects and are well suited for specification acceptance, service evaluation, and research and development.

Provided the test specimen is representative of the bulk material as is usually the case for thin strip and wire, this test is also suitable for design purposes.

When the test specimen is not necessarily representative of the bulk material such as a ring machined from a large forging or casting, the results of this test method may not be an accurate indicator of the magnetic properties of the bulk material. In such instances, the test results when viewed in context of past performance history will be useful for judging the suitability of the current material for the intended application.
||A596|Standard Test Method for Direct-Current Magnetic Properties of Materials...|10.1520/A0596_A0596M-95R04E01 38502|Active|A597|2004-09-01|87(2004)|Specification|Standard Specification for Cast Tool Steel|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers tool steel compositions for usable shapes cast by pouring directly into suitable molds and for master heats for remelting and casting.
Note 1-A master heat is defined as any single heat of steel of certified analysis which has been processed into suitable form (shot, ingot, etc.) for remelting. A uniform blend of master heats is also acceptable for remelting. This blend is defined as a master heat lot and its average chemical composition shall be certified.
1.2 Nine grades, CA-2, CD-2, CD-5, CM-2, CS-5, CS-7, CH-12, CH-13, and CO-1, are covered in this specification.
Note 2-The committee formulating this specification has included air- and oil-hardening grades of tool steel that have been extensively used. Other compositions will be considered for inclusion as the need arises.|Tool steel; cast tool steel, spec; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A597|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.29|01.05|||MP7|||||A597|Standard Specification for Cast Tool Steel|A597||
This specification covers tool steel compositions appropriate for usable shapes cast by pouring directly into suitable molds and for master heats for remelting and casting. Grades of the tool steel covered in this specification include air- and oil-hardening grades such as CA-2, CD-2, CD-5, CM-2, CS-5, CS-7, CH-12, CH-13, and CO-1. The steel shall be made by one or more of the following processes: electric-arc furnace or induction furnace and may be argon-oxygen decarburization refined. Each of the steel shall undergo chemical analysis and shall conform to the chemical composition specification for carbon, manganese, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, cobalt, tungsten, and nickel. Material shall be packed and marked with heat or lot number, specification number, steel type, and form to ensure safe delivery and proper identification.
|A597|Standard Specification for Cast Tool Steel|10.1520/A0597-87R04 58389|Active|A598/A598M|2007-05-01|02(2007)|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Magnetic Properties of Magnetic Amplifier Cores|17|43.00|43.00|||
1.1 This test method covers the determination of the magnetic performance of fully processed cores for magnetic amplifier-type applications.

1.2 Tests may be conducted at excitation frequencies of 60, 400, 1600 Hz, or higher frequencies.

1.3 Permissible core sizes for this test method are limited only by the available power supplies and the range and sensitivity of the instrumentation.

1.4 At specified values of full-wave sinusoidal-current excitation, H_max, this test method provides procedures of determining the corresponding value of maximum induction, B_max.

1.5 At specified values of half-wave sinusoidal-current excitation, this test method provides procedures for determining the residual induction, B_r.

1.6 At increased specified values of half-wave sinusoidal-current excitation, this test method provides procedures for determining the dc reverse biasing magnetic field strength, H₁, required to reset the induction in the core material past B_r to a value where the total induction change, ΔB₁, becomes approximately one third of the induction change, 2 B_p. It also provides procedures for determining the additional dc reset magnetic field strength, ΔH, which, combined with H₁, is the value required to reset the induction in the core material past B_r to a value where the total induction change, ΔB₂, becomes approximately two thirds of the induction change 2 B_p.

1.7 This test method specifies procedures for determining core gain from the corresponding biasing and induction changes, ΔH and ΔB.

1.8 This test method covers test procedures and requirements for evaluation of finished cores which are to be used in magnetic-amplifier-type applications. It is not a test for basic-material magnetic properties.

1.9 This test method shall be used in conjunction with Practice A 34/A 34.

1.10 Explanations of symbols and abbreviated definitions appear in the text of this test method. The official symbols and definitions are listed in Terminology A 340.

1.11 The values and equations stated in customary (cgs-emu and inch-pound) or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within this test method, SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this test method.

1.12 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|core; coregain; gain factor; induction; magnetic amplifier; magnetic field strength; Amplifier electronics; Constant current flux reset test method (CCFR); Magnetic amplifier cores; Magnetic properties ; ICS Number Code 29.100.10 (Magnetic components)||TRUE/A598|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A598A598M|Standard Test Method for Magnetic Properties of Magnetic Amplifier Cores|A598|
The method of excitation simulates, to a practical degree, the operation of a magnetic core in a self-saturating magnetic amplifier. The properties measured are related to the quality of performance of the cores in magnetic amplifiers and are useful for the specification of materials for such cores.
||A598|Standard Test Method for Magnetic Properties of Magnetic Amplifier Cores|10.1520/A0598_A0598M-02R07 57870|Active|A599/A599M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Electrolytic Tin-Coated, Cold-Rolled Sheet|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers cold-rolled steel sheet in coils or in cut lengths, tin-coated by electrodeposition. The product is commonly known as electrolytic tin-coated sheet, and is for applications that need good solderability, good surface appearance, and a degree of corrosion resistance. Tin-coated sheet is produced to various designations of tin coating, as outlined in Table 1.
1.1.1 Electrolytic tin-coated sheet is customarily available as commercial steel (CS); drawing steel (DS); deep drawing steel (DDS); extra deep drawing steel (EDDS), and structural steel (SS). The tin coating is available as unmelted or melted.

1.2 Limitations—This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 599), which is supplied in thicknesses from 0.015 in. to 0.036 in., or SI units [as A 599M], which is supplied in thicknesses from 0.381 mm to 0.914 mm. For thicknesses lighter than 0.015 in. [0.381 mm], refer to A 624 [A 624M].

1.3 Unless the order shows the “M” designation [SI units], the product shall be furnished to inch-pound units. The values stated in either inch-pound or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.|ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A599|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.20|01.06|||MP7|||||A599A599M|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Electrolytic Tin-Coated, Cold-Rolled Sheet|A599||
This specification covers cold-rolled steel sheet in coils or in cut lengths, tin-coated by electrodeposition. The product is commonly known as electrolytic tin-coated sheet, and is for applications that need good solderability, good surface appearance, and a degree of corrosion resistance. The material shall conform to specified chemical composition requirements. The mechanical property requirements for structural steel, high-strength low-alloy steel with and without improved formability, commercial steel, and deep drawing steel are presented in details. The weight [mass] of coating shall conform to specified requirements fit for individual coating designations. The typical methods for determination of tin coating weights are described.
|A599|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Electrolytic Tin-Coated,...|10.1520/A0599_A0599M-07 38503|Active|A600|2004-09-01|92a(2004)|Specification|Standard Specification for Tool Steel High Speed|14|43.00|43.00|||
1.1 This specification covers tungsten-type and molybdenum-type high-speed steels available as annealed, hot-rolled bars, forgings, plate, sheet, or strip, and annealed, cold-finished bars or forgings used primarily in the fabrication of tools.

1.2 Seven types of tungsten high-speed tool steels designated T1, T2, etc., seventeen types of molybdenum high-speed tool steels designated M1, M2, etc., and two intermediate high speed steels designated as M50 and M52 are covered. Selection will depend upon design, service conditions, and mechanical properties.

1.3 The term "high-speed steel" is described and its minimum requirements are covered in the Annex.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are provided for information only.
|Molybdenum high-speed tool steel; Steel bars-general; Steel forgings; Steel plate-general; Steel sheet-general; Steel strip; Tungsten high-speed tool steel; tool steel-tungsten-/molybdenum-type, high-speed (for fabrication of; tools), spec; ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A600|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.29|01.05|||MP7|||||A600|Standard Specification for Tool Steel High Speed|A600||
This specification covers seven tungsten-type (types T1, T2, T4, T5, T6, T8, and T15) and nineteen molybdenum-type high-speed steels (types M1, M2, M3, M4, M6, M7, M10, M30, M33, M34, M36, M41, M42, M43, M44, M46, M47, M48, and M62) in the form of annealed, hot-rolled bars, forgings, plate, sheet, or strip, and annealed, cold-finished bars or forgings used primarily in the fabrication of tools. Two intermediate high speed tool steels designated as M50 and M52 are also covered. Unless otherwise specified, material shall be made by an electric melting process. A chemical analysis of each heat of steel shall be made to determine the percentage of the elements specified (including carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, vanadium, tungsten, molybdenum, and cobalt) and these values shall conform to the requirements as to the prescribed chemical composition. Requirements for: (1) heat treatment such as austenitizing, quenching, and tempering, (2) hardness testing (3) macrostructure and macroetch standard for porosity and ingot pattern, and (4) decarburization determination are detailed. The maximum Brinell hardness and minimum Rockwell C hardness for the tool steels are given.
|A600|Standard Specification for Tool Steel High Speed|10.1520/A0600-92AR04 42962|Active|A601|2005-09-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Electrolytic Manganese Metal|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of electrolytic manganese designated as follows:
Grade
Regular A
Intermediate Hydrogen B
Low Hydrogen C
4.5 % Nitrogen Bearing D
6 % Nitrogen Bearing E
Weld Grade Powder F
|electrolytic manganese; electrolytic manganese powder; intermediate hydrogen electrolytic manganese; low hydrogen electrolytic manganese; manganese metal; nitrogen bearing manganese; weld grade electrolytic manganese powder; weld grade powdered electrolytic manganese||TRUE/A601|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A601|Standard Specification for Electrolytic Manganese Metal|A601||
This specification covers electrolytic manganese classified into Grades A (regular), B (intermediate hydrogen), C (low hydrogen), D (4.5% nitrogen bearing), E (6%nitrogen bearing) and F (weld graded powder). The specimens shall conform to the required chemical compositions of manganese, sulfur, hydrogen, nitrogen, iron, carbon, phosphorus, silicon, and aluminum.
|A601|Standard Specification for Electrolytic Manganese Metal|10.1520/A0601-05 71152|Active|A602|2009-05-01|94(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Automotive Malleable Iron Castings|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers castings of ferritic, pearlitic, tempered pearlitic, and tempered martensitic grades of malleable iron used in the products of the automotive and allied industries. Castings shall be heat treated to meet this specification.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|casting; ferrite; malleable iron; mechanical properties; pearlite; temper carbon nodules; tensile strength; yield strength; Automotive iron castings--specifications; Malleable iron castings--specifications||TRUE/A602|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A602|Standard Specification for Automotive Malleable Iron Castings|A602||
This specification covers standards for castings of ferritic, pearlitic, tempered pearlitic, and tempered martensitic grades of malleable iron used in automotive products and industries. Castings shall be heat treated and shall be of Grades M3210, M4504, M5003, M5503, M7002, and M8501. Materials shall conform to the specified hardness range. Materials shall follow specified microstructure requirements based on distribution of temper-carbon nodules in the metal matrix. All grades shall have a minimum concentration of spheroidal primary carbides in the microstructure.
|A602|Standard Specification for Automotive Malleable Iron Castings|10.1520/A0602-94R09 70919|Active|A603|2009-05-01|98(2009)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Wire Rope|6|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers zinc-coated steel structural wire rope, prestretched or nonprestretched for use where a high-strength, relatively flexible prefabricated zinc-coated multiple-wire tension member is desired as a component part of a structure.

1.2 The wire rope is furnished with Class A weight zinc-coated wires throughout. It can be furnished with Class B weight or Class C weight zinc-coated outer wires or Class B weight or Class C weight zinc-coated wires throughout where additional corrosion protection is required.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|steel wire; wire; wire rope; zinc-coated wire; Metallic-coated steel wire--specifications; Steel wire (coated)--specifications; Steel wire rope--specifications; Wire rope--specifications; Zinc-coated steel wire--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A603|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A603|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Wire Rope|A603||
This specification covers zinc-coated steel structural wire rope, prestretched or nonprestretched for use where a high-strength, relatively flexible prefabricated zinc-coated multiple-wire tension member is desired as a component part of a structure. The wire rope is furnished with Class A weight zinc-coated wires throughout. It can be furnished with Class B weight or Class C weight zinc-coated outer wires or Class B weight or Class C weight zinc-coated wires throughout where additional corrosion protection is required. The steel shall conform to the following tensile requirements: tensile strength; bend-free or kink-free test specimens; stress at extension under load; elongation; ductility; weight of zinc coating; adherence of coating; and finish. The weight of the zinc coating shall be determined by a stripping test made on the individual wires prior to fabrication of strand. When specified, the wire rope shall be prestretched. The prestretched rope shall meet the required minimum modulus of elasticity.
|A603|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Wire Rope|10.1520/A0603-98R09E01 54229|Active|A604/A604M|2007-05-01|07|Test Method|Standard Practice for Macroetch Testing of Consumable Electrode Remelted Steel Bars and Billets|15|43.00|43.00|||
1.1 This practice covers testing and inspection and is applicable to bars, billets, and blooms of carbon, alloy, and stainless steel which have been consumable electrode remelted.
1.2 For the purpose of this practice, the consumable electrode remelting process is defined as a steel refining method wherein single or multiple electrodes are remelted into a crucible producing an ingot which is superior to the original electrode by virtue of improved cleanliness or lower gas content or reduced chemical or nonmetallic segregation. See and for descriptions of applicable remelting processes.
1.3 This practice and the accompanying comparison macrographs are generally applicable to steel bar and billet sizes up to 225 in.² [1450 cm²] in transverse cross section.
1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
1.5 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|consumable electrode remelting; electroslag remelting; freckles; macro etching; radial segregation; ring pattern; segregation; vacuum arc remelting; white spots; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A604|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A604A604M|Standard Practice for Macroetch Testing of Consumable Electrode Remelted Steel Bars and Billets|A604|
Macroetch testing, as described herein, is a method for examining and rating transverse sections of bars and billets to describe certain conditions of macro segregation which are often characteristic of consumable electrode remelted materials.

This practice is not intended to define major defects such as those described by Method E 381.
||A604|Standard Practice for Macroetch Testing of Consumable Electrode Remelted...|10.1520/A0604_A0604M-07 67953|Active|A606/A606M|2009-04-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-strength, low-alloy, hot- and cold-rolled sheet and strip in cut lengths or coils, intended for use in structural and miscellaneous purposes, where savings in weight or added durability are important. These steels have enhanced atmospheric corrosion resistance and are supplied in two types: Type 2 contains 0.20 % minimum copper based on cast or heat analysis (0.18 % minimum Cu for product check). Type 4 contains additional alloying elements and provides a level of corrosion resistance substantially better than that of carbon steels with or without copper addition (Note 1). When properly exposed to the atmosphere, Type 4 steel can be used bare (unpainted) for many applications.
Note 1—For methods of establishing the atmospheric corrosion resistance of low-alloy steels, see Guide G 101.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|alloy steel sheet; alloy steel strip; cold rolled steel sheet; cold rolled steel strip; high strength low alloy steel; hot rolled steel sheet; hot rolled steel strip; steel sheet; steel strip; Alloy steel sheet/strip--specifications; Atmospheric corrosion materials/applications--specifications; Cold-rolled steel sheet/strip--specifications; Hot-rolled steel sheet/strip--specifications; HSLA (high-strength low-alloy) steel sheet/strip--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A606|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.19|01.03|||MP7|||||A606A606M|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance|A606||
This specification covers standards for high-strength, low-alloy, hot-rolled and cold-rolled steel sheets and strips cut in lengths or coils for structural and miscellaneous purposes. The material shall come in Types 2 and 4 steels having enhanced atmospheric corrosion resistance. The material shall follow specified carbon, manganese, and sulfur contents. Tension test shall be performed and material shall comply with tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation requirements. Edges and surface finish of the materials shall conform to specifications. Guidelines for retests are also given.
|A606|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, High-Strength,...|10.1520/A0606_A0606M-09 49275|Active|A608/A608M|2006-09-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast Iron-Chromium-Nickel High-Alloy Tubing for Pressure Application at High Temperature|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers iron-chromium-nickel, high-alloy tubes made by the centrifugal casting process intended for use under pressure at high temperatures.
1.2 The grades of high alloys detailed in are intended for applications requiring strength and resistance to corrosion and scaling at high temperatures.
1.3 Optional Supplementary Requirements S1 to S11 are provided; these call for additional tests to be made if desired.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of each other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|alloy; centrifugal casting; high temperatures; pressure containing parts; steel tube; temperature service applications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes); 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A608|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A608A608M|Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast Iron-Chromium-Nickel High-Alloy Tubing for Pressure Application at High Temperature|A608||
This specification covers the standard for iron-chromium-nickel, high-alloy tubes made by the centrifugal casting process intended for use under pressure at high temperatures. The tubing shall be supplied in the as cast condition or as cast with machining on the outside or inside surfaces. The material shall conform to the required chemical composition in carbon, manganese, silicon, chromium, nickel, phosphorus, sulfur, and molybdenum. Tension test shall be performed in the tubing at elevated temperature and shall conform to the required values in tensile strength and elongation. Tubing shall meet several tests such as; pressure test, flattening test, and mechanical test.
|A608|Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast Iron-Chromium-Nickel...|10.1520/A0608_A0608M-06 57520|Active|A609/A609M|2007-11-01|91(2007)|Practice|Standard Practice for Castings, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensitic Stainless Steel, Ultrasonic Examination Thereof|9|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This practice covers the standards and procedures for the pulse-echo ultrasonic examination of heat-treated carbon, low-alloy, and martensitic stainless steel castings by the longitudinal-beam technique.
1.2 This practice is to be used whenever the inquiry, contract, order, or specification states that castings are to be subjected to ultrasonic examination in accordance with Practice A 609/A 609M.
1.3 This practice contains two procedures for ultrasonic inspection of carbon, low-alloy, and martensitic stainless steel castings; that is, Procedure A and Procedure B. Procedure A is the original A 609/A 609M practice and requires calibration using a series of test blocks containing flat bottomed holes. It also provides supplementary requirements for angle beam testing. Procedure B requires calibration using a back wall reflection from a series of solid calibration blocks.
Note 1-Ultrasonic examination and radiography are not directly comparable. This examination technique is intended to complement Guide E 94 in the detection of discontinuities.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this practice.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|carbon and low-alloy steel; castings; martensitic stainless steel; ultrasonic; ICS Number Code 77.040.20 (Non-destructive testing of metals); 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A609|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A609A609M|Standard Practice for Castings, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensitic Stainless Steel, Ultrasonic Examination Thereof|A609||
This test method deals with the procedures for the standard practice of performing pulse-echo ultrasonic examination of heat-treated carbon, low-alloy, and martensitic stainless steel castings by the longitudinal-beam technique. Calibration shall be executed by either flat-bottomed hole or back-wall reflection. The instrument to be used for examination shall be the ultrasonic, pulsed, reflection type. Personnel and equipment qualifications, materials preparation, casting and test conditions, data recording methods, and the acceptance standards for both types of testing procedure are all detailed thoroughly.
|A609|Standard Practice for Castings, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensitic...|10.1520/A0609_A0609M-91R07 36594|Active|A610|2004-10-01|79(2004)|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Ferroalloys for Determination of Size|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 These test methods cover procedures for the sampling and testing of the various ferroalloys for sizing, either before or after shipment from the plants of the manufacturers.
1.2 They are designed to give results representative of each lot that will be comparable with the manufacturer's certified analysis for the same lot.
1.3 The purchaser may use any sampling procedure he desires, but the results obtained on such samples shall not be a basis for complaint or rejection, unless the procedure followed is of an accuracy equivalent to that prescribed in these test methods.
1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The SI equivalents of inch-pound units may be approximate.
1.5 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|crushed; ferroalloys; lump; plates; sampling; sieving; size; sizing; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A610|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A610|Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Ferroalloys for Determination of Size|A610||
This specification covers standard methods for sampling and testing of various ferroalloys for size analysis. Ferroalloys are classified into lump and crushed or plates sizes. The small-sized samples subject to screen testing shall be taken from the lot sample by riffling, and larger sized samples by mixing and quartering. Sizing of lumps shall be done by visual examination. Crushed or plates materials shall be subjected to sieving by using either manually driven or mechanically driven screen vibrators to divide samples into several size fractions.
|A610|Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Ferroalloys for...|10.1520/A0610-79R04 60023|Active|A612/A612M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, High Strength, for Moderate and Lower Temperature Service|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers killed carbon-manganese-silicon steel plates intended for welded pressure vessels in service at moderate and lower temperatures.

1.2 The maximum thickness of plates supplied under this specification is 1 in. [25 mm].

1.3 For plates produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 20/A 20M apply.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|Carbon steel plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A612|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A612A612M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, High Strength, for Moderate and Lower Temperature Service|A612||
This specification covers killed carbon- manganese-silicon steel plates intended for welded pressure vessels in service at moderate and lower temperatures. As a steel making practice, the steel shall be killed and shall conform to specified fine austenitic grain size requirements. Plates are normally supplied in the as-rolled condition. Plates may be ordered normalized or stress relieved, or both. The steel shall conform to the required chemical compositions. The plates, as represented by the tension test specimens, shall conform to the mechanical property requirements.
|A612|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, High...|10.1520/A0612_A0612M-03R07 71971|Active|A615/A615M|2009-10-01|09a|Specification|Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers deformed and plain carbon-steel bars for concrete reinforcement in cut lengths and coils. Steel bars containing alloy additions, such as with the American Iron and Steel Institute and the Society of Automotive Engineers series of alloy steels, are permitted if the resulting product meets all the other requirements of this specification. The standard sizes and dimensions of deformed bars and their number designations are given in Table 1. The text of this specification references notes and footnotes which provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes (excluding those in tables) shall not be considered as requirements of the specification.

1.2 Bars are of four minimum yield strength levels: namely, 40 000 [280 MPa], 60 000 [420 MPa], 75 000 psi [520 MPa], and 80 000 [550 MPa], designated as Grade 40 [280], Grade 60 [420], Grade 75 [520], and Grade 80 [550], respectively.

1.3 Plain bars, in sizes up to and including 2½ in. [63.5 mm] in diameter in coils or cut lengths, when ordered shall be furnished under this specification in Grade 40 [280], Grade 60 [420], Grade 75 [520], and Grade 80 [550]. For ductility properties (elongation and bending), test provisions of the nearest smaller nominal diameter deformed bar size shall apply. Requirements providing for deformations and marking shall not be applicable.
Note 1—Welding of the material in this specification should be approached with caution since no specific provisions have been included to enhance its weldability. When steel is to be welded, a welding procedure suitable for the chemical composition and intended use or service should be used. The use of the latest edition of AWS D 1.4/D 1.4M is recommended. This document describes the proper selection of the filler metals and preheat/interpass temperatures, as well as performance and procedure qualification requirements.

1.4 This specification is applicable for orders in either inch-pound units (as Specification A615) or in SI units (as Specification A615M).

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
TABLE 1 Deformed Bar Designation Numbers, Nominal Weights [Masses], Nominal Dimensions, and Deformation Requirements

Bar Designation No. Nominal Weight, lb/ft
[Nominal Mass, kg/m] Nominal Dimensions^A Deformation Requirements, in. [mm]

Diameter,
in. [mm] Cross-Sectional Area,
in.² [mm²] Perimeter,
in. [mm] Maximum
Average
Spacing Minimum
Average
Height Maximum Gap (Chord of 12.5 % of Nominal Perimeter)

3 [10] 0.376 [0.560] 0.375 [9.5] 0.11 [71] 1.178 [29.9] 0.262 [6.7] 0.015 [0.38] 0.143 [3.6]

4 [13] 0.668 [0.994] 0.500 [12.7] 0.20 [129] 1.571 [39.9] 0.350 [8.9] 0.020 [0.51] 0.191 [4.9]

5 [16] 1.043 [1.552] 0.625 [15.9] 0.31 [199] 1.963 [49.9] 0.437 [11.1] 0.028 [0.71] 0.239 [6.1]

6 [19] 1.502 [2.235] 0.750 [19.1] 0.44 [284] 2.356 [59.8] 0.525 [13.3] 0.038 [0.97] 0.286 [7.3]

7 [22] 2.044 [3.042] 0.875 [22.2] 0.60 [387] 2.749 [69.8] 0.612 [15.5] 0.044 [1.12] 0.334 [8.5]

8 [25] 2.670 [3.973] 1.000 [25.4] 0.79 [510] 3.142 [79.8] 0.700 [17.8] 0.050 [1.27] 0.383 [9.7]

9 [29] 3.400 [5.060] 1.128 [28.7] 1.00 [645] 3.544 [90.0] 0.790 [20.1] 0.056 [1.42] 0.431 [10.9]

10 [32] 4.303 [6.404] 1.270 [32.3] 1.27 [819] 3.990 [101.3] 0.889 [22.6] 0.064 [1.63] 0.487 [12.4]

11 [36] 5.313 [7.907] 1.410 [35.8] 1.56 [1006] 4.430 [112.5] 0.987 [25.1] 0.071 [1.80] 0.540 [13.7]

14 [43] 7.65 [11.38] 1.693 [43.0] 2.25 [1452] 5.32 [135.1] 1.185 [30.1] 0.085 [2.16] 0.648 [16.5]

18 [57] 13.60 [20.24] 2.257 [57.3] 4.00 [2581] 7.09 [180.1] 1.58 [40.1] 0.102 [2.59] 0.864 [21.9]
^A The nominal dimensions of a deformed bar are equivalent to those of a plain round bar having the same weight [mass] per foot [metre] as the deformed bar.
|concrete reinforcement; deformations (protrusions); steel bars; Concrete reinforcement--specifications; Deformed steel bars--specifications; Steel bars and billets--specifications; Steel bars (concrete reinforcement--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete)||TRUE/A615|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A615A615M|Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement|A615||
This specification covers deformed and plain carbon-steel bars for concrete reinforcements in cut lengths and coils. Materials considered under this specification are available in Grades 40 [280], 60 [420], and 75 [520]. Steel samples shall be rolled from properly identified heats of mold cast or strand cast steel using electric-furnace, basic-oxygen, or open-hearth. Heat analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to required compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. Steel specimens shall also undergo tensile tests and shall conform to required values of tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. Steel samples shall also undergo deformation test, tension test and bend tests. Final products shall be marked by a tag.
|A615|Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for...|10.1520/A0615_A0615M-09A 33333|Active|A618/A618M|2004-03-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Tubing|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers grades of hot-formed welded and seamless high-strength low-alloy square, rectangular, round, or special shape structural tubing for welded, riveted, or bolted construction of bridges and buildings and for general structural purposes. When the steel is used in welded construction, the welding procedure shall be suitable for the steel and the intended service.
1.2 Grade II has atmospheric corrosion resistance equivalent to that of carbon steel with copper (0.20 minimum Cu) Grades Ia and Ib have atmospheric corrosion resistance substantially better than that of Grade II (Note 1). When properly exposed to the atmosphere, Grades Ia and Ib can be used bare (unpainted) for many applications. When enhanced corrosion resistance is desired, Grade III, copper limits may be specified. For methods of estimating the atmospheric corrosion resistance of low alloy steels see Guide G 101 or actual data.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non conformance with the standard.
|high-strength low-alloy steel; seamless steel tube; steel tube; structural steel tubing; welded steel tubing; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes); 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A618|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,A|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A618A618M|Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Tubing|A618||
This specification covers grades of hot-formed welded and seamless high-strength low-alloy square, rectangular, round, or special shape structural tubing for welded, riveted, or bolted construction of bridges and buildings and for general structural purposes. These grades are: Grade Ia and Ib; Grade II; and Grade III. When the steel is used in welded construction, the welding procedure shall be suitable for the steel and the intended service. The tubing shall be made by the seamless, furnace-buttwelded (continuous-welded), or hot-stretch-reduced electric-resistance-welded process. Tensile test and bend test shall be performed for the material to conform to the requirements specified. If the results of the mechanical tests representing any heat do not conform to a requirement, retests shall be made.
|A618|Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless High-Strength...|10.1520/A0618_A0618M-04 71899|Active|A623|2009-10-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, General Requirements|38|51.00|51.00|||
1.1 This specification covers a group of common requirements which, unless otherwise specified in the purchase order or in an individual specification, shall apply to tin mill products.

1.2 In case of any conflict in requirements, the requirements of the purchase order, the individual material specification, and this general specification shall prevail in the sequence named.
Note 1—A complete metric companion to Specification A623 has been developed—Specification A623M; therefore no metric equivalents are presented in this specification.

1.3 The following safety caveat pertains to Annex A3 through Annex A10 of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. |tin mill products; Abbreviated ratio tables; Aerated media polarization (AMP) test; Alloy-tin couple (ATC) test; Chromium coatings--specifications; Diphenylcarbazide method; Dissolution rate; Iron solution value; Metallic coatings--specifications; Pickle lag test; Tin crystal size test; Tin mill products--specifications; Total surface oil; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A623|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.20|01.06|||MP7|||||A623|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, General Requirements|A623||
This specification covers a group of common requirements which shall be applied to tin mill products. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen process. The steel shall conform to the chemical composition requirements as specified. Tin mill products shall undergo Rockwell testing and shall be in accordance with specified requirements.
|A623|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, General Requirements|10.1520/A0623-09 71900|Active|A623M|2009-10-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, General Requirements [Metric]|25|51.00|51.00|61.20||
1.1 This specification covers a group of common requirements which, unless otherwise specified in the purchase order or in an individual specification, shall apply to tin mill products.

1.2 In case of conflict in requirements, the requirements of the purchase order, the individual material specification,and this general specification shall prevail in the sequence named.

1.3 The following safety hazards caveat pertains to Annex A1 through Annex A8 of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
Note 1—A complete inch-pound companion to Specification A623M has been developed—A623; therefore, no inch-pound equivalents are presented.
|Abbreviated ratio tables; Aerated media polarization (AMP) test; Alloy-tin couple (ATC) test; Chromium coatings--specifications; Diphenylcarbazide method; Dissolution rate; Iron solution value; Metallic coatings--specifications; Pickle lag test; Tin crystal size test; Tin mill products--specifications; Total surface oil; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A623M|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.20|01.06|||MP7|||||A623M|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, General Requirements [Metric]|A623M||
This specification covers a group of common requirements which shall apply to tin mill products. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen process. The steel shall conform to specified chemical composition requirements. Rockwell 30T hardness test shall be done to the plates. This test forms the basis for a system of temper designation. The mechanical properties of continuously annealed plate and batch annealed plate of the same Rockwell 30T temper designation are not identical. It is important to keep in mind, that the Rockwell 30T test does not measure all various factors which contribute to the fabrication characteristics of the plate.
|A623M|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, General Requirements...|10.1520/A0623M-09 63999|Active|A624/A624M|2008-10-01|03(2008)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Electrolytic Tin Plate, Single Reduced|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers single-reduced electrolytic tin plate produced from low-carbon cold-reduced steel furnished in coils and cut sizes for use in the manufacture of cans, closures, crowns, and other products. It is furnished in commercially available tin coating weights [masses], and is normally supplied with a trimmed edge.

1.2 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 624) which is supplied in nominal thicknesses from 0.0061 to 0.0149 in. or SI units [as A 624M] which is supplied in nominal thicknesses from 0.155 to 0.378 mm.

1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents. Therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|coated steel sheet; tin mill products; tin plate; Electrolytic tin plate; Single-reduced tin mill black plate; Tin mill products--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A624|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.20|01.06|||MP7|||||A624A624M|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Electrolytic Tin Plate, Single Reduced|A624||
This specification covers single-reduced electrolytic tin plate produced from low-carbon cold-reduced steel furnished in coils and cut sizes for use in the manufacture of cans, closures, crowns, and other products. The material shall conform to the coating weight [mass] test values. Details on standard heavy marking system for differential electrolytic tin plate shall be described. Standard light side marking system for differential electrolytic tin plate shall also be indicated. Chemical treatments such as cathodic sodium dichromate treatment and sodium dichromate dip treatment shall be applied after the tin coating has been deposited and immediately preceding the oiling, to control tin oxide formation and growth.
|A624|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Electrolytic Tin Plate,...|10.1520/A0624_A0624M-03 63875|Active|A625/A625M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Black Plate, Single-Reduced|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers single-reduced black plate produced from low carbon, cold-reduced steel, furnished in coils and cut sizes, for use in the manufacture of containers, closures, signs, toys and other products, as well as for plating applications.

1.2 It may be supplied dry or oiled and with or without surface treatment. This product is normally supplied with a trimmed edge.

1.3 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 625), which is supplied in thicknesses from 135-lb base weight (0.0149 in.) and lighter, or SI units (as A 625M), which is supplied in thicknesses from 0.378 mm and lighter.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|Single-reduced tin mill black plate; Tin mill products--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A625|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|B,M|||||A01.20|01.06|||MP7|||||A625A625M|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Black Plate, Single-Reduced|A625||
This specification covers single-reduced black plate produced from low carbon, cold-reduced steel, furnished in coils and cut sizes, for use in the manufacture of containers, closures, signs, toys and other products, as well as for plating applications. The black plates shall be produced with ground roll and shot-blasted roll finishes and shall be furnished oiled or dry.
|A625|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Black Plate, Single-Reduced|10.1520/A0625_A0625M-03 64000|Active|A626/A626M|2008-10-01|03(2008)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Electrolytic Tin Plate, Double Reduced|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers double-reduced electrolytic tin plate produced from low-carbon cold-reduced steel furnished in coils and cut sizes for use predominately in the manufacture of cans. It is furnished in commercially available tin coating weights [masses] and is normally supplied with a trimmed edge.

1.2 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 626) which is supplied in thicknesses from 0.0050 to 0.0118 in. or SI units [as A 626M] which is supplied in thicknesses from 0.127 to 0.300 mm.

1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents. Therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|coated steel sheet; tin mill products; tin plate; Double-reduced tin mill black plate--specifications; Electrolytic tin plate; Tin mill products--specifications||TRUE/A626|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.20|01.06|||MP7|||||A626A626M|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Electrolytic Tin Plate, Double Reduced|A626||
This specification covers double-reduced electrolytic tin plate produced from low-carbon cold-reduced steel furnished in coils and cut sizes for use predominately in the manufacture of cans. Double-reduced plate is relatively brittle and has very distinct directional properties. The rolling direction shall be specified on cut sizes and will be indicated by underlining the slit (rolling width) dimension. In sampling for tin coating weights [masses], the following procedure shall be used: a test strip shall be taken at random from a representative section of each coil across its width; from one or two coil lots, each coil shall be sampled; and a sheet shall be taken at random from each packages, each taken from different bundles from any one item of a specific shipment. X-ray fluorescence method shall be performed to determine the tin coating weight. Surface appearance shall be bright or matte depending on coating processes and the base metal finish shall have a smooth finish with grit lines. Chemical treatments for tin plate shall be cathodic sodium dichromate (CDC) treatment or sodium dichromate dip (SDCD/SDD) treatment. Electrolytic tin plate is furnished with an oil film applied to both surfaces.
|A626|Standard Specification for Tin Mill Products, Electrolytic Tin Plate,...|10.1520/A0626_A0626M-03 27749|Active|A627|2003-05-10|03|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Tool-Resisting Steel Bars, Flats, and Shapes for Detention and Correctional Facilities|11|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 These test methods cover requirements for simulated service tests and testing equipment for determining the performance characteristics of various types and shapes of steels designated for use in detention and correctional facilities as fixed barriers to prevent egress and to control passage.
1.2 It is the intent of these test methods to help ensure that opening assemblies such as detention security windows, grilles, bar grating, and other physical barriers incorporating steel bars perform at or above minimum acceptable levels for control of passage to unauthorized or secure areas, for confinement of inmates and to delay or frustrate escape attempts. To meet the intent of these test methods, opening assembles must perform to grade requirements shown in Tables X1.1 and X1.2 in Appendix X1.
1.3 These test methods apply primarily to the steels used as essential components of detention security windows, grilles, bar grating, and so forth, in opening assemblies enclosing or separating secure areas of detention/correctional facilities.
1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The SI values given in parentheses are for information only.
1.5 This standard updates and combines two previous standards, ASTM Specifications A 627-95 and A 629-94, establishing new security grades and time durations.
1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|correctional facility; cutting test; deflection test; detention facility; drop-weight test; physical security; security; security grades; steel bars; tool resistance; tool-resisting steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A627|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,B|||||F33.02|15.08|||M01|||||A627|Standard Test Methods for Tool-Resisting Steel Bars, Flats, and Shapes for Detention and Correctional Facilities|A627|||A627|Standard Test Methods for Tool-Resisting Steel Bars, Flats, and Shapes for...|10.1520/A0627-03 68034|Active|A630|2009-04-01|03(2009)|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Determination of Tin Coating Weights for Electrolytic Tin Plate|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 These test methods include four methods for the determination of tin coating weights for electrolytic tin plate as follows:

Test Method
Sections

A—Bendix Test Method
3 to 9

B—Constant-Current, Electrolytic Test Method (Referee Method)
10 to 18

C—Sellar's Test Method
19 to 28

D—Titration Test Method
29 to 37

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.

1.3 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
3.1 This test method covers the determination of tin coating weights on steel plate.

10.1 This test method may be used to determine not only the total tin coating weight but also to determine that part of the tin coating which is present as free tin and that part which is present in the alloyed form.

19.1 This test method covers the determination of the total weight of tin carried by a unit area of tinplate.

29.1 This test method is normally applicable to the determination of tin coating weights in the range of 0.50 to 1.50 lb of tin/bb.
Note 4—For the determination of the coating weights outside of this range, an iodate solution of appropriate concentration should be prepared so that suitable titrant volumes are obtained. For the determination of low tin coating mass in the range from 0.05–0.49 lb/bb, the number of sample specimens should be adjusted appropriately to maintain a minimum total tin mass equivalent to that present on a 0.50 lb/bb specimen. This test method cannot be used to test single spot tin mass for low tin coating material.

|Bendix method; Coating weight; Constant-current electrolytic method; Electrolytic tin plate; Electrostripping; Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings; Instrumental measurement--metals/alloys; Referee methods; Sellar's method; Tin coating weights; Tin mill products; Titration; ICS Number Code 25.220.40 (Metallic coatings)||TRUE/A630|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.20|01.06|||MP7|||||A630|Standard Test Methods for Determination of Tin Coating Weights for Electrolytic Tin Plate|A630|
This test method covers determination of the total tin in the sample tested and does not apportion the tin to one or the other side of the test specimen. The calculations appearing in Section 27 assume uniform distribution of tin over the two surfaces.

This test method does not differentiate between free tin on the tinplate surface, tin combined with iron in the intermediate alloy layer, or tin alloyed with the steel as a residual tramp element.
||A630|Standard Test Methods for Determination of Tin Coating Weights for...|10.1520/A0630-03R09 33272|Active|A632|2004-03-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing (Small-Diameter) for General Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers grades of stainless steel tubing in sizes under 1/2 down to 0.050 in. (12.7 to 1.27 mm) in outside diameter and wall thicknesses less than 0.065 in. down to 0.005 in. (1.65 to 0.13 mm) for general corrosion-resisting and low- or high-temperature service, as designated in Table 1.
Note 1—The grades of austenitic stainless steel tubing furnished in accordance with this specification have been found suitable for low-temperature service down to 325°F (200°C) in which Charpy notched-bar impact values of 15 ftlbf (20 J), minimum, are required and these grades need not be impact tested.
1.2 Optional supplementary requirements are provided and, when desired, shall be so stated in the order.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|austenitic stainless steel; seamless tube; small diameter; stainless steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes); 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A632|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A632|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing (Small-Diameter) for General Service|A632||
The specification covers grades of stainless steel tubing for general corrosion-resisting and low or high-temperature service. The tubes shall be cold finished and shall be made by the seamless or welded process. All material shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition. The heat-treatment procedure shall consist of heating the material and quenching in water or rapidly cooling by other means. Tension tests, flaring tests, hydrostatic tests, air underwater pressure tests, and nondestructive electric tests shall be performed in accordance to the specified requirements.
|A632|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel...|10.1520/A0632-04 46246|Active|A633/A633M|2006-03-01|01(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Normalized High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plates|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers normalized high-strength low-alloy structural steel plates for welded, riveted, or bolted construction.
1.2 This material is particularly suited for service at low ambient temperatures of 50F [45C] and higher where notch toughness better than that expected in as-rolled material of a comparable strength level is desired.
1.3 Four grades, designated Grades A, C, D, and E (essentially former Specification A 633 without a grade designation) are covered by this specification. Grade A provides a minimum yield point of 42 ksi [290 MPa] in thicknesses through 4 in. [100 mm], inclusive. Grades C and D provide a minimum yield point of 50 ksi [345 MPa] in thicknesses up to 2.50 in. [65 mm], inclusive and 46.0 ksi [315 MPa] in thicknesses over 2.50 in. to 4.0 in. [65 to 100 mm], inclusive. Grade E provides a minimum yield point of 60 ksi [415 MPa] in thicknesses up to 4.0 in. [100 mm], inclusive and 55 ksi [380 MPa] in thicknesses over 4 in. to 6 in. [100 to 150 mm], inclusive.
1.4 Current practice normally limits plates furnished under this specification to the maximum thicknesses shown in 1.3. The individual manufacturer should be consulted on size limitations for other product forms.
1.5 When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. See Appendix X3 no id found of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.
1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|bolted construction; high-strength; low-allow; low ambient temperatures; normalized; notch toughness; plates; riveted construction; steel; structural steel; welded construction; ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A633|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A633A633M|Standard Specification for Normalized High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plates|A633||
This specification covers normalized high-strength low-alloy structural steel plates for welded, riveted, or bolted construction. This material is suited for low ambient temperatures where the desired notch toughness is better than that expected in as-rolled materials of comparable strength level. The material shall have fine austenitic grain size and shall be normalized by heat treatment. Its chemical composition shall be determined by heat analysis. Tension tests shall also be done.
|A633|Standard Specification for Normalized High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural...|10.1520/A0633_A0633M-01R06 68736|Active|A635/A635M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy-Thickness Coils, Hot-Rolled, Alloy, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, General Requirements for|10|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers the general requirements for hot-rolled, heavy-thickness sheet and strip in coils.

1.2 It applies to Specification A 1018/A 1018M.

1.3 This material is available only in coils described as follows:

Size Limits, Coils Only

Product
Width, in. [mm]
Thickness, in. [mm]

Strip over 8 to 12, incl
[over 200 through 300] 0.230 to 1.000, incl
[from 6.0 through 25]

Sheet All Widths^A
All Widths 0.230 to 1.000, incl
[from 6.0 through 25]
^A Hot-rolled heavy thickness sheet in coils less than 12 in. [300 mm] and less in width must have slit edges. Hot-rolled heavy thickness coils 12 in. [300 mm] and wider with mill edge is considered hot-rolled heavy thickness strip.

Note 1—The changes in width limits with the publication of A 635/A 635M – 06a result in a change in tensile testing direction for material from 0.180 in. [4.5 mm] to 0.230 in. exclusive [6.0 mm exclusive] over 48 in. [1200 mm] wide as that material is now covered by Specification A 568/A 568M – 06a. The purchaser is advised to discuss this change with the supplier.

1.4 In case of any conflict in requirements, the requirements of the individual material specification shall prevail over those of this general specification.

1.5 Annex A1 lists permissible variations in dimensions and mass (see Note 2) in SI [metric] units. The values listed are not exact conversions of the values listed in the inch-pound tables, but instead are rounded or rationalized values. Conformance to Annex A1 is mandatory when the “M” specification is used.
Note 2—The term weight is used when inch-pound units are the standard. However, under SI, the preferred term is mass.

1.6 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.7 This specification and the applicable material specifications are expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
|carbon ; commercial; drawing; heavy thickness coils; high-strength low-alloy; high-strength low-alloy with improved formability; sheet steel; strip steel; Carbon steel sheet/strip--specifications; Commercial steel (CS) sheet/strip--specifications; General delivery requirements--steel; Heavy-thickness steel coils--specifications; High-strength structural steel--specifications; Hot-rolled steel sheet/strip--specifications; Structural steel (SS) sheet/strip--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A635|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.19|01.03|||MP7|||||A635A635M|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy-Thickness Coils, Hot-Rolled, Alloy, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, General Requirements for|A635||
This specification covers the general requirements for hot-rolled, heavy-thickness, and high-strength low-alloy with improved formability sheet and strip coils. These coils are normally produced from rimmed, capped, or semi-killed steel. Steels may be produced as ingot-cast or strand-cast. Cast or heat analysis shall be made to determine the conformance with the requirements. For steels other than non-killed (capped or rimmed), product analysis may be made. The chemical analysis shall conform to the specified amounts of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and copper. Steels may or may not be subjected to tension test requirement. Specimen preparation and test methods are discussed. The mechanical property requirements, number of specimens, test locations, and specimen orientation shall be in accordance with the applicable product specification. Tolerances for the dimensions of sheet and strip coils are specified.
|A635|Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy-Thickness Coils,...|10.1520/A0635_A0635M-09 59820|Active|A636|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Nickel Oxide Sinter|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers one grade of nickel oxide sinter, designated as 75 used for alloying in iron and steel melting.
|nickel; nickel oxide; sinter; Nickel alloy additives; Nickel alloys--specifications; Nickel oxide sinter; Stainless steel alloying additives (molybdenum/nickel); ICS Number Code 77.150.40 (Nickel and chromium products)||TRUE/A636|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A636|Standard Specification for Nickel Oxide Sinter|A636||
This specifications covers standards for Grade 75 nickel oxide sinter to be used for alloying in iron and steel melting. The material shall adhere to specified nickel, cobalt, copper, iron, and sulfur contents. Guidelines for sampling and treatment of materials for chemical analysis are given.
|A636|Standard Specification for Nickel Oxide Sinter|10.1520/A0636-08 36398|Active|A638/A638M|2004-09-01|00(2004)|Specification|Standard Specification for Precipitation Hardening Iron Base Superalloy Bars, Forgings, and Forging Stock for High-Temperature Service|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers hot-finished or cold-finished precipitation hardening iron base superalloy bars, forgings, and forging stock for high-temperature service. The mechanical properties of these alloys are developed by suitable solution treating and precipitation hardening treatments.
1.2 Two grades of iron base alloy are covered. Selection will depend upon design, service conditions, mechanical properties, and elevated temperature characteristics.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI (metric) units are to be regarded separately as standards; within the text and tables, the SI units are shown in [brackets]. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
1.4 Unless the order specifies an "M" designation, the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
|precipitation hardening superalloy steel; superalloy steel bars; superalloy steel billets; superalloy steel forgings; temperature service applications-high; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods); 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A638|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A638A638M|Standard Specification for Precipitation Hardening Iron Base Superalloy Bars, Forgings, and Forging Stock for High-Temperature Service|A638||
This specification covers hot-finished or cold-finished precipitation hardening iron base superalloy bars, forgings, and forging stock for high-temperature service. The mechanical properties of these alloys are developed by suitable solution treating and precipitation hardening treatments. Two grades of iron base alloy are covered; Grade 660 and Grade 662 (bars and forgings). The material shall meet the requirements as to stress rupture properties specified. The material shall conform to the chemical, mechanical, and metallurgical properties requirements specified.
|A638|Standard Specification for Precipitation Hardening Iron Base Superalloy...|10.1520/A0638_A0638M-00R04 70920|Active|A640|2009-05-01|97(2009)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Strand for Messenger Support of Figure 8 Cable|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers two sizes of extra-high-strength grade of concentric-lay steel wire strand, composed of seven, zinc-coated steel wires, specifically intended for use as the supporting messenger in Figure 8-type communication and electrical cables.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|Figure 8 cable support strand; messenger strand; steel wire strand; steel wire-zinc coated; Figure 8-type communication/electrical cables; Messenger support; Steel wire strand--specifications; Zinc-coated steel wire--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A640|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A640|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Strand for Messenger Support of Figure 8 Cable|A640||
This specification covers two sizes of extra-high-strength grade of concentric-lay steel wire strand, composed of seven, zinc-coated steel wires, specifically intended for use as the supporting messenger in Figure 8-type communication and electrical cables. Steel wires shall be manufactured by the open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace process. Materials shall adhere to specified mechanical and physical requirements such as breaking strength, elongation, ductility, nominal diameter, and coating weight and adherence. Zinc coatings shall be continuous and of reasonably uniform thickness, and wires shall be free from imperfections not consistent with good commercial practice.
|A640|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated

ASTM Designation³	Title of Specification
A 36/A 36M	Carbon Structural Steel
A 131/A 131M	Structural Steel for Ships
A 242/A 242M	High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel
A 283/A 283M	Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates
A 328/A 328M	Steel Sheet Piling
A 514/A 514M	High-Yield Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate Suitable for Welding
A 529/A 529M	High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of Structural Quality
A 572/A 572M	High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steel
A 573/A 573M	Structural Carbon Steel Plates of Improved Toughness
A 588/A 588M	High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel with 50 ksi (345 MPa) Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. [100 mm] Thick
A 633/A 633M	Normalized High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plates
A 656/A 656M	Hot-Rolled Structural Steel, High-Strength Low-Alloy Plate with Improved Formability
A 678/A 678M	Quenched-and-Tempered Carbon and High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plates
A 690/A 690M	High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling for Use in Marine Environments
A 709/A 709M	Carbon and High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars and Quenched-and-Tempered Alloy Structural Steel Plates for Bridges
A 710/A 710M	Age-Hardening Low-Carbon Nickel-Copper-Chromium-Mo- lybdenum-Columbium Alloy Structural Steel Plates
A 769/A 769M	Carbon and High-Strength Electric Resistance Welded Steel Structural Shapes
A 786/A 786M	Rolled Steel Floor Plates
A 808/A 808M	High-Strength Low-Alloy Carbon, Manganese, Columbium, Vanadium Steel of Structural Quality with Improved Notch Toughness
A 827/A 827M	Plates, Carbon Steel, for Forging and Similar Applications
A 829/A 829M	Plates, Alloy Steel, Structural Quality
A 830/A 830M	Plates, Carbon Steel, Structural Quality, Furnished to Chemical Composition Requirements
A 852/A 852M	Quenched and Tempered Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plate with 70 ksi [485 Mpa] Minimum Yield Strength to 4 in. [100 mm] Thick
A 857/A 857M	Steel Sheet Piling, Cold Formed, Light Gage
A 871/A 871M	High-Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel Plate with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance
A 913/A 913M	Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Shapes of Structural Quality, Produced by Quenching and Self-Tempering Process (QST)
A 945/A 945M	Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plate with Low Carbon and Restricted Sulfur for Improved Weldability, Formability, and Toughness
A 950/A 950M	Specification for Fusion Bonded Epoxy-Coated Structural Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling
A 992/A 992M	Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing
A 1026	Specification for Alloy Steel Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing
A 1043/A 1043M	Specification for Structural Steel with Low Yield to Tensile Ratio for Use in Buildings

	Tables
Extra heavy, 2½ ft (0.75 m), 3½ft (1.0 m), 5 ft (1.5 m), 10 ft (3.0 m) lengths	1, 2
Service, 2½ ft (0.75 m), 3½ft (1.0 m), 5 ft (1.5 m), 10 ft (3.0 m)	1, 2
Outside dimensions (for detailing)	X1.1

	Tables
¼ bends; long ¼ bends	3, 4
¼ bends, long low-hub	5
¼ bends, low heel; high heel	6, 7
¼ bends, short sweep; long sweep	8
¼ bends, reducing long sweep	9
¹/₅ bends	10
¹/₆ bends	10
¹/₈ bends; long ¹/₈ bends	11
¹/₁₆ bends	11
Y branches	12, 13
Y branches, combination ¹/₈ bends, single	14
Y branches, combination ¹/₈ bends, double	14
Sanitary T branches, single	15
Sanitary T branches, double	15
Sanitary T branches, cleanout	16
Tapped sanitary T branches, single	17
Tapped sanitary T branches, double	17
T branches, single and double	18
Tapped T branches, single	19
Tapped T branches, double	19
T branches, cleanout	20
-45° offset fitting	21
Double hubs	22
Long double hubs	22
Reducers	23
Increasers	24, 25
P traps	26, 27
Deep seal P traps	28
Running traps	29
Screw plugs (brass)	30
Blind plugs	31
Iron-body ferrules	32
Side inlets	Fig. 3
Closet bends	33
Tapping bosses	34
Reducing ¼ bend SV	35
Combination Y and ¹/₈ bend	36
‘H’ branch fitting	37

Standard ferromanganese	Grade A
	Grade B
	Grade C
Medium-carbon ferromanganese	Grades A,B,C, and D
	Nitrided
Low-carbon ferromanganese	Grade A
	Grade B

Width, in.	Thickness, in.

Over ½ to 23¹⁵/₁₆	0.300 and under
Over 12.5 to 600 mm	7.6 mm and under

Grade	Nominal Nickel Content %	Yield Strength, min, ksi [MPa]	Tensile Strength, min, ksi [MPa]
A	2.25	37 [255]	65 [450]
B	2.25	40 [275]	70 [485]
D	3.50	37 [255]	65 [450]
E	3.50	40 [275]	70 [485]
F	3.50
2 in. [50 mm] and under		55 [380]	80 [550] cccc
Over 2 in. [50 mm]		50 [345]	75 [515]

Grade	Maximum Thickness, in. [mm]
A	6 [150]
B	6 [150]
D	4 [100]
E	4 [100]
F	4 [100]

Grade	Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]
A	65–85 [450–585]
B	70–90 [485–620]
C	75–95 [515–655]

Grade		Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]
C		105–135 [725–930]
D
3 in. [75 mm] and under		80–105 [550–725]
Over 3 in. [75 mm]		75–100 [515–690]

	Element	Range, %

	Carbon	0.10–0.70
	Manganese	0.50–1.65
	Silicon	0.15–0.60
	Nickel	1.50 max
	Chromium	1.35 max
	Molybdenum	0.55 max
	Copper	0.35 max
	Vanadium	0.20 max

Steel Series	Ordered Carbon Content, max, %	Normalizing Temperature, °F (°C)	Austenitizing Temperature, °F (°C)
1000, 1300, 1500, 3100, 4000, 4100	0.25 and under	1700 (925)	1700 (925)
4300, 4400, 4500, 4600, 4700, 5000, 5100, 6100,^B 8100, 8600, 8700, 8800, 9400, 9700, 9800	0.26 to 0.36, incl	1650 (900)	1600 (870)
	0.37 and over	1600 (870)	1550 (845)
2300, 2500, 3300, 4800, 9300	0.25 and under	1700 (925)	1550 (845)
	0.26 to 0.36, incl	1650 (900)	1500 (815)
	0.37 and over	1600 (870)	1475 (800)
9200	0.50 and over	1650 (900)	1600 (870)

Current	Formerly
Grade 1	Class 1
Grade 2	Class 2
Grade 3	Class 3
Grade 4	Class 4

Grade	Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]
A	45–65 [310–450]
B	50–70 [345–485]
C	55–75 [380–515]

Grade	Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]	Type
A	75–95 [515–655]	manganese-molybdenum
B	80–100 [550–690]	manganese-molybdenum
C	80–100 [550–690]	manganese-molybdenum-nickel
D	80–100 [550–690]	manganese-molybdenum-nickel

Grade	Description

Grade A	Bolts and studs having a minimum tensile strength of 60 ksi and intended for general applications,
Grade B	Bolts and studs having a tensile strength of 60 to 100 ksi and intended for flanged joints in piping systems with cast iron flanges, and
Grade C	Replaced by Specification F 1554 Gr.36

Fastener Grade and Size	Nut Grade and Style^A
A ¼ to 1½in.	A, hex
A over 1¹/₂ to 4 in.	A, heavy hex
B, ¼ to 4 in.	A, heavy hex

Type	Description
Type 1	Medium carbon, carbon boron, or medium carbon alloy steel.
Type 2	Withdrawn in November 1991.
Type 3	Weathering steel.

Permeameter	Useful Magnetic Field Strength Range^A		H Measuring Device^B	Reluctance Compensation	Magnetizing Coil Surrounds Specimen	References
Permeameter	Oe	kA/m	H Measuring Device^B	Reluctance Compensation	Magnetizing Coil Surrounds Specimen	References
Babbit	40/1000	3.2/80	I, HC	yes	yes	(1,2)
Burroughs	0.1/300	0.008/24	I	yes	yes	(1,3,4,5)
Fahy Simplex^C	0.1/300	0.008/24	HC	no	no	(1,4,5,6,7)
Fahy Simplex Super H adapter^C	100/2500	8/200	HC	no	no	(1,3)
Full range	0.05/1400	0.004/112	HC	yes	yes	(1,8)
High H	100/5000	8/400	FC	yes	no	(1,5,7,9)
Iliovici	0.5/500	0.04/400	I, HC	yes	yes	(4,10,11)
IEC Type A	0.1/2500	0.008/200	HC, HP	no	yes	IEC 60404-4
IEC Type B	0.1/630	0.008/50	RCC	no	no	IEC 60404-4
Isthmus	100/20 000+	8/1600+	HC, HP	no	no	(1,4,12,13)
MH	0.1/300	0.008/24	FC	yes	yes	(1,6,14)
NPL	0.5/2500	0.04/200	I, HC	yes	yes	(15)
Saturation	100/4000	8/320	HC	no	yes	(5,16,17)

Grade of Fastener and Surface Finish	Nut Grade and Style^A
BC, plain (or with a coating of insufficient thick- ness to require over-tapped nuts)	C, heavy hex
BC, zinc-coated (or with a coating thickness re- quiring over-tapped nuts)	DH, heavy hex
BD, all finishes	DH, heavy hex


Grade	UNS Desig- nation	Material, Type	ASTM Plate Specification No. and Grade	Filler Metal Classification and UNS Designation^A for Applicable^B AWS Specification
				A5.4		A5.9		A5.11		A5.14		A5.22		A5.30
				Class.	UNS	Class.	UNS	Class.	UNS	Class.	UNS	Class.	UNS	Class.	UNS

201	S20100	201	A 240 Type 201	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
201LN	S20153	201LN	A 240 Type 201LN	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
304	S30400	304	A 240 Type 304	E308	W30810	ER308	S30880 W30840	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E308T	W30831	IN308	S30880
304L	S30403	304L	A 240 Type 304	E308L	W30813	ER308L	S30883 W30843	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E308LT	W30835	IN308L	S30883
304N	S30451	304N	A 240 Type 304N	E308	W30810	ER308	S30880 W30840	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E308T	W30831	IN308	S30880
304LN	S30453	304LN	A 240 Type 304LN	E308L	W30813	ER308L	S30883 W30843	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	W308LT	W30835	IN308L	S30883
304H	S30409	304H	A 240 Type 304H	E308H	W30810	ER308	S30880 W30840	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E308T	W30831	IN308	S30880
309Cb	S30940	309Cb	A 240 Type 309Cb	E309Cb	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
309S	S30908	309S	A 240 Type 309S	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
310Cb	S31040	310Cb	A 240 Type 310Cb	E310Cb	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . ..	. . .	. . .	. . .
310S	S31008	310S	A 240 Type 310S	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
316	S31600	316	A 240 Type 316	E316	W31610	ER316	S31680 W31640	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E316T	W31631	IN316	S31680
316L	S31603	316L	A 240 Type 316L	E316L	W31613	ER316L	S31683 W31643	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E316LT	W31635	IN316L	S31683
316N	S31651	316N	A 240 Type 316N	E316	W31610	ER316	S31680 W31640	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E316T	W31631	IN316	S31680
316LN	S31653	316LN	A 240 Type 316LN	E316L	W31613	ER316L	S31683 W31643	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E316LT	W31635	IN316L	S31683
316H	S31609	316H	A 240 Type 316H	E316H	W31610	ER316H	S31680 W31640	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E316T	W31631	IN316	S31680
317	S31700	317	A 240 Type 317	E317	W31710	ER 317	S31780 W31740	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E317LT	W31735	. . .	. . .
317L	S31703	317L	A 240 Type 317L	E317L	W34713	ER317L	S31783 W31743	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E317LT	W31735	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31727	. . .	A 240 S31727	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S32053	. . .	A 240 S32053	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
321	S32100	321	A 240 Type 321	E347	W34710	ER321 ER347	S32180 W32140 S34780 W34740	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E347T	W34733	IN348	S34780
321H^C	S32109^C	321H^C	A 240 Type 321H^C	E321H	W34710	ER321 ER347	S32180 W32140 S34780 W34740					E347T	W34731	IN348	S34780
347	S34700	347	A 240 Type 347	E347	W34710	ER347	S34780 W34740	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E347T	W34733	IN348	S34780
347H^C	S34709^C	347H^C	A 240 Type 347H^C	E347H	E347H	W34710	ER347	S34780 W34740				E347T	W34731	IN348	S34780
348	S34800	348	A 240 Type 348	E347	W34710	ER347	S34780 W34740	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E347T	W34733	IN348	S34780
XM-19	S22100	XM-19	A 240 Type XM-19	E209	W32210	ER209	S20980 W32240	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
XM-29	S28300	XM-29	A 240 Type XM-29	E240	W32410	ER240	S23980 W32440	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31254	. . .	A 240 S31254	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo-3	W86112	ERNiCrMo-3	N06625	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S30815	. . .	A 240 S30815	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31725	. . .	A 240 S31725	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo-3	W86112	ERNiCrMo-3	N06625	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31726	. . .	A 240 S31726	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo-3	W86112	ERNiCrMo-3	N06625	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S30600^D	. . .	A 240 S30600^D	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S34565	. . .	A 240 S34565	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S30415	. . .	A 240 S30415	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S32654	. . .	A 240 S32654	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31266	. . .	A 240 S31266	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo–13	W86059	ERNiCrMo–13	N06059	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31266	. . .	A 240 S31266	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo–10	W86022	ERNiCrMo–10	N06022	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S32050	. . .	A 240 S32050	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08367	. . .	A 240 N08367	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo-3	W86112	ERNiCrMo-3	N06625	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08904	. . .	A 240 N08904	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08926	. . .	A 240 N08926	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo–3	W86112	ERNiCrMo–3	N06625	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08800	. . .	A 240 N08800	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08810	. . .	A 240 N08810	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08020	. . .	A 240 N08020	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S20400	. . .	A 240 S20400	E 209	W32210	ER209	S20980 W32240	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .

	Sections
Tension	5 to 13
Bend	14
Hardness	15
Brinell	16
Rockwell	17
Portable	18
Impact	19 to 28
Keywords	29

	Annex
Bar Products	A1.1
Tubular Products	Annex A2
Fasteners	Annex A3
Round Wire Products	Annex A4
Significance of Notched-Bar Impact Testing	Annex A5
Converting Percentage Elongation of Round Specimens to Equivalents for Flat Specimens	Annex A6
Testing Multi-Wire Strand	Annex A7
Rounding of Test Data	Annex A8
Methods for Testing Steel Reinforcing Bars	Annex A9
Procedure for Use and Control of Heat-Cycle Simulation	Annex A10

	UNS Designa- tions^A	Composition, %
	UNS Designa- tions^A	Car- bon, max	Man- ganese, max	Phos- phorus, max	Sulfur, max	Sili- con	Nickel	Chromium	Molyb- denum	Tita- nium	Colum- bium	Cerium	Other Elements
TP201	S20100	0.15	5.5–7.5	0.060	0.030	1.00	16.0–18.0	3.5–5.5	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	N 0.25
TP201LN	S20153	0.03	6.4–7.5	0.045	0.015	0.75	16.0–17.5	4.0–5.0	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	N 0.10–0.25, Cu 1.00
TP304	S30400	0.08	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	8.0–11.0	18.0–20.0	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
TP304L	S30403	0.035	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	8.0–12.0	18.0–20.0	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
TP309Cb	S30940	0.08	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	12.0–16.0	22.0–24.0		. . .	. . .	. . .	Cb 10 × C min, 1.10 max


TP309S	S30908	0.08	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	12.0–15.0	22.0–24.0		. . .	. . .	. . .
TP310Cb	S31040	0.08	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	19.0–22.0	24.0–26.0		. . .	. . .	. . .	Cb 10 × C min, 1.10 max


TP310S	S31008	0.08	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	19.0–22.0	24.0–26.0		. . .	. . .	. . .
TP316	S31600	0.08	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	10.0–14.0	16.0–18.0	2.00–3.00	. . .	. . .	. . .
TP316L	S31603	0.035	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	10.0–14.0	16.0–18.0	2.00–3.00	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
TP317	S31700	0.08	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	11.0–15.0	18.0–20.0	3.0–4.0	. . .	. . .	. . .	...
. . .	S31727	0.030	1.00	0.030	0.030	1.00 max	14.5–16.5	17.5–19.0	3.8–4.5	. . .	. . .	. . .	N 0.15–0.21 Cu 2.8–4.0
. . .	S32053	0.030	1.00	0.030	0.010	1.00 max	24.0–26.0	22.0–24.0	5.0–6.0	. . .	. . .	. . .	N 0.17–0.22
TP321	S32100	0.08	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	9.00–12.0	17.0–20.0	. . .	^B	. . .	. . .	. . .
TP347	S34700	0.08	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	9.00–12.0	17.0–19.0	. . .	. . .	^C	. . .	. . .
TP348	S34800	0.08	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	9.00–12.0	17.0–19.0	. . .	. . .	^D	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31254	0.020	1.00	0.030	0.010	0.80 max	17.5–18.5	19.5–19.5	6.0–6.5	. . .	. . .	. . .	Cu 0.50–1.00 N 0.18–0.22
. . .	S30815	0.05–0.10	0.80	0.040	0.030	1.40–2.00	10.0–12.0	20.0–22.0	. . .	. . .	. . .	0.03–0.08	N 0.14–0.20
. . .	S31725	0.030	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	13.5–17.5	18.0–20.0	4.0–5.0	. . .	. . .	. . .	N 0.020 max
. . .	S31726	0.030	2.00	0.045	0.030	1.00 max	14.5–17.5	17.0–20.0	4.0–5.0	. . .	. . .	. . .	N 0.10–0.20
. . .	S34565	0.030	5.0–7.0	0.030	0.010	1.00 max	16.0–18.0	23.0–25.0	4.0–5.0	. . .	0.10 max	. . .	N 0.40–0.60
. . .	N08367	0.030	2.00	0.040	0.030	1.00 max	23.5–25.5	20.0–22.0	6.0–7.0	. . .	. . .	. . .	Cu 0.75 max Ni 0.18–0.25
. . .	S20400	0.030	7.0–9.0	0.45	0.030	1.00 max	1.50–3.00	15.0–17.0	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	N 0.15–0.30

			Mechanical Requirements

Grade	Yield Strength, min		Tensile Strength, min
	ksi	MPa	ksi	MPa

A	25	170	45	310
B	30	205	50	345
C	33	230	55	380
D	35	240	60	415
E	38	260	65	450
F	42	290	70	485
G	45	310	75	515

		Width, in. [mm]

Thickness, in. [mm]		Over 12 [Over 300]

0.270 to 0.230 [7.0 to 6.0]		sheet (coils only)
Under 0.230 to 0.057 [6.0 to 1.5]		sheet

Type	Description

Type I	Plain carbon steel, carbon boron steel, alloy steel, or alloy boron steel
Type 2	Withdrawn 2003
Type 3	Weathering steel

Grade	Description
1	Carbon steel rivets for general purpose use
2	Carbon manganese steel rivets for use with high strength carbon and high strength low alloy structural steels
3	Weathering steel rivets

Type	Size Range (Round Tubing)
Electric-Resistance-Welded Tubing from Hot-Rolled Steel	outside diameter from ½ to 15 in. (19.0 to 381.0 mm)
	wall from 0.065 to 0.650 in. (1.65 to 16.50 mm)
Electric-Resistance-Welded Tubing from Cold-Rolled Steel	outside diameter from ³/₈to 12 in. (9.92 to 304.8 mm)
	wall from 0.022 to 0.134 in. (0.71 to 3.40 mm)

Grade U.S. [SI]	Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]
60 [415]	60–80 [415–550]
65 [450]	65–85 [450–585]
70 [485]	70–90 [485–620]

Grade	Thickness
A, B	1.25 in. [32 mm]
H, S	2 in. [50 mm]
P	4 in. [100 mm]
F	2.50 in. [65 mm]
E, Q	6 in. [150 mm]